Alberton Joint School District #2 Policy Manual

Page 1

ALBERTON JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT #2 POLICY MANUAL

Please note that we make an effort to keep the information in this document as accurate and up to-date as possible. We do not guarantee that at any point in time, all information provided by the district is complete, accurate, and timely. New content is posted as soon as possible. If you have any questions regarding the accuracy of a document, please email jbrott@mtsba.org

Copyright 2022 by the Montana School Boards Association. All rights reserved.

ALBERTON JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT

1000 SERIES THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

R 1000 Legal Status, Operation and Organization 1005FE Proficiency Based Learning

1006FE Transfers for School Safety 1009FE Educator Licensure

1014FE 1014FEF Increase to Non Voted Levy 1010FE Enrollment Under Exceptional Circumstances

R 1105 Membership 1110 Taking Office 1111 Election 1112 Resignation 1113 Vacancies 1120 Annual Organization Meeting 1130 Committees 1210 Qualifications, Terms, and Duties of Board Officers 1230 Clerk

R 1240 Duties of Individual Trustees

R 1310 District Policy and Procedures

R 1400 Board Meetings 1401 Records Available to Public 1402 School Board Use of Electronic Mail

R 1420 School Board Meeting Procedure 1425 Abstentions From Voting

R 1441 Audience Participation 1512 Conflict of Interest

R 1513 Management Rights 1520 Board/Staff Communications

R 1521 Board Superintendent Relationship 1531 Trustee Expenses

R 1610 Annual Goals and Objectives 1620 Board Development and Self Evaluation 1635 Internships

R 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure 1710 Non Lethal CS Gel

© MTSBA 2017 18
#2 = required
1

Alberton

School

TRUSTEES

Legal Status, Operation and Organization

legal name of this District

Adopted on:9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018

Alberton Joint School District No. 2, Mineral County, State of

District is classified as a class 3 district and is operated according to the laws and

rules

to a class 3 district.

Board of Trustees of Alberton Joint School District No.

by the state of Montana

District’s operations.

is the governmental entity established

constitutionally charged of the supervision and control of all aspects of

achieve its primary goal of providing each child with a basic system of free quality education as

required by Montana Law, the Board shall exercise the full authority granted to it by the laws of the

state. Its legal powers, duties, and responsibilities are derived from the Montana Constitution and

statutes and administrative rules.

of the District define and frame the manner via which the District conducts its official

The policies of the District are modified/updated from time to time to reflect the operation

of the District.

20

20

20

MCA District policy and record of

MCA Powers and

MCA Definition of elementary and high school districts

MCA

district classification

MCA High school district

MCA

system of free quality public elementary and

schools

identifying educationally

of funding

© MTSBA 2017 18
Joint
District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1000 - R BOARD OF
Revised
5 6
7 8 The
is
9 Montana. The
10 administrative
pertaining
11 12 The
2
13
and
14 the
15 16 To
17
18
19 state
20 21 Policies
22 business.
23
24 25 26 27 28 29 Legal Reference: §
3 323,
acts30 §
3 324,
duties31 §
6 101,
32 § 20 6 201,
Elementary
33 § 20 6 301,
classification34 § 20 9 309,
Basic
35 secondary
defined
36 relevant factors establishment
formula37 and budgetary structure legislative review38 Article X, Section 8, MT Constitution39 40

Alberton Joint School District #2

AND EFFICIENCY

Adopted on:

Reviewed on:

on:

Proficiency Based ANB

is the policy of the District to increase the flexibility and efficiency of the District’s resources

by utilizing the provision of law allowing proficiency based ANB.

The school district has a definition of proficiency within the meaning of that term as used in 20

9 311(4)(d). The definition must not require seat time as a condition or other element of

determining proficiency. The definition must be incorporated in the district's policies and must

be used for purposes of determining content and course mastery and other progress, promotion

from grade to grade, grades, and graduation for pupils enrolled in the district's transformational

learning program.

Definition of Proficiency

purposes of this policy, the term “proficiency” means a degree of mastery of the underlying

content for a course that is reflective of a final grade, in the professional opinion of the teacher of

record, of not less than a “B”. The determination of proficiency by a teacher must not require

seat time as a condition or other element of determining proficiency.

The determination of proficiency for a pupil enrolled in a course shall be made no earlier than

the deadline for submitting the final grade for the course. The determination of proficiency for a

pupil not enrolled in a course shall be based on the pupil’s mastery of the underlying content of

the course, demonstrated through completion of a final exam designed by the teacher of record

for the applicable course with a minimum grade of a “B”.

of record have full professional discretion in determining proficiency of pupils in

taught. Teachers of record are encouraged to integrate trial and error into the learning

process and to incorporate continued opportunity for practice and revision of assignments until a

pupil reaches a performance level that demonstrates to the teacher’s satisfaction that mastery of

learning expectations has been attained.

include in its calculation of ANB a pupil who is enrolled in a program

than the required aggregate hours of pupil instruction required under Montana

the pupil has demonstrated proficiency in the content ordinarily covered by the instruction

determined by the school board

district assessments. The ANB of a pupil who

proficiency in any content/subject matter will be converted to an hourly equivalent

on the hours of instruction ordinarily provided for the content over which the student has

demonstrated proficiency.

on a case by case

fractional credit for partial completion of a

course for

student who is unable to attend class for the required amount of time.

© MTSBA 2017 18
1
2/11/202
3 1005FE FLEXIBILITY
Revised
4 5 6
7 8 It
9
10 11
12
13
14
15
16
17 18
19 For
20
21
22
23 24
25
26
27
28
29 30 Teachers
31 courses
32
33
34
35 36 The District may
37 providing fewer
38 law if
39 as
using
40 demonstrates
41 based
42
43 44 The District may,
basis, provide
45
a
46

District may waive specific course requirements based on individual student needs and

performance levels. Waiver requests shall also be considered with respect to age, maturity,

interest, and aspirations of the students and shall be in consultation with the parents or guardians.

the discretion of the District, a student may be given credit for a course satisfactorily

completed in a period of time shorter or longer than normally required and, provided that the

course meets the District's curriculum and assessment requirements, which are aligned with the

content standards stated in the education program. Examples of acceptable course work include,

are not necessarily limited to, those delivered through correspondence, extension, and

distance learning courses, adult education, summer school, work study, specially designed

courses, and challenges to current courses.

Reference: 20 1 301, MCA School fiscal year

20 9 311(4)(a)(b)(d), MCA Calculation of average number belonging

(ANB) 3 year averaging

3 324, MCA Powers and duties

High School Credit

402 (2019) Transformational Learning Incentives

© MTSBA 2017 18 1005FE1 Page 2 of 22 3 The
4
5
6 7 At
8
9
10
11 but
12
13
14 15 16 17 Legal
18
19
20 20
21 10.55.906 ARM
22 Chapter
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

Adopted on: 9/10/19

on:

on:

ensure

the

and/or when Community

Waiver of

assignment of all qualifying

in this policy. The administration shall place children enrolled pursuant to this policy

in either a half time or full time

program as an integral part of the elementary

school program. The administration shall also ensure provision of a free appropriate public

in the least restrictive environment possible, pursuant to terms of each student’s

individualized education program, for all children enrolled under this policy who are qualified

for services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act.

shall include

of

Board of Trustees

the meaning of that term

101(1), MCA

the

used in

pursuant to this policy in the district’s

(ANB) as reported to OPI.

be

“exceptional circumstances”

101(3), that merit waiving the age provisions of

at least

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1010FE FLEXIBILITY AND EFFICIENCY Revised
5 6 7 Early Enrollment Exceptional Circumstances8 9 It is the policy of the District to provide enhanced educational opportunities to students under
10 age of 5 when either individual exceptional circumstances exist
Based11 exceptional circumstances are present.12 13 Student Enrollment, Exceptional Circumstances Meriting
Age Requirements for14 Pupils15 16 The administration shall
admission, enrollment and
children17 referenced
18
kindergarten
19
20 education
21
22
23 24 The administration
children enrolled
25 calculation
average number belonging
26 27 The
declares
following to
qualifying
28 within
as
20 5
29 20 5
for children under 6 years of age who are either 4 years of age or older on or30 before September 10 of the school year in which enrollment is to occur or who are
331 years of age with a disability qualifying the child for services under Section 504 of the Federal32 Rehabilitation Act of 1973 or the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education Act.33 34 1. Homeless rates of the district’s pupils in comparison to statewide averages;35 2. Percentage of the district’s pupils qualifying for services under The Federal Individuals36 with Disabilities Education Act in comparison to statewide averages;37 3. Percentage of the district’s pupils eligible for free or reduced lunch in comparison to38 statewide averages;39 4. Average performance on standardized tests at the 3rd grade level in comparison to40 statewide averages;41 5. Percentage of the district’s pupils who are enrolled members of a federally recognized42 American Indian Tribe in comparison to statewide averages.43 44 Student Enrollment, Exceptional Circumstances Meriting Waiver of Age Requirements for45 Pupils46 47

implementing Board Policy 3100, the District shall follow these procedures:

1. The administration shall review the criteria set forth in the Policy 3100 and make the

preliminary

determination whether an individual student or class of students meets the criteria for

exceptional circumstances set forth therein;

2. The administration shall notify the parent(s)/legal guardian(s) of the administration’s

recommendation to the Board regarding the enrollment of the student(s) under the

exceptional circumstances meriting waiving of the age requirements;

of

The administration shall present the information to the Board for approval within _____

the preliminary determination;

In presenting the information to the Board, the administration shall either: (1) remove all

identifying information about the student(s) when presenting the information to the Board

in order to protect the privacy rights of the student under state and federal law, or (2)

provide the name(s) of the students(s) to the Board in a closed session with notice to the

parent(s)/legal guardian(s) that he/she/they have the right to attend the closed session; and

5. The Board shall make the final decision on the enrollment of students under the District’s

exceptional circumstances policy.

trustees shall annually review this policy and procedure based on changing circumstances

pertaining to the criteria used for determination of the program.

Reference:

20 5 101, MCA Admittance of child to school

20 6 501, MCA

of various schools

20 7 117, MCA Kindergarten and preschool programs

20 9 309, MCA

with Disabilities Act

School

ESEA

system of free quality public

and secondary schools defined

Rehabilitation Act of 1973

Act (Public Law 396, 79th congress, chapter 281,

nd session)

language Enhancement,

and Academic Achievement Act)

Assistance Act of 1987 (Pub. L. 100-77, July

1987, 101 Stat. 482, U.S.C. § 11301 et

seq.

© MTSBA 2017 18 When
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 3.
10 days
11 making
12 4.
13
14
15
16
17
18
19 20 21 The
22
23 24 Legal
25 §
26 §
Definition
27 §
28 §
Basic
29 elementary
30 Individual
Federal
31 National
Lunch
32 2
33 Title III,
(English language Acquisition,
34
35 McKinney-Vento Homeless
36 22,
37
38 39 40

Alberton

School

Adopted on:

on:

on:

for School Safety

or non budgeted fund, other

in an amount not to

to school and student safety and

for improvements

but

and maintenance of school and student safety,

limited to the cost of services provided by architects,

engineers, school resource officers, counselors, and other staff or consultants

to support school

or updating

to school and student safety and security;

student safety and security, including but not

threat assessments and restorative justice;

and ingress and egress systems at

but not limited to systems for exterior

and rooms, using contemporary

© MTSBA 2017 18
Joint
District #21 2
2/11/203 Reviewed
4 1006FE FLEXIBILITY AND EFFICIENCY Revised
5 6 7 Transfers
8 9 It is the policy of the District to increase the flexibility and efficiency of the District’s resources10 by utilizing the provision of law allowing transfers of funds to improve school safety and11 security.12 13 The District may transfer state or local revenue from any budgeted
14 than the debt service fund or retirement fund, to its building reserve fund
15 exceed the school district's estimated costs of improvements
16 security17 18 The transfer of such funds can be for:19 20 1. planning
to
21 including
not
22
23 assisting with improvements
24 2. programs
and
25 limited to active shooter training,
26 3. installing
locking mechanisms
27 public school access points, including
28 egress doors and interior passageways
29 technologies;30 4. installing or updating bullet resistant windows and barriers; and31 5. installing or updating emergency response systems using contemporary32 technologies33 34 Any transfers made under this policy and Montana law are not considered expenditures to be35 applied against budget authority. Any revenue transfers that are not encumbered for expenditures36 in compliance with the four reasons stated above, within 2 full school fiscal years after the funds37 are transferred, must be transferred back to the originating fund from which the revenue was38 transferred.39 40 If transfers of funds are made from a District fund supported by a non voted levy, the District41 may not increase its non voted levy for the purpose of restoring the transferred funds.42 43 Legal Reference: 20 9 503, MCA Budgeting, tax levy, and use of building reserve44 fund.45 20 9 236, MCA Transfer of funds improvements to school46 safety and security47

Alberton Join School District

Adopted on: 2/11/20

on:

on:

Recruitment and Retention

the policy of the District

retaining

this objective

Flexible Instructor Licensing

utilize all

to meet the District’s objective of

on the individual success of each student. To

opportunities available

the policy of the District to increase the

the provision of law allowing

and efficiency of the District’s resources

in licensure of instructors and as a means of

recruitment and retention of staff. Flexibilities in the following areas are available for

District’s enhancement of its programs and services with a focus on individual student

to anyone

to move to a new

a

and endorsement in one subject who

role/endorsed area.

include a plan between the intern, the school district and an accredited

can provide

intent to

a

a class 1 or class 2 certificate and

college program or its equivalent, and

a unit of the Montana university system or

has

from November

absences of

staff as

covering is back by

© MTSBA 2017 18
#21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1009FE FLEXIBILITY AND EFFICIENCY Revised
5 6 7
8 9 It is
to
resources available
10 recruiting and
high quality staff focused
11 meet
the District will utilize the flexible instructor licensure
12 to the District.13 14
15 16 It is
flexibility
17 by utilizing
flexibility
18 addressing
19 the
20 success:21 • Internships22 o Available
with
current license
23 wants
licensed
24 o Requirements must be satisfied within 3 years25 o Must
26 preparation program27 • Provisionally Certified28 o May be issued to an otherwise qualified applicant who
satisfactory29 evidence of:30 § The
qualify in the future for
31 § Who has completed a 4 year
32 § Holds
bachelor’s degree from
33 its equivalent.34 • Substitutes35 o Must have a GED or high school diploma36 o Will have completed 3 hours of training by the district37 o Will have submitted a fingerprint background check38 (All requirements can be waived by the district if the substitute
prior39 substitute teaching experience in another public school
2002 to40 earlier)41 o May not substitute more than 35 consecutive days for the same teacher, however42 the same substitute can be used for successive
different
long43 as each regular teacher for whom the substitute is
3544 consecutive teaching days45 • Retired Educators46 1009FE47

o School district must certify to OPI and TRS that the district has been unable to fill

position due to no qualified applications or no acceptance of offer by a non

teacher.

o

o

o

to employment in a second or third class elementary district or a second

or third class

teacher

is a 3 year

school

have

years of experience in TRS

the retired individual going to work under this

o

o

o

elementary principal, secondary

superintendent, and supervisor.

be eligible for an appropriately endorsed Class 1,2 or 5 license to teach in

the school(s) in which the applicant would be an administrator or would

supervise, and qualify as set forth in ARM 10.57414 through 10.57.418

applicant for a Class 3 administrative license who completed an educator

currently licensed in

considered for licensure

not meet the definition in ARM 10.57.102(2),

state at the same level of licensure, may be

verification of five years of successful

defined in ARM 10.57.102 as documented by a

recommendation from a state accredited P 12 school employer on a form

prescribed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction and approved by the Board

of Public Education. The requirements of ARM 10.57.414(1)(c)(i iii) must be

met

endorsement.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Page 3 of 31 2
3 the
4 retired
5
Limited
6
high
district7
Retired
must
27
8
There
lifetime limit on
9 provision.10 11 • Class 3 Administrative License12 o Valid for a period of 5 years13
Appropriate administrative areas include:
14 principal, K 12 principal, K 12
15
Must
16
17
18
An
19 preparation program which does
20 who is
another
21
with
22 administrative experience as
23
24
25
26
by an applicant seeking a superintendent
27 28 • Class 4 for CTE29 o Valid for a period of 5 years30 o Renewable pursuant to the requirements of 10.57.215, ARM and the requirements31 specific to each type of Class 4 license.32 o 4A for licensed teachers without a CTE endorsement33 o 4B for individuals with at least a bachelor’s degree34 o 4C for individuals with a minimum of a high school diploma or GED35 • Class 5 alternatives36 o Good for a maximum of 3 years37 o Requirements dependent upon the alternative the district is seeking38 • Emergency authorization of employment39 o Individual must have previously held a valid teacher or specialist certificate or40 have met requirements of rule 10.57.107, ARM41 o Emergency authorization is valid for one year, but can be renewed from year to42 year provided conditions of scarcity continue to persist43 44 45 46

(1) is employed

hired in

shortage area as defined in

default and that has a minimum

application.

quality educator is eligible for state funded

state’s

provided on behalf of a quality educator

school described in a critical quality

and (2) has an educational loan that is not in

of at least $1,000 at the time of

repayment assistance for no more than 3 years

an additional 1 year of loan repayment assistance voluntarily funded by the impacted school

or the district under which the impacted school is operated, with the maximum annual loan

assistance not to exceed:

$3,000 of state funded loan repayment assistance after the first complete year of teaching

in an impacted school;

$4,000 of state funded loan repayment assistance after the second complete year of

teaching in the same impacted school or another impacted school within the same school

district;

$5,000 of state funded loan repayment assistance after the third complete year of

teaching in the same impacted school or another impacted school within the same school

district;

up to $5,000 of loan repayment

by the impacted school or the district

under which the impacted school is operated after the fourth complete year of teaching in

the same impacted school

school within the same school district.

© MTSBA 2017 18 1009FE1 Page 3 of 32 3 Loan Repayment Program4 5 The District will assist any quality educator who meets the qualifications for the
loan6 repayment program. Loan repayment assistance may be
7 who:
newly
an identified impacted
8 educator
20 4 502;
9
unpaid current balance
10
11 12 A
loan
13 and
14
15 repayment
16 •
17
18 •
19
20
21 •
22
23
and24 •
assistance funded
25
26
or another impacted
27 28 29 Legal References: 10.55.716, ARM Substitute Teachers30 10.55.607, ARM Internships31 10.57.107, ARM Emergency Authorization of Employment32 10.57.215, ARM Renewal Requirements33 10.57.420, ARM Class 4 Career and Technical Education License34 10.57.424, ARM Class 5 Provisional License35 19 20 732, MCA Reemployment of certain retired teachers,36 specialists and administrators procedure37 definitions38 20 4 501 20 4 505 Loan Repayment Assistance for Quality Educator39 40

Alberton Joint School District

Adopted on: 2/11/20

Reviewed on:

on:

trustees intend to

year for the purposes of

of the funds

Tuition fund under 20 5 324;

Adult education fund under 20 7/705;

Building reserve fund under 20-9-502 and 20-9-503;

Transportation fund under 20 10 143 and 20 10 144;

Bus depreciation reserve fund under 20 10 147; and

Flexibility fund for purposes of transformational learning.

shall provide notice of intent to impose an increase in a non-voted levy for the

school fiscal year

Adopting a resolution of intent to impose an increase in a non voted levy that includes, at

a minimum, the estimated number of increased or decreased mills to be imposed and the

estimated increased or decreased revenue to be raised compared to non voted levies

under a e imposed in the current school fiscal year and, based on the district’s taxable

valuation most recently certified by the department of revenue under 15 10 202, the

estimated impacts of the increase or decrease on a home valued at $100,000 and a home

valued at $200,000,

Publish a

of the

the largest number

the resolution

© MTSBA 2017 18
#21 2
3
4 1014FE FLEXIBILITY AND EFFICIENCY Revised
5 6 7 Intent to Increase Non Voted Levy8 9 The trustees shall adopt a resolution no later than March 31 whenever the
10 impose an increase in a non voted levy in the ensuing school fiscal
11 funding any
listed below:12 13 a)
14 b)
15 c)
16 d)
17 e)
18 f)
19 20 The trustees
21 ensuing
by:22 23 a)
24
25
26
27
28
29
and30 b)
copy
resolution in a newspaper that will give notice to
31 of people of the district as determined by the trustees and posting a copy of
32 to the school district’s website.33 34 The resolution and publication of same must take place no later than March 31.35 36 The Superintendent shall keep the trustees informed of any changes that may have occurred,37 which may have an effect on the estimated change in the mills and revenue, between the38 adoption of the resolution and the final adoption of the budget.39 40 Legal Reference: 20 9 116, MCA Resolution of intent to increase nonvoted levy41 notice42 Chapter 402 (2019) Transformational Learning Incentives43 44 45 46 47
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 2/11/203 Reviewed on:4 1014FE F1 FLEXIBILITY AND EFFICIENCY Revised on:5 6 7 Notice of Intent to Impose an Increase in Levies Form8 9 As an essential part of its budgeting process, the ___________________ Board of Trustees is10 authorized by law to impose levies to support its budget. The ___________________ Board of11 Trustees estimates the following increases/decreases in revenues and mills for the funds noted12 below for the next school fiscal year beginning July 1, __________, using certified taxable13 valuations from the current school fiscal year as provided to the district:14 15 16 Fund Supported Estimated Change in Revenues* Estimated Change in Mills* Estimated Impact, Home of $100,000* Estimated Impact, Home of $200,000* Adult Education $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease Bus Depreciation $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease Transportation $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease Tuition $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease Building Reserve $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease Flexibility $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease Total $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease $___increase/decrease *Impacts above are based on current certified taxable valuations from the current school fiscal year 17 Regarding the increase in the building reserve levy referenced above, the following are school18 facility maintenance projects anticipated to be completed at this time:19 20 1. ______________________________21 2. ______________________________22 3. ______________________________23 4.24 25 Legal Reference: 20 9 116, MCA Resolution of intent to increase nonvoted levy26 notice27 28

Adopted on: 2/11/20

on:

on:

Personalized

Opportunities

is the policy of the District to create an environment and culture that supports and meets the

individual needs, skills and interests of each student, provides advanced opportunities for

students and supports transformational learning. As a result of the collective efforts of Trustees,

Administrators, and Educators, the District ensures equality of educational opportunity for each

student and have fully developed the potential of each student in District schools. In addition to

other initiatives/strategies, the District is committed to the following:

Expanding the personalized learning opportunities for each student to accelerate in their

career and college readiness, reduce the out of pocket costs for families and empower

students to actively engage in forming successful post secondary pathways by:

developing an advanced opportunity plan for students in grades 6 12 that

fosters individualized pathways for career and postsecondary educational

opportunities and that honors individual interests, passions, strengths,

needs, and culture and is supported through relationships among teachers,

family, peers, the business community, postsecondary education officials,

and other community stakeholders; and

embeds community based, experiential, online, and work based learning

opportunities and foster a learning environment that incorporates both

face to face and virtual connections

Supporting and embracing a culture of transformational learning by:

developing a transformational learning plan for each participating student that

honors individual interests, passions, strengths, needs, and culture, and

that is rooted in relationships with teachers, family, peers, and community

members;

embeds community based, experiential, online, and work based learning

opportunities and foster a learning environment that incorporates both

face to face and virtual connections; and

provide effective professional development to assist employees in

transitioning to a transformational learning model.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1015FE FLEXIBILITY AND EFFICIENCY Revised
5 6 7 8
Learning
9 10 It
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 1.
18
19
20 a.
21 i.
22
23
24
25
26 ii.
27
28
29 30 2.
31 a.
32 i.
33
34
35 ii.
36
37
38 iii.
39
40 41 42 43 44 45 46

Alberton Joint School District

TRUSTEES

Adopted on: 9/2009

on: 02/20/2018

on:

Membership and Terms of Office

The District is governed by a Board of Trustees consisting of five (5) members. The powers and

duties of the Board include the broad authority to adopt and enforce all policies necessary for the

management, operations and governance of the District. Except as otherwise provided by law,

shall hold office for terms of three (3) years, or until their successors are elected and

qualified. Terms of trustees shall be staggered as provided by law.

trustees shall participate on an equal basis with other members in all business transactions

pertaining to the high school maintained by the District. Only those trustees elected from the

district may participate in business transactions pertaining to the elementary schools

maintained by the District.

References:

20 3 301, MCA Election and term of office

20 3 302, MCA Legislative intent to elect less than majority of

trustees

20 3 305, MCA Candidate qualification, filing deadline, and

withdrawal

20-3-306, MCA Conduct of election

20 3 307, MCA Qualification and oath

20 3 341, MCA Number of trustee positions in elementary districts

20 3 351, MCA Number of trustee positions in high school districts

20-3-352, MCA Request and determination of number of high

school district additional trustee positions

nonvoting trustee

MCA Joint board of trustees

and voting

© MTSBA 2017 18
#21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1105 - R BOARD OF
Revised
5 6
7 8
9
10
11 trustees
12
13 14 All
15
16 elementary
17
18 19 20 Legal
§
21 §
22
23 §
24
25 §
26 §
27 §
28 transition29 §
30 §
31
32
33 § 20 3 361,
organization
34 membership35 36

Alberton Joint School District #2

Adopted on: 9/2009

Reviewed on:

OF TRUSTEES Revised on: 8/8/2011, 02/20/2018

Taking Office

newly elected trustee shall take office as soon as election results have been certified and the

elected trustee has taken and subscribed to an oath to faithfully and impartially discharge

duties of the office to the best of his/her ability.

newly appointed trustee shall take office, after the trustee has taken and subscribed to an oath

to faithfully and impartially discharge the duties of the office to the best of his/her ability.

The person shall qualify by taking an oath of office administered by the county superintendent,

the superintendent’s designee, or any officer provided for in 1-6-101, MCA or 2-16-116, MCA.

oath must be filed with the county superintendent not more than fifteen (15) days after the

receipt of the certificate of election or the appointment.

Reference:

Legal References:

Vacancies

1 6 101, MCA Officers who may administer oaths

2 16 116, MCA Power to administer oaths

20-1-202, MCA Oath of office

20 3 307, MCA Qualification and oath

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3
4 1110 BOARD
5 6
7 8 A
9 newly
10 the
11 12 A
13
14 15
16
17 Such
18
19 20 21 Cross
Policy 1113
22 23
§
24 §
25 §
26 §
27 28 29

TRUSTEES

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 8/2011, 02/20/2018

Elections conducted by the District are nonpartisan and are governed by applicable election laws

found in Titles 13 & 20 of the Montana Code Annotated. The ballot at such elections may

include candidates for trustee positions, various public policy propositions, and advisor

Board elections shall take place on the first (1st) Tuesday after the first (1st) Monday in May of

each year. Any person who is a qualified voter of the District is legally qualified to become a

trustee. A declaration of intent to be a candidate must be submitted to the District Clerk at least

forty (40) days before the regular school election day. If different terms are to be filled, the term

for the position for which the candidate is filing must also be indicated. Any person seeking to19 become a write in candidate for a trustee position shall file a declaration of intent no later than

5:00 p.m. on the day before the ballot certification deadline in 20 20 401. If the number of21 candidates filing for vacant positions or filing a declaration of intent to be a write in candidate is22 equal to or less than the number of positions to be elected, the trustees may give notice no later

than thirty (30) days before the election that a trustee election will not take place. If a trustee

election is not held, the trustees shall declare the candidates elected by acclamation and shall

issue a “certificate of election” to each candidate.

candidate intending to withdraw from the election shall send a statement of withdrawal to the

clerk of the district containing all information necessary to identify the candidate and the office

for which the candidate filed. The statement of withdrawal must be acknowledged by the clerk

of the district. A candidate may not withdraw after 5:00 p.m. the day before the ballot

certification deadline in 20 20 401.

the event of an unforeseen emergency occurring on the date scheduled for the funding

district

allowed to reschedule the election for a different day of the calendar

years when the Legislature meets in regular session

in a special session that affects school

the trustees may order the election on a date other than the regular school election day

order for the electors to consider a proposition requesting additional funding under § 20 9

MCA.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1111 BOARD OF
Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 Elections8 9
10 as
11
12 questions.13 14
15
16
17
18
20
23
24
25
26 27 A
28
29
30
31
32 33 In
34 election, the
will be
35 year.36 37 In
or
38 funding,
39 in
40 353,
41 42 43 44 45 46 47

Legal Reference:

13 10 211, MCA Declaration of intent for write in candidates

20-3-305, MCA Candidate qualification, nomination and withdrawal

20 3 313, MCA Election by acclamation notice

20 3 322, MCA Meetings and quorum

20 3 322(5), MCA Meetings and quorum (unforeseen emergency

definition)

20 3 324(4), MCA Powers and duties

20 9 353, MCA Additional financing for general fund election for

to impose

§ 20 20 105, MCA Regular school election day and special school

limitation exception

20 20 204, MCA Election Notice

20 20 301, MCA Qualifications of elector

© MTSBA 2017 18 11111 Page 2 of 22 3
§
4 §
5 §
6 §
7 §
8
9 §
10 §
11 authorization
12
13 elections
14 §
15 §
16 17 18 19

trustee

that

on: 02/20/2018

is

by the

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed
4 1112 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised on:5 6 Resignation7 8 The resignation of a trustee must be submitted in writing to the Clerk. A resignation
effective9 seventy two (72) hours after its submission unless withdrawn during
period
trustee10 through written notification of withdrawal made to the Clerk.11 12 13 Trustees retiring from the Board may be recognized for their service to the District by14 presentation of a service plaque or other appropriate activities.15 16 17 Legal Reference: § 2 16 502, MCA Resignations18 § 20 3 308, MCA Vacancy of
position19 20 21

Adopted on:

on: 02/20/2018

expiration of a term, when any of the following

of

in writing, filed with the Clerk;

Trustee moves out of the nominating district, establishing residence elsewhere;

Trustee is no longer a registered elector of the District under the provisions of § 20 20

MCA;

Trustee is absent from the District for sixty (60) consecutive days;

Trustee fails to attend three (3) consecutive meetings of the trustees without good excuse;

Trustee has been removed under the provisions of § 20 3 310, MCA; or

A trustee position also shall be vacant when an elected candidate fails to qualify.

a trustee vacancy occurs, the remaining trustees shall declare such position vacant and fill

vacancy by appointment. The Board will receive applications from any qualified persons

to fill the position after suitable public notice. The Board will appoint one (1) candidate

to fill the position.

the Board fail to fill a vacancy

superintendent

qualify

(15)

appoint,

completing

sixty (60) days from the creation of a vacancy, the

writing,

competent person to fill such vacancy. An

filing an oath of office with the county superintendent

shall serve until the next

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
9/20093 Reviewed
4 1113 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised on:5 6 Vacancies7 8 A trustee position becomes vacant before the
9 occurs:10 11 1. Death
the trustee;12 2. Resignation,
13 3.
14 4.
15 301,
16 5.
17 6.
18 7.
19 9.
20 21 When
22 such
23 seeking
24
25 26 Should
within
27 county
shall
in
a
28 appointee shall
by
and
29 within fifteen
days after receiving notice of the appointment and
30 regularly scheduled school election and a successor has qualified.31 32 33 34 Cross Reference: 1240 Duties of Individual Trustees35 1112 Resignations36 37 Legal References: § 20 3 308, MCA Vacancy of trustee position38 § 20 3 309, MCA Filling vacated trustee position appointee39 qualification and term of office40 41 42 43

on:

than

on:

on:

Chairperson

unable to continue to

Chairperson,

functions of the Chairperson

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 1120 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
02/20/2018; 12/10/195 6 Annual Organization Meeting7 After issuance of election certificates to newly elected trustees, but no later
25 days after the8 election, the Board shall elect from among its members a Chairperson and a Vice
to9 serve until the next annual organizational meeting. If a Board member is
10 serve as an officer, a replacement shall be elected at the earliest opportunity to serve the11 remainder of the term. In the absence of both the Chairperson and the Vice
the12 Board shall elect a Chairperson pro tempore, who shall perform the
13 during the latter’s absence. The Clerk shall act as Board secretary.14 15 The normal order of business shall be modified for the annual organizational meeting by16 considering the following matters after the approval of the minutes of the previous meeting:17 18 1. Welcome and introduction of newly elected Board members by the current Chairperson19 20 2. Swearing in of newly elected trustees21 22 3. Call for nominations for Chairperson to serve during the ensuing year23 24 4. Election of a Chairperson25 26 5. Assumption of office by the new Chairperson27 28 6. Call for nominations for Vice Chairperson to serve during the ensuing year29 30 7. Election of Vice Chairperson31 32 8. Appointment of a Clerk33 34 35 36 Legal References: § 20 3 321, MCA Organization and officers37 § 20 3 322(a), MCA Meetings and quorum38 § 1 5 416(1)(b), MCA Powers and duties of Notary Public39 40 41

TRUSTEES

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018

trustees will function as a whole and will not form committees of the Board.

the Board may create Board committees as deemed necessary or useful. All

created by the Board shall comply with the open meeting laws and all other laws

to school board meetings.

of the Board may be created and their purposes defined by a majority of the Board.

Board Chairperson shall appoint trustees to serve on such committees. Trustees serving on

shall be limited to fewer than a majority of the Board.

Board or the Superintendent may create committees that involve community members as

deemed necessary, either on an ad hoc or regular basis. The Board Chair or the Superintendent

will make all appointments to citizen committees and will establish the parameters and duties for

the citizen committees. Notice of citizen committee meetings shall be given in the same manner

notice for special meetings, and citizen committee meetings shall be open to the public.

Reference:

2 3 203, MCA Meetings of public agencies and certain associations

public agencies to be open to public exceptions

v. Yellowstone (2002), 2002 MT 264

v. Associated Press (2004), 2004 MT 120

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1130 BOARD OF
Revised
5 6 Committees7 8 Generally,
9 Nevertheless
10 committees
11 applicable
12 13 Committees
14 The
15 committees
16 17 Citizen Committees18 19 The
20
21
22
23 as
24 25 26 27 28 Legal
§
29 of
30 Bryan
31 Crofts
32 33 34 35

other

the right

on: 8/2011, 02/20/2018

provided for in 20 3

of an elementary district described

issues pertaining only to the elementary district.

by the Board’s policies;

authorized by action of the Board, and;

all Board meetings in a manner

participate in debate and to vote.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on:4 1210 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
5 6 Qualifications, Terms, and Duties of Board Officers7 8 The Board officers are the Chairperson and Vice Chairperson. These officers are elected at the annual9 organizational meeting10 11 Chairperson12 13 The Chairperson may be any trustee of the board, including an additional trustee as
14 352(2). If an additional trustee is chosen to serve as the Chairperson
15 in 20 3 351(1)(a), the additional trustee may not vote on
16 The duties of the Chairperson include the following:17 18 • Preside at all meetings and conduct meetings in the manner prescribed
19 • Make all Board committee appointments;20 • Sign all papers and documents as required by law and as
21 • Close Board meetings as authorized by Montana law22 23 Except as provided above, the Chairperson is permitted to participate in
24 equal to all
Board members, including
to
25 26 Vice Chairperson27 28 The Vice Chairperson shall preside at all Board meetings in the absence of the Chairperson and shall29 perform all the duties of the Chairperson during the Chairperson’s absence or unavailability. The Vice30 Chairperson shall work closely with the Chairperson and shall assume whatever duties the Chairperson31 may delegate.32 33 34 Cross Reference: Policy 1120 Annual Organizational Meeting35 36 Legal References: § 2 3 203, MCA Meetings of public agencies and certain37 associations of public agencies to be open to38 public exceptions39 § 20 3 321(2), MCA Organization and officers40 § 20 3 351(1)(a), MCA Number of trustee positions in high school41 districts42 § 20 3 352(2), MCA Request and determination of number of high43 school district additional trustee positions44 nonvoting trustee45 46

Alberton Joint School District #2

OF TRUSTEES

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

Reviewed on:

on:

The Clerk of the Board shall attend all meetings of the Board, unless excused by the

Chairperson, and shall keep an accurate and permanent record of all proceedings. The Clerk

shall have custody of the records, books, and documents of the Board. In the absence or inability

of the Clerk to attend a Board meeting, the trustees will have one (1) of their members or a

District employee act as clerk for the meeting and said person will supply the Clerk with a

certified copy of the proceedings.

The Clerk will keep accurate and detailed accounts of all receipts and disbursements made by the

District. The Clerk shall draw and countersign all warrants for expenditures that have been

approved by the Board.

Clerk will make the preparations

elections.

Clerk shall prepare and submit to the

required for the notice and conduct of all District

financial report of receipts and disbursements

of all school funds on an annual basis, unless the Board requests such reports on a more frequent

basis. The Clerk shall perform all functions pertaining to the preparation of school elections.

The Clerk shall perform other duties as prescribed by state law or as directed by the Board and

the

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3
4 1230 BOARD
Revised
5 6 Clerk7 8
9
10
11
12
13
14 15
16
17
18 19 The
legally
20
21 22 The
Board a
23
24
25
26
Superintendent.27 28 29 30 Legal references: § 20-3-321, MCA Organization and officers31 § 20 3 325, MCA Clerk of district32 § 20 4 201, MCA Employment of teachers and specialists by contract33 § 20 9 133, MCA Adoption and expenditure limitations of final34 budget35 § 20 9 165, MCA Budget amendment limitation, preparation, and36 adoption procedures37 § 20 9 221, MCA Procedure for issuance of warrants38 § 20 20 401(2), MCA Trustees’ election duties ballot certification39 40 41

Duties of Individual Trustees

Alberton Joint School District

OF TRUSTEES

Adopted on: 9/2009

Reviewed on:

on: 02/20/2018

The authority of individual trustees is limited to participating in actions taken by the Board as a

whole when legally in session. Trustees shall not assume responsibilities of administrators or

other staff members. The Board or staff shall not be bound by an action taken or statement made

by an individual trustee, except when such statement or action is pursuant to specific instructions

and official action taken by the Board.

Each trustee shall review the agenda and attendant materials in advance of a meeting and shall be

prepared to participate in discussion and decision making for each agenda item. Each trustee

shall visit every school at least once per year to examine its management, conditions, and needs.

All trustees are obligated to attend Board meetings regularly. Whenever possible, a trustee shall

give advance notice to the Chairperson or Superintendent, of the trustee’s inability to attend a

Board meeting. A majority of the Board may excuse a trustee’s absence from a meeting if

requested to do so.

Board members, as individuals, have no authority over school affairs, except as provided by law

or as authorized by the Board.

Cross Reference: 1113 Vacancies

References:

20 3 301, MCA Election and term of office

20 3 308, MCA Vacancy of trustee position

20-3-324(22), MCA Powers and duties

20 3 332, MCA Personal immunity and liability of trustees

© MTSBA 2017 18
#21 2
3
4 1240 - R BOARD
Revised
5 6
7 8
9
10
11
12
13 14
15
16
17 18
19
20
21
22 23
24
25 26
27 28 Legal
§
29 §
30 §
31 §
32 33 34

District Policy and Procedures

policies contained in this manual

Joint School District

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

TRUSTEES Revised on: 02/20/2018, 6/8/21

adopted, implemented, and enforced in accordance with the

supervisory authority vested with the Board of Trustees in accordance with Article X, section 8 of the

Constitution and related

new policies and proposed changes

and court decisions

shall be presented in writing for reading

discussion at a regular or special Board meeting. Interested parties may submit views, present data or

orally or in writing, in support of or in opposition to proposed policy. Any written statement

a person, relative to a proposed policy or amendment, should be directed to the District Clerk prior to

the final reading. New or revised policies that are required, or have required language changes based on

State or Federal law, or are required changes by administrative rule, may be adopted after the first (1st)

if sufficient notice has been given through the board agenda.

new or amended policies shall become effective on adoption, unless a specific effective date is stated

in the motion for adoption.

as adopted or amended, shall be made a part of the minutes of the meeting at which action was

taken and also shall be included in the District’s policy manual. Policies of the District shall be reviewed

basis.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton
#21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1310 - R BOARD OF
5 6
7 The
are
8
9 Montana
statues, regulations
10 11 Adoption and Amendment of Policies12 13 Proposed
to existing policies
14 and
15 arguments,
16 by
17
18
19 reading
20 21 All
22
23 24 Policies,
25
26 on a regular
27 28 Policy Manuals29 30 The Superintendent shall develop and maintain a current policy manual which includes all policies of the31 District. Every administrator, as well as staff, students, and other residents, shall have ready access to32 District policies.33 34 Suspension of Policies35 36 Under circumstances that require waiver of a policy, the policy may be suspended by a majority vote of37 the trustees present. To suspend a policy, however, all trustees must have received written notice of the38 meeting, which includes the proposal to suspend a policy and an explanation of the purpose of such39 proposed suspension.40 41 Administrative Procedures42 43 The Superintendent shall develop such administrative procedures as are necessary to ensure consistent44 implementation of policies adopted by the Board.45 46 When a written procedure is developed, the Superintendent shall submit it to the Board as an information47 item.48 49 Legal References: § 20 3 323, MCA District policy and record of acts50

10.55.701, ARM Board of Trustees

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2 3

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 8/2011, 02/20/2018

Board Meetings

of the Board must occur at a duly called and legally conducted meeting. “Meeting” is

defined as the convening of a quorum of the constituent membership of the Board, whether in

person or by means of electronic equipment, to hear, discuss, or act upon a matter over which the

control, jurisdiction, or advisory power.

Regular Meetings

otherwise specified, all meetings will take place in the High School. Regular meetings

shall take place at 7:00 p.m. on the second Tuesday of each month, or at other times and places

determined by a majority vote. The Board may choose to not convene a meeting in the month of19 July if there is no pressing business to attend to at that time. Except for an unforeseen

emergency, meetings must be held in school buildings or, upon the unanimous vote of the

trustees, in a publicly accessible building located within the District. If regular meetings are

scheduled at places other than as stated above or are adjourned to times other than the regular

meeting time, notice of the meeting shall be made in the same manner as provided for special

meetings. The trustees may meet outside the boundaries of the District for collaboration or

cooperation on educational issues with other school boards, educational agencies, or

cooperatives. Adequate notice of the meeting, as well as an agenda, must be provided to the

public in advance. Decision making may only occur at a properly noticed meeting held within

the District’s boundaries. When a meeting date falls on a school holiday, the meeting may take

place

next

Meetings

day.

or against

part of

a

from day to day until

appear at the meeting and

be published in the Missoulian

or before August

by law.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1400 - R BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27
8 9 Meetings
10
11
12 Board has supervision,
13 14
15 16 Unless
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
the
business
30 31 Emergency
32 33 In the event of an emergency involving possible personal injury or property damage, the Board34 may meet immediately and take official action without prior notification.35 36 Budget Meetings37 38 Between July 1 and August 10 of each year, the Clerk shall publish a notice stating the date,39 time, and place trustees will meet for the purpose of considering and adopting
final budget for40 the District, stating that the meeting of the trustees may be continued
final41 adoption of a District budget and that any taxpayer in the District may
42 be heard for
any
the budget. This notice shall
.43 44 On the date and at the time and place stated in the published notice (on
20),45 trustees shall meet to consider all budget information and any attachments required
The46 47

may continue from day to day; however, the Board must adopt a final budget not later

than August 25.

Meetings

Special meetings may be called by the Chairperson or by any two (2) trustees. A written notice

of a special meeting, stating the purpose of the meeting, shall be delivered to every trustee not

less than forty eight (48) hours before the time of the meeting, except that the forty eight (48)

hour notice is waived in an unforeseen emergency as stated in § 20 3 322(5), MCA. Such written

notice shall be posted conspicuously within the District in a manner that will receive public

attention. Written notice also shall be sent not less than twenty four (24) hours prior to the

meeting, to each newspaper and radio or television station that has filed a written request for

such notices. Business transacted at a special meeting will be limited to that stated in the notice

of the meeting.

Under Montana law, the Board may meet in closed sessions to consider matters of individual

privacy. Before closing a meeting, the presiding officer must determine that the demands of

individual privacy exceed the merits of public disclosure and so state publicly before going into

closed session. The Board also may go into closed session to discuss a strategy to be followed

with respect to litigation, when an open meeting would have a detrimental effect on the litigating

position of the District. This exception does not apply if the litigation involves only public bodies

or associations as parties. Before closing a meeting for litigation purposes, the District may wish

to consult legal counsel on the appropriateness of this action. No formal action shall take place

during any closed session.

© MTSBA 2017 18 14001 Page 2 of 22 3 meeting
4
5 6 Special
7 8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17 18 Closed Sessions19 20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29 30 Legal References: § 2-3-103, MCA Public participation governor to ensure guidelines31 adopted32 § 2 3 104, MCA Requirements for compliance with notice provisions33 § 2 3 105, MCA Supplemental notice by radio or television34 § 2 3 201, MCA Legislative intent liberal construction35 § 2-3-202, MCA Meeting defined36 § 2 3 203, MCA Meetings of public agencies and certain associations37 of public agencies to be open to public exceptions38 § 20 3 322, MCA Meeting and quorum39 § 20 9 115, MCA Notice of final budget meeting40 § 20 9 131, MCA Final budget meeting41 10.55.701, ARM Board of Trustees42 43 44 45 46

Alberton Joint School District #2

OF TRUSTEES

Adopted on: 9/2009

Reviewed on:

on: 9/8/15, 02/20/2018

District records, except those restricted by state and federal law, shall be available to citizens

inspection at the Clerk’s office.

individual may request public information from the district. The district shall make the

of requesting public information

to all persons.

receiving a request for public information, the district shall respond in a timely manner to

requesting person

Making the public information available for inspection and copying by the requesting

person;

Providing the requesting person with an estimate of the time it will take to fulfill the

request if the public information cannot be readily identified and gathered and any fees

that maybe charged.

district may charge a fee for fulfilling a public information request. The fee may not exceed

the actual costs directly incident to fulfilling the request in the most cost efficient and timely

manner possible. The fee must be documented. The fee may include the time required to gather

public information. The district may require the requesting person to pay the estimated fee prior

to identifying and gathering the requested public information.

district is not required to alter or customize public information to provide it in a form

specified to meet the needs of the requesting person. If the district agrees to a request to

a records

by the district.

the cost of the customization may be included in the fees

of

funds

be charged for any copies

amount of time following a request.

by the Board.

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3
4 1401 BOARD
Revised
5 6 Records Available to Public7 8 All
9 for
10 11 Any
12 means
accessible
13 14 Upon
15 the
by:16 17 (a)
18
or19 (b)
20
21
22 23 The
24
25
26
27
28 29 The
30
31 customize
request response,
32 charged
33 34 In accordance with § 20 9 213(1), MCA, the record of the accounting
school
shall be35 open to public inspection at any meeting of the trustees. A fee may
36 requested. Copies will be available within a reasonable
37 38 A written copy of Board minutes shall be available to the general public within five (5) working39 days following approval of the minutes by the Board. If requested, one (1) free copy of minutes40 shall be provided to local media within five (5) working days following approval
41 42 Legal References: § 2 6 1003, MCA Access to Public Information43 § 2 6 1006, MCA Public Information requests fees44 § 20 3 323, MCA District policy and record of acts45 § 20 9 213, MCA Duties of trustees46 47 48

on:

on:

deliberations

containing information relating to

which may be inspected by any

by law.

because of the risk of

with the same standards as

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on:3 Reviewed
4 1402 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
02/20/2018, 12/10/195 6 School Board Use of Email and Mobile Messaging7 8 Use of email and mobile messaging by members of the Board will conform to the same standards9 of judgment, propriety, and ethics as other forms of school board related communication. Board10 members will comply with the following guidelines when using e mail and mobile messaging in11 the conduct of Board responsibilities:12 13 1. The Board will not use e mail or mobile messaging as a substitute for
at14 Board meetings or for other communications or business properly confined to Board15 meetings.16 17 2. Board members will be aware that mobile messages, e mail and e mail attachments18 received or prepared for use in Board business or
19 Board business may be regarded as public records,
20 person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential
21 22 3. Board members will avoid reference to confidential information about employees,23 students, or other matters in e mail and mobile communications,
24 improper disclosure. Board members will comply
school25 employees, with regard to confidential information.26 27 28 29 Cross Reference: 1400 Board Meetings30 1401 Records Available to Public31 32 Legal Reference: § 2 3 103, MCA Public participation governor to ensure guidelines33 adopted34 § 2 3 201, MCA Legislative intent liberal construction35 § 2 3 203, MCA Meetings of public agencies and certain associations36 of public agencies to be open to public exceptions37 § 20 3 322, MCA Meeting and quorum38 39 40

Alberton Joint School District

TRUSTEES

School Board Meeting Procedure

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 8/11, 10/8/13, 9/8/15,

02/20/2018, 12/10/19

agenda for any Board meeting shall be prepared by the Superintendent in consultation with the

Board Chair or presiding officer. Items submitted by Board members to be placed on the agenda

must have prior approval of the Board Chairperson. Citizens may also suggest inclusions on the

agenda. Such suggestions must be received by the Superintendent at least five (5) days before the

Board meeting, unless of immediate importance. Individuals who wish to be placed on the Board

agenda must also notify the Superintendent, in writing, of the request. The request must include the

reason for the appearance. If the reason for the appearance is a complaint against any District

employee, the individual filing the complaint must demonstrate that the Uniform Complaint

Procedure has been followed. Citizens wishing to make brief comments about school programs or

procedures or items on the agenda need not request placement on the agenda and may ask for

recognition by the Chairperson at the appropriate time.

agenda also must include a “public comment” portion to allow members of the general public to

comment on any public matter under the jurisdiction of the District which is not specifically listed on26 the agenda, except that no member of the public will be allowed to comment on contested cases,

other adjudicative proceedings, or personnel matters. The Board Chairperson may place reasonable

time limits on any “public comment” period to maintain and ensure effective and efficient operations

of the Board. The Board shall not take any action on any matter discussed, unless the matter is

specifically noticed on the agenda, and the public has been allowed opportunity to comment.

consent of a majority of members present, the order of business at any meeting may be

Copies of the agenda for the current Board meeting, minutes of the previous Board

and relevant supplementary information will be prepared and distributed to each trustee not

less than 48 hours prior to the Board meeting and will be available to any interested citizen not less

than

hours prior to the Board meeting.

be available

and designated as official, the

is made, a written

© MTSBA 2017 18
#21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1420 - R BOARD OF
Revised
5
6 7 Page 1 of 38
9 10 Agenda11 12 The
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23 24 The
25
27
28
29
30
31 32 With
33 changed.
34 meeting,
35
36
48
37 38 Minutes39 40 Appropriate minutes of all meetings required to be open must be kept and must
for41 inspection by the public. If an audio recording of a meeting is made
42 recording constitutes the office record of the meeting. If an official recording
43 record of the meeting must also be made and must also include:44 45 • Date, time, and place of the meeting;46 • Presiding officer;47 • Board members recorded as absent or present;48

Summary of discussion on all matters discussed (including those matters discussed during the

“public comment” section), proposed, deliberated, or decided, and a record of any votes

statement of

of recessing to closed session;

of adjournment.

Clerk shall keep minutes of student

are educationally related that are

taken by the Board, including those portions held in closed session. The Board shall keep minutes of

sessions.

shall be sealed.

the minutes are recorded and designated as the official record, a log or time stamp for each main

agenda item is required for the purpose of providing assistance to the public in accessing that portion

the meeting.

minutes shall be delivered to Board members in advance of the next regularly scheduled

meeting of the Board. Minutes need not be read publicly, provided that Board members have had an

to review them before adoption. A file of permanent minutes of Board meetings shall be

in the office of the Clerk, to be made available for inspection upon request. A written

shall be made available within five (5) working days following approval by the Board.

Quorum

business shall be transacted at any meeting of the Board unless a quorum of its members is

present. Three (3) members of the Elementary Board shall constitute a quorum of that Board. Four

(4) members of the High School Board shall constitute a quorum of that Board. Board members

be present physically or present via electronic means to establish a quorum. A majority of the

quorum

pass a resolution, except as provided in § 20 4 203(1), MCA, and § 20 4 401(4), MCA.

Board may allow members

participate

not simply vote

discussion of business.

business has been opened,

business is opened.

or other electronic

must be connected with the meeting

a Board member electronically joins the meeting after an

located member shall not participate until the next

© MTSBA 2017 18 14201 Page 2 of 32 3 •
4
5 taken;6 • Detailed
all expenditures;7 • Purpose
and8 • Time
9 10 The
disciplinary actions that
11
12 all closed
Minutes taken during closed sessions
13 14 15 16 17 If
18
19 of
20 21 Unofficial
22
23 opportunity
24 maintained
25 copy
26 27
28 29 No
30
31
32 may
33
may
34 35 Electronic Participation36 37 The
to
in meetings by telephone
means.38 Board members may
electronically but
39 throughout the
If
40 item of
the remotely
41 item of
42 43 44 45 46 47 142048

the Board allows a member to participate electronically, the member will be considered present

and will have his or her actual physical presence excused. The member shall be counted present for

purposes of convening a quorum. The Clerk will document it in the minutes, when members

participate in the meeting electronically.

Board member wishing to participate in a meeting electronically will notify the Chairperson and

Superintendent as early as possible. The Superintendent will arrange for the meeting to take place in

location with the appropriate equipment so that Board members participating in the meeting

may interact, and the public may observe or hear the comments made. The

will take measures to verify the identity of any remotely located participants.

Meeting Conduct and Order of Business

General rules of parliamentary procedure are used for every Board meeting. Robert’s Rules of Order

be used as a guide at any meeting. The order of business shall be reflected on the agenda. The

use of proxy votes shall not be permitted. Voting rights are reserved to those trustees in attendance.

shall be by acclamation or show of hands.

Rescind a Motion

motion to rescind (cancel previous action) may be made anytime by any trustee. A motion to

rescind must be properly noticed on the Board’s agenda for the meeting. It is in order any time prior

to accomplishment of the underlying action addressed by the motion.

Reference:

Audience

2 3 103, MCA Public participation governor to ensure guidelines

2-3-202, MCA

2 3 212, MCA Minutes of meetings public inspection

20

MCA

of records by school officer

20-3-322, MCA Meetings and quorum

20 3 323, MCA District policy and record of acts

and Nash v. Missoula Co., 2006 MT2, 330 Mont 2005

© MTSBA 2017 18 Page 3 of 31 2 If
3
4
5
6 7 Any
8
9 a
10 electronically
11 Superintendent
12 13
14 15
16 may
17
18 Voting
19 20
21 22 A
23
24
25 26 Cross
1441
Participation27 28 Legal References: §
29 adopted30 §
Meeting defined31 §
32 §
1 212,
Destruction
33 §
34 §
35 Jones
36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45

School District

TRUSTEES

Regarding Public

Adopted on: 2/11/20

Reviewed on:

on:

Montana law requires school districts and other public agencies to include on the agenda for

public meetings an item allowing public comment on any public matter not otherwise

listed on the agenda that is within the jurisdiction of the agency. The public comment

of the agenda is not the time designated to hear items that are specifically

listed/identified on the agenda.

those individuals who desire to address the Board during the public comment portion of the

meeting, if you haven’t already done so, please sign your name to the sheet and indicate the

general topic on which you will be commenting. The Board Chairperson will call individuals to

speak in the order listed on the sheet provided. Please state your name prior to beginning your

comment. There will be an opportunity for citizens who have not signed in to comment at the

conclusion of the comment period. The Board would like to remind everyone in attendance to

avoid violations of individual rights of privacy when providing comment. The Board is not

authorized to hear comments on contested cases or other adjudicative proceedings.

law, the District cannot take any action on any matter discussed during the public comment

portion of the meeting as those matters are not specifically noticed on the agenda The Board

may take a matter raised during the public comment period under consideration for inclusion on

a future agenda

accordance with Montana law, citizens have the right to comment on an item that is

specifically listed on the agenda. Citizens will be permitted to do so when the item comes up for

discussion and action. The board chair will indicate when the public has the opportunity to

comment prior to board action on a particular agenda item.

Board Chair has the authority to manage all public comment periods and will do so in

accordance with state law and district policy.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint
#21 2
3
4 1420F - R BOARD OF
Revised
5 6 7 Notice
Comment8 9
10
11 specifically
12 portion
13
14 15 For
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23 24 By
25
26
27
28 29 In
30
31
32
33 34 The
35
36 37 38 39

From Voting

Joint School District

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

Reviewed on:

on:

3 323(2), MCA, requires the minutes of each Board meeting to include the voting records of

each trustee present. As a general rule trustees should vote on all issues, unless casting a vote would be a

violation of law. Under Montana law, instances in which it would be unlawful or inappropriate for a

trustee to cast a vote on a particular issue

When hiring a relative of a trustee;

are not necessarily limited to the following:

2. When casting a vote would directly or substantially affect, to its economic benefit, a business or

other undertaking in which the trustee either has a substantial financial interest or in which the

trustee is engaged as counsel, consultant, representative, or agent;

When casting a vote would directly and substantially affect a business or other undertaking to its

economic detriment, where a trustee has a substantial personal interest in a competing firm or

undertaking;

4. When casting a vote would cause a trustee to have a pecuniary interest, either directly or

indirectly, in a contract made by the trustee (while acting in the trustee’s official capacity) or by

the Board, and;

When casting a vote would put the trustee in the position of an agent or solicitor in the sale or

© MTSBA 2017 18 1 Alberton
#22 3
4
5 1425 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
6 7 Abstentions
8 9 Section 20
10
11
12
include but
13 14 1.
15 16
17
18
19 20 3.
21
22
23 24
25
26
27 28 5.
29 supply of goods or services to the District.30 31 In addition, a trustee shall be allowed to abstain from voting to avoid the appearance of impropriety or the32 appearance of a perceived conflict. If a trustee abstains from voting, the abstention should be recorded in33 the minutes and may include an explanation of the reasons for the abstention. The B oard discourages34 abstentions, unless the reasons are substantiated as provided herein.35 36 37 38 Legal References: § 2 2 105, MCA Ethical requirements for public officers and public39 employees40 § 2 2 121, MCA Rules of conduct for public officers and public41 employees42 § 2 2 302, MCA Appointment of relative to office of trust or emolument43 unlawful exceptions publication of notice44 § 20 1 201, MCA School officers not to act as agents45 § 20 3 323, MCA District policy and record of acts46 § 20 9 204, MCA Conflicts of interests, letting contracts, and calling for47 bids48 49 50

School

TRUSTEES

Audience Participation

recognizes the value of public comment

members of the public in its meetings.

on: 9/2009

on: 02/20/2018

on: 8/11, 10/08/13, 9/8/15, 12/10/20

educational issues and the importance of

Board also recognizes the statutory and

rights of the public to participate in governmental operations. To allow fair and

of public

Board

permit public participation through oral or

comments during the “public comment” section of the Board agenda and prior to a final

on a matter of significant interest to the public. The Chairperson may control such

ensure an orderly progression of the meeting in the manner described in Policy

School Board Meeting Procedure

Section 8, Montana Constitution Right of participation

Section 10, Montana Constitution Right of privacy

3 101, et seq., MCA Notice and Opportunity to Be Heard

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint
District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 1441 - R BOARD OF
Revised
5 6 7
8 9 The Board
on
10 involving
The
11 constitutional
12 orderly expression
comments, the
will
13 written
14 decision
15 comment to
16 1420F.17 18 19 20 Cross Reference: 1420
21 22 Legal Reference: Article II,
23 Article II,
24 §§ 2
25 26 27 28

Engage in a substantial financial transaction

with a person

on: 9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018, 12/10/19

the trustee’s private business purpose,

the trustee inspects or supervises in the course of official duties.

Perform an official act directly and substantially affecting, to its economic benefit, a

or other undertaking in which the trustee either has a substantial financial

interest or is engaged as counsel, consultant, representative, or agent.

Act as an agent or solicitor in the sale or supply of goods or services to a district.

Have a pecuniary interest, directly or indirectly, in any contract made by the Board, when

the trustee has more than a ten percent (10%) interest in the corporation. A contract does

not include: 1) merchandise sold to the highest bidder at public auctions; 2) investments

or deposits in financial institutions that are in the business of loaning or receiving money,

when such investments or deposits are made on a rotating or ratable basis among

financial institutions in the community or when there is only one (1) financial institution

in the community; or 3) contracts for professional services other than salaried services or

for maintenance or repair services or supplies when the services or supplies are not

reasonably available from other sources, if the interest of any Board member and a

determination of such lack of availability are entered in the minutes of the Board meeting

at which the contract is considered.

5. Be employed in any capacity by the District, with the exception of officiating at athletic

competitions under the auspices of the Montana Officials Association.

Appoint to a position of trust or emolument

consanguinity

(4th)

or

person related or connected by

affinity within the second (2nd) degree.

prohibition does not apply to the issuance of an employment contract to a

person

a substitute

(30)

is not employed as a substitute teacher for more

This prohibition does not apply to the renewal of an employment contract of a

tenured teacher or classified employee employed without a written contract for a

term related to a Board member, who was initially hired before the Board

trustee position.

This prohibition does not apply

,

trustees comply with the following

the trustee related to the person to be

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 1512 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 37 Conflict of Interest8 9 A trustee may not:10 11 1.
for
12
whom
13 14 2.
15 business
16
17 18 3.
19 20 4.
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31 32
33
34 35 6.
any
36
within the fourth
degree
by
37 38 a. This
39
as
teacher who
40 than thirty
consecutive school days.41 b.
42
43 specific
44 member assumed the
45 c.
if
46 requirements: 1) All trustees
except
47
© MTSBA 2017 18 employed or appointed, vote to employ the related person; 2) the trustee related to1 the person to be employed abstains from voting; and 3) the trustees give fifteen2 (15) days written notice of the time and place of their intended action in a3 newspaper of general circulation in the county where the school is located.4 5 Degrees of Affinity6 7 Affinity is the legal relationship arising as the result of marriage. Relationship by affinity8 terminates upon the death of one of the spouses or other dissolution of marriage, except when the9 marriage has resulted in issue still living.10 11 Degrees of Consanguinity12 13 414 Great Great Grandparent15 16 3 517 Great Grandparent Great Great Uncle/Aunt18 19 2 4 620 Grandparent Great Uncle/Aunt Child of Great Uncle/Aunt21 22 1 3 5 723 Parent Uncle/Aunt Child of GG Uncle/Aunt Grandchild of GG Uncle/Aunt24 25 26 Trustee27 2 4 6 828 Brother/Sister 1st Cousin 2nd Cousin 3rd Cousin29 30 1 3 5 731 Child Nephew/Niece 1st Cousin 2nd Cousin32 once removed once removed33 34 2 4 635 Grandchild Grand Nephew/Niece 1st Cousin36 twice removed37 38 3 539 Great Grandchild Great Grand Nephew/Niece40 41 442 Great Great Grandchild43 44 45 46
© MTSBA 2017 18 15121 Page 3 of 32 3 Degrees of Affinity4 5 36 Great Grandparent in law7 8 29 Grandparent in law10 11 1 312 Father/Mother in law Uncle/Aunt in law13 14 1 215 Trustee Spouse Brother/Sister in law16 17 18 1 319 Step Child Nephew/Niece in law20 21 222 Step Grandchild23 24 325 Step Great Grandchild26 27 28 29 30
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 1513 - R BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised on:5 6 7 Management Rights8 9 The Board retains the right to operate and manage its affairs in such areas as but not limited to:10 11 1. Direct employees;12 13 2. Employ, dismiss, promote, transfer, assign, and retain employees;14 15 3. Relieve employees from duties because of lack of work or funds under conditions where16 continuation of such work would be inefficient and nonproductive;17 18 4. Maintain the efficiency of District operations;19 20 5. Determine the methods, means, job classifications, and personnel by which District21 operations are to be conducted;22 23 6. Take whatever actions may be necessary to carry out the missions of the District in24 situations of emergency;25 26 7. Establish the methods and processes by which work is performed.27 28 The Board reserves all other rights, statutory and inherent, as provided by state law.29 30 The Board also reserves the right to delegate authority to the Superintendent for the ongoing31 direction of all District programs.32 33 34 35 Cross Reference: 6110 Superintendent36 37 Legal Reference: § 20 3 324, MCA Powers and duties38 § 39 31 303, MCA Management rights of public employers39 Bonner School District No. 14 v. Bonner Education Association,40 MEA MFT, NEA, AFT, AFL CIO, (2008), 2008 MT 941 42 43

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

OF TRUSTEES Revised on: 9/8/15, 02/20/2018, 8/9/22

Board/Staff Communications

reasonable means of communication is encouraged throughout the education community.

an organization must maintain some order and structure to promote efficient and

Staff Communications to the Board

official communications or reports to the Board, from supervisors, teachers, or other staff

members, shall be submitted through the Superintendent. This procedure shall not deny any staff

member the right to appeal to the Board from administrative decisions, provided that the

shall have been notified of the forthcoming appeal and that it is processed

to the applicable procedures for complaints and grievances. The provision does not

limit or restrict employees from engaging in public comment during Board meetings as permitted

by Montana law.

Board Communications to Staff

official communications, policies, and directives of staff interest and concern will be

communicated to staff members through the Superintendent. The Superintendent will employ all

such media as are appropriate to keep staff fully informed of Board concerns and actions.

to Schools

accordance with Montana statutes, each trustee shall visit every school of the District at least

once each school fiscal year to examine its condition and needs. As a courtesy, individual Board

members interested in visiting schools should make arrangements for visitations through the

principals of the various schools. Such visits shall be regarded as informal expressions of

interest in school affairs and not as “inspections” or visits for supervisory or administrative

purposes.

affairs

other functions,

and education. When they meet at

discussion about such matters as educational trends,

issues, and innovations and general District problems can be anticipated. Discussions of

staff grievances

© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1520 BOARD
5 6
7 Every
8 Nevertheless,
9 effective communications.10 11
12 All
13
14
15 Superintendent
16 according
17
18
19 20
21 All
22
23
24 25 Visits
26 In
27
28
29
30
31
32 33 Social Interaction34 Staff and Board members share a keen interest in schools
35 social
and
informal
36
37 personalities or
are not appropriate.38 39 Legal Reference: § 20 3 324(21), MCA Powers and duties40 § 2 3 103, MCA Public Participation41 42 43

on:

on:

on: 02/20/2018

Superintendent Relationship

Board

of

the

hires, evaluates, and seeks the

executive officer.

District

mutual respect for their complementary roles.

regarding the duties and

of the Superintendent as the District

necessary to provide the general direction for

to encourage achievement of District goals. The Superintendent develops plans,

and procedures

to implement the policies and directs the District’s day to day

Reference:

20 4 401, MCA Appointment and dismissal of district

or county high school principal

20 4 402, MCA Duties of district superintendent or county high

school principal

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 Adopted
9/20092 Reviewed
3 1521 R BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
4 5 6 7 8 9 Board
10 11 The Board Superintendent relationship is based on
12 The relationship requires clear communication
expectations
13 responsibilities of both the
and
Superintendent.14 15 The Board
recommendations
16 chief
The Board adopts policies
17 the
and
18 programs,
needed
19 operations.20 21 22 23 Cross Reference: 6110 Superintendent24 25 Legal
§
26 superintendent
27 §
28
29 30 31

on:

on: 02/20/2018

attend

institutes,

at both the state and national

attend out of District meetings, at

site transportation during the course of the meeting, i.e., bus, taxi, or rental car;

Hotel or motel costs for trustee, as necessary;

Telephone services for necessary communications with business or family, resulting from the

being away from Alberton;

Incidental expenditures for tips and other necessary costs attributable to the trustee’s attendance

meeting; however, the District will not reimburse or pay for such items as liquor, expenses of

spouse, separate entertainment, or other

expenditures.

MCA Trustee

board.

of

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 1531 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised on:5 6 Trustee Expenses7 8 9 Expenses for Board Members at Out of District Meetings10 11 Trustees normally
workshops, training
and conferences
12 levels. The District will pay all legitimate costs for trustees to
13 established rates for reimbursement set by the District:14 15 1. Transportation as approved by the Board;16 2. On
17 3.
18 4. Food costs as necessary;19 5.
20 trustee
21 6.
22 at a
23 a
unnecessary
24 25 26 Cross Reference: 7336 Travel Allowances and Expenses27 28 29 Legal Reference: §2-18-503, MCA Mileage - allowance30 §20 3 311,
reimbursement and compensation
31 secretary for joint
32 33 34

on: 02/20/2018

on:

on:

Objectives

year, during the month of June,

will have available a

reflect the District’s

in writing

shall be

conclusion of the

degree to which

of

formulate or review the annual objectives

comprehensive philosophy of education with

philosophy of education and goals

submit a report to the Board which

accomplished.

Board of Trustees

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 1610 - R BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Annual Goals and
12 13 Each
the Board will
14 for the District and
written
15 goals that
philosophy
education. The
16 shall be
and
available to all.17 18 At the
year, the Superintendent shall
19 reflects the
annual objectives have been
20 21 22 23 Legal Reference: 10.55.701, ARM
24 25 26

on:

on: 02/20/2018

Development and Self Evaluation

Board strives to learn, understand and practice

governance for the benefit of the

determined by the Board, individual members have the opportunity to attend state

national meetings designed to familiarize members with public school issues, governance

legislation. Notice of training opportunities will be provided either through the

or through the Board Chair.

elected or appointed trustees shall be given a copy of the District policy manual and shall

have the opportunity to meet with the Superintendent and/or members of the Board for the

of answering questions and providing information about the District. The Board Chair

request that a veteran Board member mentor a new member.

part of the Board’s professional development and in an effort to improve on a continuous

improvement basis

the Board may conduct a self evaluation as needed.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 1620 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised on:5 6 7 8 Board
9 10 The
effective
11 District. As
12 and
13 and
14 Superintendent
15 16 Newly
17
18 purpose
19 may
20 21 As
22
,
23 24 25 26 27 28

School

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

on:

on:

Internship means an agreement between a fully licensed Class 1, 2, or 3 educator, the school

district, and a Montana accredited educator preparation program. Internships are permitted in

areas approved by the Board of Public Education.

Board recognizes the need to provide

for prospective teachers and

Internships for those in the process of acquiring teaching endorsements and/or

credentials

be considered and approved on an individual basis. The

or designee involved will review the internship proposal with the candidate and

the university representative, much in the same manner as student teachers are assigned.

part of an internship agreement, the parties must agree to the following:

the intern will complete the requirements for the appropriate endorsement within three years;

the school district will provide local supervision and support of the intern; and

the accredited educator preparation program will approve the coursework and provide support

periodic supervision.

superintendent intern shall be supervised throughout the year by a licensed and endorsed

contracted by the district, including participation in, and review of, and written

in all performance

§20-4-111,

of

staff completed by the intern.

of Public

not

for

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint
District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 1635 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Revised
5 6 Internships7 8
9
10 endorsement
11 12 The
training opportunities
13 administrators.
14 administrative
shall
15 Superintendent
16
17 18 As
19 20 (a)
21 (b)
22 (c)
23 and
24 25 A
26 superintendent
27 concurrence
evaluations
licensed
28 29 An emergency authorization of employment granted by the Superintendent
Instruction30 pursuant to
MCA is not a license; therefore is
eligible
an internship.31 32 Legal Reference: § 20 4 111, MCA Emergency authorization of employment33 ARM 10.55.602 Definitions34 ARM 10.55.607 Internships35 ARM 10.55.702 Licensure and duties of District36 Administrator District Superintendent37 ARM 10.57.412 Class 1 and 2 Endorsements38 ARM 10.57.413 Class 3 Administrative License39 40 41 42 43

Alberton Joint School District #2

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

OF TRUSTEES Revised on: 02/20/2018, 12/10/19

Uniform Complaint Procedure

Board establishes this Uniform Complaint Procedure as a means to address complaints

arising within the District. This Uniform Complaint Procedure is intended to be used for all

complaints except those governed by a collective bargaining agreement.

District requests all individuals to use this complaint procedure, when the individual

believes the Board or its employees or agents have violated the individual’s rights under: (1)

Montana constitutional, statutory, or administrative law; (2) United States constitutional,

statutory, or regulatory law; or (3) Board policy.

District will endeavor to respond to and resolve complaints without resorting to this formal

complaint procedure and, when a complaint is filed, to address the complaint promptly and

equitably. The right of a person to prompt and equitable resolution of a complaint filed hereunder

will not be impaired by a person’s pursuit of other remedies. Use of this complaint procedure is

not a prerequisite to pursuit of other remedies and use of this complaint procedure does not

extend any filing deadline related to pursuit of other remedies. Complaints against a building

administrator shall be filed with the Superintendent. Complaints against the Superintendent or

District administrator shall be filed with the Board.

Superintendent has the authority to contract with an independent investigator at any time

the complaint procedure process.

fifteen (15) calendar days of the

receipt of the independent investigator’s report and recommendation, the

respond to the complaint and take such administrative steps as the

deems appropriate and necessary.

Level

Informal

individual with a complaint is first encouraged to discuss it with the appropriate teacher,

counselor, or building administrator, with the objective of resolving the matter promptly and

informally.

exception is that a complaint of sexual harassment should be discussed directly

with an administrator not involved in the alleged harassment.

Level

Building Administrator

a complaint has not been or cannot

rise to the complaint,

remedy or resolution requested.

an individual may file a signed

the nature of the complaint; (2) a description of the event

any school personnel involved; and (3) the

written complaint must be filed within thirty (30) calendar

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3 Reviewed
4 1700 - R BOARD
5 6 Page 1 of 37 8
9 10 The
11
12
13 14 The
15
16
17
18 19 The
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27 28 The
29 during
Within
30 Superintendent’s
31 Superintendent will
32 Superintendent
33 34
1:
35 36 An
37
38
An
39
40 41
2:
42 43 When
be resolved at Level 1,
44 and dated written complaint stating: (1)
45 or incident giving
including
46
This
47

of the event or incident or from the date an individual could reasonably become aware of

such event or incident.

When a complaint alleges violation of Board policy or procedure, the building administrator will8 investigate and attempt to resolve the complaint. The administrator will respond in writing to the9 complaint, within thirty (30) calendar days of the administrator’s receipt of the complaint.

If either the complainant or the person against whom the complaint is filed is dissatisfied with

the administrator’s decision, either may request, in writing, that the Superintendent review the

administrator’s decision. (See Level 3.) This request must be submitted to the Superintendent

within fifteen (15) calendar days of the administrator’s decision.

When a complaint alleges sexual harassment or a violation of Title IX of the Education17 Amendments of 1972 (the Civil Rights Act), Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act of18 1990, or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the building administrator may turn the19 complaint over to a District nondiscrimination coordinator. The coordinator will complete an20 investigation and file a report and recommendation with the Superintendent. A coordinator may21 hire, with the approval of the Superintendent, an independent investigator to conduct the22 investigation. Within fifteen (15) calendar days of the Superintendent’s receipt of the23 coordinator’s or independent investigator’s report and recommendation, the Superintendent will24 respond to the complaint and take such administrative steps as the Superintendent deems

appropriate and necessary. If either the complainant or the person against whom the complaint is

filed is dissatisfied with the Superintendent’s decision, either may request, in writing, that the

Board consider an appeal of the Superintendent’s decision. (See Level 4.) This request must be

submitted in writing to the Superintendent, within fifteen (15) calendar days of the

Superintendent’s written response to the complaint, for transmission to the Board.

3: Superintendent

either the complainant or the person against whom the complaint is filed appeals the

administrator’s decision provided for in Level 2, the Superintendent will review the complaint

the administrator’s decision. The Superintendent will respond in writing to the appeal, within

thirty (30) calendar days of the Superintendent’s receipt of the written appeal. In responding to

the appeal, the Superintendent may: (1) meet with the parties involved in the complaint; (2)

conduct a separate or supplementary investigation; (3) engage an outside investigator or other

District employees to assist with the appeal; and/or (4) take other steps appropriate or helpful in

resolving the complaint.

either the complainant or the person against whom the complaint is filed is dissatisfied with

Superintendent’s decision, either may request, in writing, that the Board consider an appeal

the Superintendent’s decision. (See Level 4.) This request must be submitted in writing to the

within fifteen (15) calendar days of the Superintendent’s written response to the

© MTSBA 2017 18 1 17002 Page 2 of 33 4 days
5
6 7
10 11
12
13
14
15 16
25
26
27
28
29
30 31 Level
32 33 If
34
35 and
36
37
38
39
40
41 42 If
43 the
44 of
45 Superintendent,
46

Level 4: The Board

written appeal, the Board will consider the Superintendent’s decision in Level 2 or 3. Upon

receipt of written request for appeal, the Chair will either place the appeal on the agenda of a

or special Board

Board will report its decision on the appeal, in writing, to

all parties, within thirty (30) calendar days of the Board meeting. A decision of the Board is

final,

it is appealed pursuant to Montana law within the period provided by law.

Level 5: County Superintendent

a matter falls within the jurisdiction of a county superintendent of schools, the decision of

Board

be appealed to the

by filing written appeal within thirty

days of the Board’s decision, pursuant to Montana law.

Legal Reference: Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (Civil Rights Act)

of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990

of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973

© MTSBA 2017 18 17001 Page 3 of 32 complaint, for transmission to the Board.3 4
5 6 Upon
7
8 regular
meeting The
9
10
unless
11 12
13 14 When
15 the
may
county superintendent
16 (30) calendar
17 18 19 20
21 Title II
22 § 504
23 24 25 26

Non Lethal CS Gel

Board of Trustees authorizes the storage and use of non lethal CS gel on School District

property in accordance with the terms of this policy and Section 45 8 361, MCA.

Storage

lethal CS gel will be stored in locations on School District property selected by the

administrative team in consultation with the school safety consultant or school resource officer.

lethal CS gel will be stored in a manner identified by the administrative team as being only

accessible by staff members. Non lethal CS gel units will be regularly checked by members of

the administrative team or their designee to confirm inventory, proper storage, and compliance

with stated effective date. The administrative team will provide an annual report to the Board of

Trustees on the regular review of non lethal CS gel units present on School District property.

Only non lethal CS gel units purchased by the School District are authorized to be present on21 School District property.

Training

Staff members may volunteer for training on use of non lethal CS gel placed in School District

buildings. The administrative team will select volunteers for training in consultation with the26 school safety consultant or school resource officer. Only those staff members who have been

selected for and successfully completed training are authorized to use non lethal CS gel on

School District property. Staff members not trained in effective use of non lethal CS gel are not

authorized to use the gel units on School District property. Students are not authorized to use

non-lethal CS gel on School District property. Staff members are not entitled to additional

compensation for volunteering for training or use of non lethal CS gel. Training on effective use

will be renewed for authorized staff members every 24 months.

Use

members are authorized under this policy to use non-lethal CS gel in a manner consistent

with the School District approved training on effective use of non lethal CS gel Effective use

will include but is not limited to redirection or incapacitation of an individual or individuals

intending to harm School District students or staff. Effective use expressly excludes use to

redirect, discipline or otherwise harm students in violation of the School District’s corporal

punishment policy and Montana law. Confirmed misuse or unauthorized use of non lethal CS gel

by

student, staff member or citizen on School District property may result in School District

loss of use authorization, and, if applicable, referral to law enforcement. Unauthorized

use of non lethal CS gel on School District property by a staff member is expressly outside the

scope of the staff member’s duties under Montana law.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #2 R1 2 3 THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 17104 5 6
7 8 Scope9 The
10
11 12
13 Non
14
15 Non
16
17
18
19
20
22 23
24
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
33 34
35 Staff
36
37
38
39
40
41
a
42 discipline,
43
44
45 46

20

© MTSBA 2017 18 Insurance1 The administration will confirm that the storage and use of non lethal CS gel is consistent the2 School District’s workers’ compensation and general liability insurance policies on an annual3 basis.4 5 Legal Reference Section 45 8 361, MCA6 Section
5 202, MCA7 Section 20 4 302, MCA8 9 Policy History:10 Adopted on: 8/201911 Reviewed on:12 13 14

2000 SERIES INSTRUCTION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

R 2000 Goals

2050 Student Instruction

R 2100 School Year Calendar and Day

R 2105 Grade Organization

R 2120 Curriculum and Assessment

R 2132 Student and Family Privacy Rights 2140 Guidance and Counseling 2150 Suicide Awareness and Prevention

R 2158 Family Engagement

R 2160 Title I Parent Involvement

R 2160P Title I parent Involvement Procedures

R 2161 Special Education

R 2161P Special Education Child Find Procedures

R 2162 2162P Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (“Section 504”)

2166 Gifted Program

2167 Correspondence Courses

2168 Distance Learning Courses 2170 Digital Academy

R 2171 Significant Writing Program 2221 School Emergencies and Closures

R 2250 Community and Adult Education

R 2309 Library Materials

R 2310 2310P Selection of Library Materials

R 2311 Instructional Materials

R 2311P Selection, Adoption, and Removal of Textbooks and Instructional Materials

R 2312 Copyright

R 2312P Copyright Compliance

R 2314 Learning Materials Review 2320 Field Trips, Excursions, and Outdoor Education

R 2330 Controversial Issues and Academic Freedom 2332 Religion and Religious Activities

R 2333 Participation in Commencement Exercises

2410 2410P High School Graduation Requirements

R 2413 Credit Transfer and Assessment for Placement 2420 Grading and Progress Reports 2421 Promotion and Retention

R 2450 Recognition of Native American Cultural Heritage

R 2510 School Wellness

ALBERTON JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT #2 R = required
2600 2600P 2600F Work Based Learning

Adopted on: 9/2009

on: 02/20/2018

on: 10/08/13

District will provide equal opportunity for students to receive an education which will

enable them to fulfill their role in society, commensurate with individual ability, in compliance

legal requirements, and reflecting the desires of the people.

programs, methods, and resources should meet the needs of each student, regardless

of race, color, creed, sex, or level of ability. The District recognizes that equal opportunity

does not imply uniformity and that each student’s unique characteristics must be

acknowledged. Instructional programs, methods, and materials will not imply, teach, or

any beliefs or practices reflecting bias or discrimination toward other individuals or

groups and will not deny others their basic human rights.

District has developed a Statement of Learner Goals that is available through the District

Office. This philosophical goal statement will be publicized and made available to interested

citizens. This statement will be reviewed annually and revised as deemed necessary.

References: § 20-1-102, MCA Legislative goals for public elementary and

secondary schools.

ARM Board of Trustees

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2000 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7 8 Goals9 10 The
11
12 with
13 14 Instructional
15
16 education
17
18 encourage
19
20 21 The
22
23
24 25 Legal
26
27 10.55.701,
28 29

Alberton Joint School District

Adopted on: 6/8/21

Reviewed on:

on:

Student Instruction

The School District has adopted the protocols outlined in this policy to ensure the delivery of

education services to students onsite at the school, offsite at other locations using available

resources. The District administration or designated personnel are authorized to implement this11 policy. As outlined in District Policy 2100, and except for students determined by the School

District to be proficient using School District assessments, the adopted calendar has a minimum

number of 720 aggregate instructional hours for students in kindergarten through third grade;

1,080 hours for students in fourth through eleventh grade and 1,050 hours for students in twelfth

grade.

The School District may satisfy the aggregate number of hours through any combination of

onsite, offsite, and online instruction The District administration is directed to ensure that all19 students are offered access to the complete range of educational programs and services for the20 education program required by the accreditation standards adopted by the Montana Board of21 Public Education.

For the purposes of this policy and the School District’s calculation of ANB and “aggregate

hours of instruction” within the meaning of that term in Montana law, the term “instruction”

shall be construed as being synonymous with and in support of the broader goals of “learning”

and full development of educational potential as set forth in Article X, section 1 of the Montana

Constitution. Instruction includes innovative teaching strategies that focus on student

engagement for the purposes of developing a students’ interests, passions, and strengths. The

term instruction shall include any directed, distributive, collaborative and/or experiential learning

provided, supervised, guided, facilitated, work based, or coordinated by the teacher of

record in a given course that is done purposely to achieve content proficiency and facilitate the

learning of, acquisition of knowledge, skills and abilities by, and to otherwise fulfill the full

educational potential of each child.

shall calculate the number of hours students have received instruction as defined in this

a combined calculation of services received onsite at the school or services

or accessed at offsite or online

including, but not limited to, any

of physical instructional packets, virtual or electronic based course meetings and

self directed or parent assisted learning opportunities, and other educational efforts

by the staff and students that can be given for grade or credit. Staff shall report

of instruction

principal, or district administrator

MCA,

defined in this policy to the supervising teacher, building

calculation.

comply with the requirements of the calendar,

implement the

Policy and Section 20 1 301,

schedules and methods identified in this

©MTSBA 2021
#21 2
3
4 2050 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16 17
18
22 23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30 activity
31
32
33
34 35 Staff
36 policy through
37 provided
instructional settings
38 combination
39 assignments,
40 undertaken
41 completed hours
as
42
for final
43 44 In order to
District
45
the District shall
instructional
46 policy47

Offsite

The Board of Trustees authorizes offsite instruction of students in a manner that satisfies the

aggregate number of instructional hours outlined in the School District’s adopted or revised

calendar for a school year affected by a public health emergency. Offsite delivery methods shall

include a complete range of educational services offered by the School District and shall comply

with the requirements of applicable statutes. Students completing course work through an offsite

instructional setting shall be treated in and have their hours of instruction calculated in the same

manner as students attending an onsite institutional setting.

Offsite instruction is available to students:

1. meeting the residency requirements for that district as provided in 1 1 215;

living in the district and eligible for educational services under the Individuals With

Disabilities Education Act or under 29 U.S.C. 794; or

attending school in the district under a mandatory attendance agreement as provided in19 20 5 321;

attending school in the nearest district offering offsite instruction that agrees to enroll the

student when the student’s district of residence does not provide offsite instruction in an

equivalent course in which the student is enrolled. A course is not equivalent if the course

does not provide the same level of advantage on successful completion, including but not

limited to dual credit, advanced placement, and career certification. Attendance under this

provision is subject to approval of the Trustees

Board of Trustees authorizes the supervising teacher or district administrator to permit

to utilize an offsite or online

Proficiency-Based Learning

Board of Trustees authorizes

setting at when circumstances require.

ANB calculation in situations

student demonstrates proficiency in a course area as determined by the Board of Trustees

District assessments consistent with District Policy 1005FE, or other measures approved

by the Board of Trustees.

Board of Trustees waives the minimum number of instructional hours for students who

demonstrate proficiency in a course area using district assessments that include, but are not

to, the course or class teacher’s determination of proficiency as defined by the Board of

Trustees. This determination shall be based on a review of the student’s completed coursework,

in course delivery, and other methods applicable to the specific course or class. The

of Trustees authorizes the use of the proficiency determination process for students who

selected this method of delivery,

whom the School District is unable to

satisfaction of the required minimum aggregate number of hours through the offsite or

©MTSBA 2021 20501 Page 2 of 32 3
Instruction4 5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 13
14 15
16 2.
17
18 3.
20 4.
21
22
23
24
25
26 27 The
28 students
instructional
29 30
31 32 The
proficiency based learning and
33 when a
34 using
35
36 37 The
38
39 limited
40
41 participation
42 Board
43 have
students for
44 document
45 46

onsite methods outlined in this policy, or other students whom School District personnel

determine satisfy the definition of proficient or meeting proficiency.

This provision is based in the declaration by the Montana Legislature that any regulation

discriminating against a student who has participated in proficiency based learning is

inconsistent with the Montana Constitution.

Legal Reference: Article X, Section 1, Montana Constitution

Section 20 1 101, MCA Definitions

Section 20 1 301, MCA School Fiscal Year

Section 20 9 311, MCA Calculation of Average Number Belonging

Section 20 7 118, MCA Offsite Provision of Educational Services

Section 20 7 1601, MCA Transformational Learning Legislative Intent

ARM 10.55.906(4)) High School Credit

Cross Reference: Policy 1005FE Proficiency Based Learning

2100 School Calendar

Policy 2140 Guidance and Counseling

Policy 2168 Distance Learning

Policy 2410 Graduation

Policy 2420 Grading and Progress Reports

©MTSBA 2021 20501 Page 2 of 32 3
4
5 6
7
8
9 10 11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18 19
20 Policy
21
22
23
24
25 26

School District

on:

on:

on: 8/2011, 02/20/2018, 6/8/21

School Year

to §§ 20 1 301 and 20 1 308, MCA, and any applicable collective bargaining agreement

the employment of affected employees, the trustees of a school district shall set the

of hours in a school term, the length of the school day, and the number of school days in

school week. When proposing to adopt changes to a previously adopted school term, school

week, or school day, the trustees shall: (a) negotiate the changes with the recognized collective

bargaining unit representing the employees affected by the changes; (b) solicit input from the

affected by the changes but not represented by a collective bargaining agreement; (c)

from the people who live within the boundaries of the school district.

and students will devote a portion of the day on each commemorative holiday

in § 20 1 306, MCA, to study and honor the commemorated person or occasion. The

Board may from time to time designate a regular school day as a commemorative holiday.

emergencies, including during reasonable efforts of the trustees to make up aggregate hours of

instruction lost during a declaration of emergency by the trustees under Section 20-9-806, MCA,

instruction

instruction

be conducted on a Saturday when it is approved by the trustees

be held on a Saturday at the discretion of a school district for the purpose

providing additional pupil instruction beyond the minimum aggregate hours of instruction

in Section 20 1 301, MCA, provided student attendance is voluntary.

the minimum number of aggregate hours

be conducted during each school fiscal

minimum aggregate hours required by grade are:

minimum of 360 aggregate hours for a kindergarten program;

for grades 1 through 3;

hours for grades 4 through 12;

1,050 hours may be sufficient for graduating seniors.

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint
#21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 2100 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 8
Calendar and Day9 10 School Calendar11 12 Subject
13 covering
14 number
15 a
16
17
18 employees
19 and
20 21 Commemorative Holidays22 23 Teachers
24 designated
25
26 27 Saturday School28 29 In
30
31 pupil
may
32 33 Pupil
may
34 of
35 required
36 37 School Fiscal Year38 39 At least
must
40 year. The
41 (a) A
42 (b) 720 hours
43 (c) 1,080
and44 (d)
45 46

In addition, seven (7) pupil instruction related days may be scheduled for the following

Pre school staff orientation for the purpose of organization of the school year;

Staff professional development programs (minimum of three (3) days);

Parent/teacher conferences;

Post school record and report (not to exceed one (1) day, or one half (½) day at the end

of each semester or quarter).

The Board of Trustees has established an advisory committee to develop, recommend, and

evaluate the school district’s yearly professional development plan. Each year the Board of

Trustees shall adopt a professional development plan for the subsequent school year based on the

recommendation of the advisory committee.

In accordance with Section 20 1 301, MCA, and any applicable collective bargaining agreement

covering the employment of affected employees, the Board of Trustees may establish a school

calendar with an earlier start date and a later end date to ensure students receive the minimum

number aggregate instructional hours. The purpose of an extended school year will be to

maximize flexibility in the delivery of instruction and learning for each student in the School

When setting an extended school year, the School District will collaborate with students,

parents, employees and other community stakeholders. When proposing to adopt changes to a

previously adopted school term the Board of Trustees will follow the procedures outlined in in

this policy

20 1 301, MCA School

20 1 302, MCA School day and week

20 1 303, MCA Conduct of School on Saturday or Sunday

20-1-304, MCA Pupil-instruction-related day

20 1 306, MCA

10.55.701

10.65.101

Trustees

exercises

Pupil Instruction Related

certain

©MTSBA 2021
1 purposes:2 1.
3 2.
4 3.
and5 4.
6
7 8
9
10
11
12 13 Extended School Year14 15
16
17
18
19
20 District
21
22
23
24 25 26 Legal References: §
fiscal year27 §
28 §
29 prohibited exceptions30 §
31 §
Commemorative
on
days32 ARM
Board of
33 ARM
103
Days34 ARM 10.55.714 Professional Development35 ARM 10.55.906 High School Credit36 37 38

by

of that

of

Superintendent

an

by the Board.

considered in classroom

Adopted

on: 02/20/2018

(K) through twelve (12). The

will be according to plans

to a classroom which will best serve the

the rights and needs of other students. Factors to

class size, peer relations, student/teacher relations,

style of individual teachers, and any other variables that will affect the performance

the student.

Legal Reference:

of

schools

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
on: 9/20093 Reviewed
4 2105 - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Grade Organization12 13 The District maintains instructional levels for grades kindergarten
14 grouping and housing
instructional levels in school facilities
15 developed
the
and approved
16 17 A student will be assigned to
instructional group or
18 needs
individual while still considering
19 be
assignments are
20 instructional
21 of
22 23 24 25 26
§ 20 6 501, MCA Definition
various
27 28 29 30

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 2/8/10, 8/8/13, 02/20/2018

Board is responsible for curriculum adoption and must approve all significant changes, including the

adoption of new textbooks and new courses, before such changes are made. The Superintendent is

responsible for making curriculum recommendations. The District shall ensure their curriculum is aligned

to all content standards and the appropriate learning progression for each grade level.

written sequential curriculum will be developed for each subject area. The curricula will address

learner goals, content and program area performance standards, and District education goals and will be

constructed to include such parts of education as content, skills, and thinking. The District shall review

curricula at least every five (5) years or consistent with the state’s standards revision schedule, and

modify, as needed, to meet educational goals of the continuous school improvement plan pursuant to

10.55.601.

staff and administration will suggest materials and resources, to include supplies, books, materials,

and equipment necessary for development and implementation of the curriculum and assessment, which

are consistent with goals of the education program.

District shall maintain their programs consistent with the state’s schedule for revising standards.

District shall assess the progress of all students

achieving content standards and content

grade level learning progressions in each program area. The District shall use assessment results,

state

10.56.101

administration

examine the educational

achieving

administration of assessments pursuant to

measure its effectiveness. The District shall

achievement information obtained

requirements of ARM 10.56.101, to assess student

level

progressions in all

shall

supplemented

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2120 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7 8 Curriculum and Assessment9 10 The
11
12
13
14 15 A
16
17
18
19
20 ARM
21 22 The
23
24
25 26 The
27 28 The
toward
29 specific
30 including
level achievement information obtained by
31 ARM
to
program and
32 use appropriate multiple measures and methods, including state level
33 by
of assessments pursuant to the
34 progress in
content standards and content specific grade
learning
35 program areas. The examination of program effectiveness using assessment results
be
36 with information about graduates and other student’s no longer in attendance.37 38 Cross Reference: 2000 Goals39 2110 Objectives40 41 Legal Reference: § 20 3 324, MCA Powers and duties42 § 20-4-402, MCA Duties of district superintendent or county high school43 principal44 § 20 7 602, MCA Textbook selection and adoption45 10.55.603, ARM Curriculum and Assessment46 47 48 49 50 51

on: 9/2009+

on:

on:

District’s

of

created the survey.

a third party to a student, the

request and within a reasonable time

other than a

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 2132 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
02/20/20185 6 Page 1 of 37 8 Student and Family Privacy Rights9 10 Surveys General11 12 All surveys requesting personal information from students, as well as any other instrument used13 to collect personal information from students, must advance or relate to the
educational14 objectives as identified in Board Policy. This applies to all surveys, regardless
whether the15 student answering the questions can be identified and regardless of who
16 17 Surveys Created by a Third Party18 19 Before the District administers or distributes a survey created by
20 student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) may inspect the survey upon
21 of their request.22 23 This section applies to every survey: (1) that is created by a person or entity
District24 official, staff member, or student, (2) regardless of whether the student answering the questions25 can be identified, and (3) regardless of the subject matter of the questions.26 27 Surveys Requesting Personal Information28 29 School officials and staff members shall not request, nor disclose, the identity of any student who30 completes ANY survey containing one (1) or more of the following items:31 32 1. Political affiliations or beliefs of the student or the student’s parent/guardian;33 2. Mental or psychological problems of the student or the student’s family;34 3. Behavior or attitudes about sex;35 4. Illegal, antisocial, self incriminating, or demeaning behavior;36 5. Critical appraisals of other individuals with whom students have close family37 relationships;38 6. Legally recognized privileged or analogous relationships, such as those with lawyers,39 physicians, and ministers;40 7. Religious practices, affiliations, or beliefs of the student or the student’s parent/guardian;41 8. Income (other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a42 program or for receiving financial assistance under such program).43 44 The student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) may:45 46 1. Inspect the survey within a reasonable time of the request; and/or47

Refuse to allow their child to participate in any survey

personal information. The

shall not penalize any student whose parent(s)/guardian(s) exercise this option.

student’s parent(s)/guardian(s)

within a reasonable time of the request, inspect any

material used as part of their child’s educational curriculum.

term “instructional material,” for purposes of this policy, means instructional content that is

provided to a student, regardless of its format, printed or representational materials, audio visual

materials, and materials in electronic or digital formats (such as materials accessible through the

The term does not include academic tests or academic assessments.

Collection of Personal Information From Students for Marketing Prohibited

term “personal information,” for purposes of this section only, means individually

information including: (1) a student’s or parent’s first and last name, (2) a home or

other physical address (including street name and the name of the city or town), (3) telephone

number, or (4) a Social Security identification number.

District will not collect, disclose, or use student personal information for the purpose of

marketing or selling that information or otherwise providing that information to others for that

purpose.

District, however, is not prohibited from collecting, disclosing, or using personal

collected from students for the exclusive purpose of developing, evaluating, or

educational products or services for, or to, students or educational institutions such as

following:

other

magazines,

instructional

access

low cost literary products;

by elementary schools and secondary

and assessments to provide cognitive, evaluative, diagnostic, clinical, aptitude, or

information

students (or to generate other statistically useful data for

purpose of securing such tests and assessments) and the subsequent analysis and

release of the aggregate data from such tests and assessments;

sale by students of

raise funds for school related or education

©MTSBA 2021 21321 Page 2 of 32 3 2.
requesting
4 school
5 6 Instructional Material7 8 A
may,
9 instructional
10 11 The
12
13
14 Internet).
15 16
17 18 The
19 identifiable
20
21
22 23 The
24
25
26 27 The
28 information
29 providing
30 the
31 32 1. College or
post secondary education recruitment or military recruitment;33 2. Book clubs,
and programs providing
to
34 3. Curriculum and
materials used
35 schools;36 4. Tests
37 achievement
about
38 the
39 public
40 5. The
products or services to
41 related activities;42 6. Student recognition programs.43 44 45 46

Superintendent or designee shall notify students’ parents/guardians of:

policy as well as its availability from the administration office upon request;

How to opt their child out of participation in activities as provided in this policy;

approximate dates during the school year when a survey requesting personal

as described above, is scheduled or expected to be scheduled;

to request access to any survey or other material described in this policy.

notification shall be given parents/guardians at least annually at the beginning of the school

and within a reasonable period after any substantive change in this policy.

rights provided to parents/guardians in this policy transfer to the student, when the student

eighteen (18) years of age or is an emancipated minor.

Cross Reference:

Reference:

Instructional Materials

Student Rights and Responsibilities

Student Health/Physical Screenings/Examinations

U.S.C. 1232h Protection of Pupil Rights

©MTSBA 2021 21321 Page 3 of 32 3 Notification of Rights and Procedures4 5 The
6 7 1. This
8 2.
9 3. The
10 information,
11 4. How
12 13 This
14 year
15 16 The
17 turns
18 19 20 21 22
2311
23 3200
24 3410
25 26 Legal
20
27 28 29

on:

on:

program.

emotional needs of students.

move into the world

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed
4 2140 INSTRUCTION Revised
02/20/20185 6 Guidance and Counseling7 8 The District recognizes that guidance and counseling are an important part of the total program of9 instruction and should be provided in accordance with state laws and regulations, District policies and10 procedures, and available staff and program support.11 12 The general goal of this program is to help students achieve the greatest personal value from their13 educational opportunities. Such a program should:14 15 1. Provide staff with meaningful information which can be utilized to improve educational services16 offered to individual students.17 18 2. Provide students with planned opportunities to develop future career and educational plans.19 20 3. Refer students with special needs to appropriate specialists and agencies.21 22 4. Aid students in identifying options and making choices about their educational
23 24 5. Assist teachers and administrators in meeting academic, social, and
25 26 6. Provide for a follow up of students who further their education and/or
of27 work.28 29 7. Solicit feedback from students, staff, and parents, for purposes of program improvement.30 31 8. Assist students in developing a sense of belonging and self respect.32 33 9. Have information available about nicotine addiction services and referrals to tobacco cessation34 programs to students and staff.35 36 All staff will encourage students to explore and develop their individual interests in career and vocational37 technical programs and employment opportunities, without regard to gender, race, marital status, national38 origin, or handicapping conditions, including reasonable efforts in encouraging students to consider and39 explore “nontraditional” occupations.40 41 Legal Reference § 49 3 203, MCA Educational, counseling, and training programs42 10.55.710, ARM Assignment of School Counseling Staff43 10.55.802, ARM Opportunity and Educational Equity44 45

Adopted on:

Reviewed on:

on: 12/10/19

District will provide

employee of the

work

District will provide, at a minimum,

five (5) years.

in the school district

and prevention

person attendance

be

youth suicide awareness and prevention to

with any students enrolled in the school district.

the Office of Public Instruction (OPI).

(2) hours of youth suicide awareness and

new employees who work directly with any student

two (2) hours of training the first year of

individual program of study of

review modules

other method chosen by the

authorizes the Administration and

school board

is consistent with professional

District staff to develop procedures to

in all aspects

interagency

identify and access

act

from

construed to

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
02/20/20183
4 2150 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7 Suicide Awareness and Prevention8 9 Professional Development10 The
professional development on
11 each
district who
directly
12 The training materials will be approved by
13 14 The
two
15 prevention training every
All
16 enrolled
will
provided
17 employment.18 19 Youth suicide
training may include:20 21 A. In
at a live training;22 B. Videoconference;23 C. An
designated materials;24 D. Self
available online; and25 E. Any
local
that
26 development standards.27 28 Prevention and Response29 The Board
appropriate
30 address matters related to suicide prevention and response that:31 32 A. Promote collaboration with families and with community providers
of33 suicide prevention and response;34 B. Include high quality intervention services for students;35 C. Promote
cooperation that enables school personnel to
36 appropriate community resources for use in times of crisis;37 D. Include reintegration of youth into a school following a crisis, hospitalization, or38 residential treatment;39 E. Provide for leadership, planning, and support for students and school personnel to ensure40 appropriate responses to attempted or completed suicides.41 42 No cause of action may be brought for any loss or damage caused by any
or admission43 resulting from the implementation of the provisions of this policy or resulting
any training,44 or lack of training, related to this policy. Nothing in this policy shall be
impose a45 specific duty of care.46 47

policy will be reviewed by the Board of Trustees on a regular basis.

Legal Reference: § 20 7 1310, MCA Youth suicide awareness and prevention training

10.55.720

Prevention and Response

©MTSBA 2021 This
1 21502 Page 2 of 23 4
5 ARM
Suicide
6 7 8

ALBERTON SCHOOL ATHLETICS INFORMED CONSENT AND

INSURANCE VERIFICATION FORM

Extracurricular activities may include physical contact and physical exertion. There is an inherent risk of

injury in the activity. By signing this agreement, I acknowledge that the School District staff try to

prevent accidents. I agree to accept responsibility for my student’s participation in the school

activities. The activity is strictly voluntary.

I, the undersigned, hereby acknowledge and understand that, regardless of all feasible safety measures

that may be taken by the School District, participation in this event entails certain inherent risks. I certify

that my student is physically fit and medically able to participate or have noted an applicable physical or

medical diagnosis at the bottom of this form. I further certify that my student will honor all instructions

of district staff and failure to honor instructions may result on dismissal from the activity. I have been

informed of these risks, understand them, and feel that the benefits of participation outweigh the risks

involved. My signature below gives my child permission to participate in a Alberton School Activity.

I authorize qualified emergency medical professionals to examine and in the event of injury or serious

illness, administer emergency care to my student. I understand every effort will be made to contact the20 family or contact person noted below to explain the nature of the problem prior to any involved21 treatment. In the event it becomes necessary for the district staff in charge to obtain emergency care for

my student, I understand that neither the district employee in charge of the activity nor the school district

assumes financial liability for expenses incurred because of an accident, injury, illness and/or unforeseen

circumstances.

School District DOES NOT provide medical insurance benefits for students who choose to

participate in activities

Parents or guardians may request information from the school district

regarding medical insurance for students. If parents or guardians have their own insurance coverage

during the student’s participation, that coverage information is provided below. Or parents may notify the

School District that

©MTSBA 2021 2151F1 2
3
4 5
6
7
8
9 10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17 18
19
22
23
24
25 26 The
27
programs.
28
29
30
they do not have medical insurance.31 32 ____ I have personal medical insurance to cover the student’s participation:33 34 INSURANCE (Company Name) ____________________________________________35 36 Policy # _________________________________________________37 38 39 ____ I do not have personal medical insurance to cover the student’s participation and understand that the40 School District does not provide medical insurance to cover the students. I understand I will be41 responsible for any medical costs associated with the student’s participation.42 43 Signature Required Regardless of Insurance Coverage:44 45 Student Athlete _____46 (Please Print)47 48 Parent/Guardian _____________________________________________49 (Signature)50 Date:51 52

on:

on:

on:

Engagement

Board of Trustees

effort

important

Involvement Goals

in the education process

Board recognizes that a student's

families and other members of the

school. The Board believes that the district

and that strong, comprehensive

involvement in education

the Office of Public Instruction (OPI), the district,

eliminating

the

impede

will develop

shall include the following six

©MTSBA 2021 1 Alberton Joint School District #22 3 Adopted
02/20/20184 Reviewed
5 2158 R INSTRUCTION Revised
6 7 Page 1 of 28 9 Family
Policy10 11 The Alberton
believes that engaging parents/families
12 is essential to improved academic success for students. The
13 education is a responsibility shared by the district, parents,
14 community during the entire time a student attends
15 must create an environment that is conducive to learning
16 parent/family involvement is an
component. Parent/Family
17 requires a cooperative
with roles for
18 parents/families and the community.19 20 Parent/Family
and Plan21 22 The Board of Trustees recognizes the importance of
barriers that
23 parent/family involvement, thereby facilitating an environment that encourages collaboration24 with parents, families and other members of the community. Therefore,
district
25 and implement a plan to facilitate parent/family involvement that
26 (6) goals:27 28 1. Promote families to actively participate in the life of the school and feel welcomed,29 valued, and connected to each other, to school staff, and to what students are learning and30 doing in class;31 32 2. Promote families and school staff to engage in regular, two way meaningful33 communication about student learning;34 35 3. Promote families and school staff to continuously collaborate to support student learning36 and healthy development both at home and at school and have regular opportunities to37 strengthen their knowledge and skills to do so effectively;38 39 4. Empower parents to be advocates for their own and other children, to ensure that students40 are treated equitably and have access to learning opportunities that will support their41 success;42 43 5. Encourage families and school staff to be partners in decisions that affect children and44 families and together inform, influence, and create policies, practices, and programs; and45 46 47

cooperation

as parent teacher

disseminate information

involvement

parents/families to use together with

of district

progress within these

©MTSBA 2021 1 21582 Page 2 of 23 4 6. Encourage families and school staff to collaborate with members of the community to5 connect students, families, and staff to expand learning opportunities, community6 services, and civic participation.7 8 The district's plan for meeting these goals is to:9 10 1. Provide activities that will educate parents regarding the intellectual and developmental11 needs of their children at all age levels. This will include promoting
between12 the district and other agencies or school/community groups (such
13 groups, Head Start, , etc.) to furnish learning opportunities and
14 regarding parenting skills and child/adolescent development.15 16 2. Implement strategies to involve parents/families in the educational process, including:17 18 19 < Keeping parents/families informed of opportunities for
and20 encouraging participation in various programs.21 22 < Providing access to educational resources for
23 their children.24 25 < Keeping parents/families informed of the objectives
educational26 programs as well as of their child's participation and
27 programs.28 29 3. Enable families to participate in the education of their children through a variety of roles.30 For example, parents/family members should be given opportunities to provide input into31 district policies and volunteer time within the classrooms and school programs.32 33 4. Provide professional development opportunities for teachers and staff to enhance their34 understanding of effective parent/family involvement strategies.35 36 5. Perform regular evaluations of parent/family involvement at each school and at the37 district level.38 39 6. Provide access, upon request, to any instructional material used as part of the educational40 curriculum.41 42 7. If practical, provide information in a language understandable to parents.43 44 45

of

Adopted on:

on:

on: 02/20/2018

applicable) of Title I eligible

viewed as a

word “parent” also includes

the child’s schools.

with, agree upon with, and distribute to

written parent involvement policy.

of migrant students if

in the design, development, operation,

activities to fulfill the

involvement goals shall be

used

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
9/20093 Reviewed
4 2160 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 8 Title I Parent Involvement9 10 The District endorses the parent involvement goals of Title I and encourages the regular11 participation of parents (including parents of migrant students if
12 children in all aspects of the program. The education of children is
cooperative13 effort among the parents, school, and community. In this policy the
14 guardians and other family members involved in supervising
15 16 Pursuant to federal law the District will develop jointly
17 parents
children participating in the Title I program a
18 19 At the required annual meeting of Title I parents (including parents
20 applicable), parents will have opportunities to participate
21 and evaluation of the program for the next school year. Proposed
22 requirements necessary to address the requirements of parental
23 presented.24 25 In addition to the required annual meeting, at least three (3) additional meetings shall be held at26 various times of the day and/or evening for parents of children (including parents of migrant27 children if applicable) participating in the Title I program. These meetings shall be
to28 provide parents with:29 30 1. Information about programs provided under Title I;31 32 2. A description and explanation of the curriculum in use, the forms of academic assessment33 used to measure student progress, and the proficiency levels students are expected to34 meet;35 36 3. Opportunities to formulate suggestions and to participate, as appropriate, in decisions37 relating to the education of their children; and38 39 4. The opportunity to bring parent comments, if they are dissatisfied with the school’s Title40 I program, to the District level.41 42 Title I funding, if sufficient, may be used to facilitate parent attendance at meetings, through43 payment of transportation and childcare costs.44 45 The parents of children (including parents of migrant children if applicable) identified to46 participate in Title I programs shall receive from the school principal and Title I staff an47

of the reasons supporting each child’s selection for the program, a set of objectives

to be addressed, and a description of the services to be provided. Opportunities will be provided

for the parents to meet with the classroom and Title I teachers to discuss their child’s progress.

will also receive guidance as to how they can assist at home in the education of their

children.

Each school in the District receiving Title I funds shall develop jointly with parents of children

served in the program a “School Parent Compact” outlining the manner in which parents, school

staff, and students share the responsibility for improved student academic achievement in

meeting state standards. The “School Parent Compact” shall:

Describe the school’s responsibility to provide high quality curriculum and instruction in

a supportive and effective learning environment enabling children in the Title I program

to meet the state’s academic achievement standards;

Indicate the ways in which each parent will be responsible for supporting their child’s

learning, such as monitoring attendance, homework completion, and television watching;

volunteering in the classroom; and participating, as appropriate, in decisions related to

their child’s education and positive use of extracurricular time; and

3. Address the importance of parent teacher communication on an ongoing basis with, at a

minimum, parent teacher conferences, frequent reports to parents, and reasonable access

to staff.

Legal Reference: Title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C.

6301-6514, as implemented by 34 CFR parts 200, 201, 203, 205, and

Improving America’s Schools Act, P.L. 103 382, § 1112 Local Education

107 110, “No Child Left Behind Act of 2001,” Title I Improving

Academic Achievement of the Disadvantaged, § 1118

©MTSBA 2021 21601 Page 2 of 22 3 explanation
4
5
6 Parents
7
8 9
10
11
12
13 14 1.
15
16
17 18 2.
19
20
21
22 23
24
25
26 27 28 29
30 §§
31 21232
33 Agency Plans34 P.L.
35 the
36 37 38 39

on: 10/12/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018

manner that ensures

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 2160P - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 8 Equivalency/Comparability9 10 All district schools, regardless of whether they receive Title I funds, shall provide services that,11 taken as a whole, are substantially comparable. Teachers, administrators and other staff shall be12 assigned to schools in a manner that ensures equivalency among the District’s schools.13 Curriculum materials and instructional supplies shall be provided in a
14 equivalency among the District’s schools.15 16 In keeping with the requirements of the Elementary and Secondary School Improvement17 Amendments (ESSIA) and the Education Department General Administrative Regulations18 (EDGAR), the Board assures:19 20 1. A salary schedule which applies to all instructional personnel;21 2. Equivalence among schools in teachers, administrators, and auxiliary personnel;22 3. Equivalence among schools in the provision of curriculum materials and instructional23 supplies, and;24 4. Parental consultation in project planning, implementation and evaluation.25 26 Title I Parent Involvement27 28 In order to achieve the level of Title I parent involvement desired by District policy on this topic,29 these procedures guide the development of each school’s annual plan designed to foster a cooperative30 effort among parents, school, and community.31 32 Guidelines33 34 Parent involvement activities developed at each school will include opportunities for:35 36 • Volunteering;37 • Parent education;38 • Home support for the child’s education;39 • Parent participation in school decision making.40 41 The school system will provide opportunities for professional development and resources for staff42 and parents/community regarding effective parent involvement practices.43 44 45 46 47

Roles and Responsibilities

an active role in the

in

by reinforcing at home the skills and knowledge

activities.

and actively communicate with all parents about skills, knowledge, and attributes

learning in

to parents of

suggestions for reinforcement;

children (including parents of migrant children if

in a format and, to the extent practicable, in a language the parents can

understand.

Send

in service education

regarding the value and use of contributions of parents

to communicate and work with parents as equal partners;

to parents of

(including parents of migrant children if

applicable) in a format and, to the extent practicable, in a language the parents can

understand.

©MTSBA 2021 2160P1 page 2 of 22
3 4 Parents5 6 It is the responsibility of the parent to:7 • Actively communicate with school staff;8 • Be aware of rules and regulations of school;9 • Take
child’s education
10 the student has learned
school;11 • Utilize opportunities for participation in school
12 13 Staff14 15 It is the responsibility of staff to:16 • Develop and implement a school plan for parent involvement;17 • Promote and encourage parent involvement activities;18 • Effectively
19 students are
school and
20 • Send information
Title I
21 applicable)
22
23 24 Community25 26 Community members who volunteer in the schools have the responsibility to:27 • Be aware of rules and regulations of the school;28 • Utilize opportunities for participation in school activities.29 30 Administration31 32 It is the responsibility of the administration to:33 • Facilitate and implement the Title I Parent Involvement Policy and Plan;34 • Provide training and space for parent involvement activities;35 • Provide resources to support successful parent involvement practices;36 • Provide
to staff
37 and how
38 •
information
Title I children
39
40
41 42 43

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018

District will provide a free appropriate public education and necessary related services to all

with disabilities residing within the District, as required under the Individuals with

Education Act (IDEA), provisions of Montana law, and the Americans with

Act.

students eligible for services under IDEA, the District will follow procedures for

evaluation, placement, and delivery of service to children with disabilities, as

in the current Montana State Plan under Part B of IDEA

District may maintain membership in one or more cooperative associations which may assist

in fulfilling the District’s obligations to its disabled students.

Reference: Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq.

Part

with Disabilities Education Act, 20 U.S.C. § 1400, et seq.

MCA Special Education for Exceptional

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2161 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Special Education12 13 The
14 children
15 Disabilities
16 Disabilities
17 18 For
19 identification,
20 provided
21 22 The
23
24 25 26 27 Legal
28 Individuals
29 § 20 7
Four,
Children30 31 32 33

Alberton

School District

Adopted on: 9/2009

Reviewed on:

on: 02/20/2018

The District shall be responsible for the coordination and management of locating, identifying,

and evaluating all disabled children ages zero ( 0 ) through twenty one (21). Appropriate staff

will design the District’s Child Find plan in compliance with all state and federal requirements

and with assistance from special education personnel who are delegated responsibility for

implementing the plan.

The District’s plan will contain procedures for identifying suspected disabled students in private

schools as identified in 34 C.F.R. 530.130 and 530.131(f), students who are home schooled,

homeless children, as well as public facilities located within the geographic boundaries of the

District. These procedures shall include screening and development criteria for further21 assessment. The plan must include locating, identifying, and evaluating highly mobile children

with disabilities and children who are suspected of being a child with a disability and in need of

special education, even though the child is and has been advancing from grade to grade. The

District’s Child Find Plan must set forth the following:

Procedures used to annually inform the public of all child find activities, for children zero

through twenty one;

Identity of the special education coordinator;

Procedures used for collecting, maintaining, and reporting data on child identification;

Procedures for Child Find Activities (including audiological, health, speech/language,

visual screening and review of data or records for students who have been or are

being considered for retention, delayed admittance, long term suspension or expulsion or

of learner outcomes) in each of the following age groups:

Infants and Toddlers

Age

referral of infants and toddlers to the appropriate early intervention

or procedures for conducting child find.

B. Preschool (Ages

planning conferences; frequency and location of screenings;

with other agencies;

In School (Ages

procedures for referral and

procedures for responding to individual referrals.

from other sources;

Post School (Ages

from

teams, parent referrals, and

procedures for referral and evaluation.

school with a regular diploma and

coordination efforts with other

©MTSBA 2021
Joint
#21 2
3
4 2161P - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7 Special Education8 9 Child Find10 11
12
13
14
15
16 17
18
19
20
22
23
24
25 1.
26
27 2.
28 3.
29 4.
30 and
31
32 waiver
33 A.
(Birth through
2)34 Procedures for
35 agency,
36
3 through 5)37 Part C Transition
38 coordination
follow up
39 evaluation; and
40 C.
6 through 18)41 Referral procedures, including teacher assistance
42 referrals
and follow up
43 D.
19 through 21)44 Individuals who have not graduated
high
45 who were not previously identified. Describe
46 agencies.47

Private Schools (This includes home schools.)

Homeless Children

Dyslexia

possible.

child

the

A.R.M.

ensure that all resident children

resulting from dyslexia,

education and related services as early as

year that the child is admitted to a school of the

child who has not been previously screened by the district and who

fails to meet grade

of,

benchmarks in any grade;

by an individual with an

identify, signs of dyslexia designed to assess

and phonemic awareness skills.

a screening suggests that a child

have dyslexia or a medical professional

the child's school district shall take steps to

of the child and implement best practice interventions

address those needs. This process may lead to consideration of the child's

as a child with a disability under this policy.

©MTSBA 2021 1 E.
2 Child find procedures addressing the provisions of
10.16.3125(1); follow3 up procedures for referral and evaluation.4 F.
5 G.
6 The School District shall establish procedures to
7 with disabilities, including specific learning disabilities
8 are identified and evaluated for special
9
The screening instrument must be administered to:10 (A) a
in
first
11 district up to grade 2; and12 (B) a
13
level reading
14 15 The screening instrument shall be administered
16 understanding
and training to
17 developmentally appropriate phonological
18 19 If
may
20 diagnosis a child with dyslexia,
21 identify the specific needs
22 to
23 qualification
24 25 Procedures for Evaluation and Determination of Eligibility26 27 Procedures for evaluation and determination of eligibility for special education and related28 services are conducted in accordance with the procedures and requirements of 34 C.F.R.29 300.301 300.311 and the following state administrative rules:30 31 10.16.3320 Referral;32 10.60.103 Identification of Children with Disabilities;33 10.16.3321 Comprehensive Educational Evaluation Process;34 35 Procedural Safeguards and Parental Notification36 37 The District implements the procedural safeguard procedures as identified in 34 C.F.R. 300.50038 300.530.39 40 A copy of the procedural safeguards available to the parents of a child with a disability must be41 given to the parents only one (1) time a school year, except that a copy also must be given to the42 parents:43 44 • Upon initial referral or parent request for evaluation;45

Upon receipt of the first state complaint under 34 CFR 300.151 through 300.153 and

upon receipt of the first due process complaint under 34 CFR 300.507 in a school year;

In accordance with the discipline procedures in 34 CFR 300.530(h) (…on the date on

which the decision is made to make a removal that constitutes a change of placement of a

child with a disability because of a violation of a code of student conduct, the LEA

must…provide the parents the procedural safeguards notice); and

request by a parent.

public agency also may place a current copy of the procedural safeguard notice on its internet

website, if a website exists. [34 CFR 300.504(a) and (b)] [20 U.S.C. 1415(d)(1)]

The referral for special education consideration may be initiated from any source, including

school personnel. To initiate the process, an official referral form must be completed and signed

by the person making the referral. The District shall accommodate a parent who cannot speak

English and therefore cannot complete the District referral form. Recognizing that the referral

form is a legal document, District personnel with knowledge of the referral shall bring the

referral promptly to the attention of the Evaluation Team.

The District shall give written notice to the parent of its recommendation to evaluate or not to

evaluate the student. The parent will be fully informed concerning the reasons for which the

consent to evaluate is sought. Written parental consent will be obtained before conducting the

initial evaluation or before reevaluating the student.

recommendation to conduct an initial evaluation or reevaluation shall be presented to the

parents in their native language or another mode of communication appropriate to the parent. An

explanation of all the procedural safeguards shall be made available to the parents when their

consent for evaluation is sought. These safeguards will include a statement of the parents’ rights

relative to granting the consent.

and Determination of

©MTSBA 2021 •
1
2 •
3
4
5
6 • Upon
7 8 A
9
10 11
12
13
14
15
16
17 18
19
20
21
22 23 The
24
25
26
27
28 29 Evaluation of Eligibility30 31 Evaluation of eligibility for special education services will be consistent with the requirements of32 34 C.F.R. 300.301 through 300.311 regarding Procedures for Evaluation
33 Eligibility; and shall also comply with A.R.M. 10.16.3321.34 35 Individualized Education Programs36 37 The District develops, implements, reviews, and revises individualized education programs (IEP)38 in accordance with the requirements and procedures of 34 C.F.R. 300.320 300.32839 40 Least Restrictive Environment41 42 To the maximum extent appropriate, children with disabilities, including children in public or43 private institutions or other care facilities, are educated with children who are nondisabled, and44 special classes, separate schooling, or other removal of children with disabilities from the regular45

occurs only if the nature or severity of the disability is such that education in regular

classes, with the use of supplementary aids and services, cannot be achieved satisfactorily.

placement decisions are made in accordance with A.R.M. 10.16.3340 and the

requirements of 34 C.F.R. 300.114 300.120, and a continuum of alternate placements is

available as required in 34 C.F.R. 300.551.

Children in Private Schools/Out of District Placement

Children with a disability placed in or referred to a private school or facility by the District, or

other appropriate agency, shall receive special education and related services in accordance with

the requirements and procedures of 34 C.F.R. 300.145 through 300.147 and A.R.M. 10.16.3122.

set forth under 34 C.F.R. 300.137, children with a disability placed in or referred to a private

school or facility by parents do not have an individual right to special education and related

at the District’s expense. When services are provided to children with disabilities

placed by parents in private schools, the services will be in accordance with the requirements and

procedures of 34. C.F.R. 300.130 through 300.144, and 300.148.

Impartial Due Process Hearing

District shall conduct the impartial hearing in compliance with the Montana Administrative

Rules on matters pertaining to special education controversies.

Identifiable

follows the provisions under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and

the procedures in 34 C.F.R.

300.627, § 20 1 213, MCA, and A.R.M.

of disabled students and students

(18) years or older, or their representative,

review any educational records which are designated as student records collected,

and used by the District. Review shall normally occur within five (5) school days

in no case longer than forty five (45) days.

shall have the right to an explanation or

of information contained in the record. Non custodial parents shall have the same

right of access as custodial parents, unless there is a legally binding document specifically

that right.

be available in the District office.

be

in the special education room, where they are available

authorized District personnel, parents, and adult students. Special education

©MTSBA 2021 class
1
2 Educational
3
4
5 6
7 8
9
10
11 12 As
13
14 services
15
16
17 18
19 20 The
21
22 23 Special Education Records and Confidentiality of Personally
Information24 25 A. Confidentiality of Information26 27 The District
28 implements
300.610
29 10.16.3560.30 31 B. Access Rights32 33 Parents
eighteen
34 may
35 maintained,
36 and
Parents
37 interpretation
38
39 removing
40 41 C. List of Types and Locations of Information.42 43 A list of the records maintained on disabled students shall
44 Disabled student records shall
located
45 for review by
46

will maintain an IEP file in their classrooms. These records will be maintained under

the direct supervision of the teacher and will be located in a locked file cabinet. A record of

access sheet in each special education file will specify the District personnel who have a

legitimate interest in viewing these records.

D. Safeguards

District will identify in writing the employees who have access to personally identifiable

information, and provide training on an

Destruction of Information

basis to those staff members.

District will inform parents five (5) years after the termination of special education services

that personally identifiable information is no longer needed for program purposes. Medicad

records must be retained for a period of at least six years and three months from

the date on which the service was rendered or until any dispute or litigation concerning the

services is resolved, whichever is later. The parent will be advised that such information may be

important to establish eligibility for certain adult benefits. At the parent’s request, the record

information shall either be destroyed or made available to the parent or to the student if eighteen

(18) years or older. Reasonable effort shall be made to provide the parent with notification sixty

(60) days prior to taking any action on destruction of records. Unless consent has been received

from the parent to destroy the record, confidential information will be retained for five (5) years

beyond legal school age.

Children’s Rights

rights shall be transferred from the parent to an adult student at the time the student

eighteen (18) years of age,

some form of legal guardianship has been designated

to the severity of the disabling condition.

with disabilities

be suspended from school

same as students without disabilities

same infractions or violations for up to ten (10) consecutive school days. Students with

school

be suspended for additional periods of not longer than ten (10) consecutive

for separate, unrelated incidents, so long as such removals do not constitute a change

in the student’s educational placement.

for any additional days of removal over and

above ten (10) school days in the same school year, the District will provide educational services

disabled student, which will be determined in consultation with at least one (1) of the child’s

the location

which

be provided. The District will

with

requirements of CFR 300.530 300.537.

©MTSBA 2021 teachers
1
2
3
4 5
6 7 The
8
annual
9 10 11 E.
12 13 The
14
15 reimbursement
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24 25 F.
26 27 Privacy
28 attains
unless
29 due
30 31 Discipline32 33 Students
may
the
34 for the
35 disabilities may
36
days
37
However,
38
39 to a
40 teachers, determining
in
services will
41 implement the disciplinary procedures in accord
the
42 43 44 45 Legal Reference: 34 CFR 300.1, et seq. Individuals with Disabilities Act (IDEA)46

§ 20 1 213, MCA Transfer of school records1 10.16.3122 ARM Local Educational Agency2 Responsibility for Students with Disabilities

10.16.3220 ARM Program Narrative

10.16.3321 ARM Comprehensive Educational Evaluation Process

10.16.3340 ARM Individualized Education Program and Placement Decisions

10.16.3560 ARM Special Education Records7 10.60.103 ARM Identification of Children with Disabilities8 37.85.414 ARM Maintenance of Records and Auditing (Medicaid)9 Chapter 227 (2019) Montana Dyslexia Screening and Intervention Act10

©MTSBA 2021
3
4
5
6

Adopted on: 9/2009

on: 02/20/2018

on:

Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (“Section 504”)

is the intent of the District to ensure that students who are disabled within the definition of

Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 are identified, evaluated, and provided with

educational services. For those students who need or are believed to need special

instruction and/or related services

Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the

shall establish and implement a system of procedural safeguards. The safeguards shall

cover students’ identification, evaluation, and educational placement. This system shall include:

notice, an opportunity for the student’s parent or legal guardian to examine relevant records, an

impartial hearing with opportunity for participation by the student’s parent or legal guardian, and

a review procedure.

Legal Reference: Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Section 504, 29 U.S.C. § 794

Amendments Act of 2008

C.F.R. §104.1 et seq.

C.F.R. §104.35 Evaluation and Placement

C.F.R. §104.36 Procedural safeguards

©MTSBA 2021 1 Alberton Joint School District #22 3
4 Reviewed
5 2162 R INSTRUCTION Revised
6 7 8
9 10 It
11
12 appropriate
13
under
14 District
15
16
17
18
19 20 21 22
23 ADA
24 34
Purpose25 34
26 34
27 28

on:

on: 02/20/2018

504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (“Section 504”)

Impartial Due Process Hearing.

the parent or legal guardian of a student who qualifies

under Section 504 for special instruction or related services disagrees with a decision of

the District

respect to: (1) the identification of the child as qualifying for Section

504; (2) the District’s evaluation of the child; and/or (3) the educational placement of the

child, the parents of the student are entitled to certain procedural safeguards. The student

shall remain in his/her current placement until the matter has been resolved through the

process

forth herein.

The District shall provide written notice to the parent or legal guardian of a

Section 504 student, prior to initiating an evaluation of the child and/or

the appropriate educational placement of the child, including special

instruction and/or related services;

B. Upon request, the parent or legal guardian of the student shall be allowed to

examine all relevant records relating to the child’s education and the District’s

identification, evaluation, and/or placement decision;

C. The parent or legal guardian of the student may make a request in writing for an

impartial due process hearing. The written request for an impartial due process

shall identify with specificity the areas in which the parent or legal

guardian is in disagreement with the District;

D. Upon receipt of a written request for an impartial due process hearing, a copy of

written request

be forwarded to all interested parties within three (3)

E. Within ten (10) days of receipt of a written request for an impartial due process

District shall select and appoint an impartial hearing officer who has

no professional or personal interest in the matter. In that regard, the District may

select a hearing officer from the list of special education hearing examiners

at the Office of Public Instruction, the county superintendent, or any

other person who would conduct the hearing in an impartial and fair manner;

F.

the District has selected an impartial hearing officer, the District shall

the parent or legal guardian and all other interested parties with notice of

person

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 2162P - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 page 1 of 27 Section
8 9 (1)
If
10
11
with
12
13
14
15
set
16 17 A.
18
19 determining
20
21 22
23
24
25 26
27
28 hearing
29
30 31
32 the
shall
33 business days;34 35
36 hearing, the
37
38
39 available
40
41 42
Once
43 provide
44 the
selected;45 46 47

G. Within five (5) days of the District’s selection of a hearing officer, a prehearing

conference shall be scheduled to set a date and time for a hearing, identify the

issues to be heard, and stipulate to undisputed facts to narrow the contested

factual issues;

The hearing officer shall, in writing, notify all parties of the date, time, and

location of the due process hearing;

Anytime prior to the hearing, the parties may mutually agree to submit the matter

mediation. A mediator may be selected from the Office of Public Instruction’s

list of trained mediators;

J. At the hearing, the District and the parent or legal guardian may be represented by

counsel;

The hearing shall be conducted in an informal but orderly manner. Either party

may request that the hearing be recorded. Should either party request that the

hearing be recorded, it shall be recorded using either appropriate equipment or a

court reporter. The District shall be allowed to present its case first. Thereafter

the parent or legal guardian shall be allowed to present its case. Witnesses may

be called to testify, and documentary evidence may be admitted; however,

witnesses will not be subject to cross examination, and the Montana Rules of

Evidence will not apply. The hearing officer shall make all decisions relating to

the relevancy of all evidence intended to be presented by the parties. Once all

evidence

hearing

received,

hearing officer shall close the hearing. The

parties submit proposed findings of fact,

98714-1099;

©MTSBA 2021 2162P1 page 2 of 22 3
4
5
6
7 8 H.
9
10 11 I.
12 to
13
14 15
16
17 18 K.
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
has been
the
28
officer may request that both
29 conclusions, and decision;30 31 L. Within twenty (20) days of the hearing, the hearing examiner should issue a32 written report of his/her decision to the parties;33 34 M. Appeals may be taken as provided by law. The parent or legal guardian may35 contact the Office of Civil Rights, 912 2nd Avenue, Seattle, WA
36 (206) 220 7900.37 38 (2) Uniform Complaint Procedure. If a parent or legal guardian of the student alleges that39 the District and/or any employee of the District has engaged in discrimination or40 harassment of the student, the parent or legal guardian will be required to proceed41 through the District’s Uniform Complaint Procedure.42 43 Legal Reference: 34 C.F.R. 104.36 Procedural safeguards44 45 46 47
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 2166 INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Gifted Program12 13 To the extent possible with available resources, all gifted and talented students will have the14 opportunity to participate in appropriate educational programs. “Gifted and talented students”15 are students of outstanding abilities, who are capable of high performance and who require16 differentiated educational programs beyond those normally offered in public schools, in order to17 fully achieve their potential contribution to self and society18 19 The District shall:20 21 5. Provide educational services to gifted and talented students that are commensurate to their22 needs, and foster a positive self image.23 24 6. Comply with all federal and state laws and regulations regarding addressing gifted education.25 26 27 7. Provide structured support and assistance to teachers in identifying and meeting the diverse28 student needs of gifted and talented students, and shall provide a framework for considering a29 full range of alternatives for addressing student needs.30 31 32 The Superintendent will establish procedures consistent with state guidelines for nominating,33 assessing, and selecting children of demonstrated achievement, or potential ability in terms of34 general intellectual ability and academic aptitude.35 36 37 38 Legal References: §§ 20 7 901 904, MCA Gifted and Talented Children39 10.55.804, ARM Gifted and Talented40 41 42 43 44
© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 8/9/223 Reviewed on:4 2167 INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 Correspondence Courses8 9 The District will permit a student to enroll in an approved correspondence course from a school10 approved by the National University Extension Association or the Distance Education11 Accrediting Commission, in order that such student may include a greater variety of learning12 experiences within the student’s educational program.13 14 Credit for correspondence courses may be granted, provided the following requirements are met:15 16 1. Prior permission has been granted by the principal;17 18 2. The program fits the education plan submitted by the regularly enrolled student;19 20 3. Credit is granted for the following approved schools:21 22 a. Schools approved by the National University Extension Association or through23 one of the schools approved by the Distance Education Accrediting Commission;24 25 b. Community colleges, vocational-technical institutes, four-(4)-year colleges and26 universities and state approved private schools in the state of Montana; and27 28 c. Other schools or institutions which are approved by the District after evaluation29 for a particular course offering.30 31 The District shall not be obligated to pay for a student’s correspondence courses unless otherwise32 specified in Policy 2170. Any courses the District does not pay for will not be included in the33 ANB calculation in accordance with Policy 3121.34 35 36 Cross Reference: 2410 and 2410P High School Graduation Requirements37 3121 Enrollment and Attendance38 39 Legal Reference: § 20 7 116, MCA Supervised correspondence study40 ARM 10.55.906 High School Credit41 § 20 9 311, MCA Calculation of average number belonging (ANB)42 three year averaging.43 44

Alberton

School

Adopted on:

on:

on: 02/20/2018, 8/9/22

distance, online,

the learner

District

are taking a

District

provide a report

the

instruction in which students and

content,

(e.g., correspondence courses,

and/or courses shall

and be aligned with state content

Superintendent of Public Instruction,

of students under the accreditation standards,

grading period via distance, online, and/

and/or facilitators

described in

described in

© MTSBA 2022
Joint
District #21
2 Reviewed
3 2168 R INSTRUCTION Revised
4 5 page 1 of 26 Distance, Online, and Technology Delivered Learning7 8 For purposes of this policy, “distance learning” is defined as:
9 teachers are separated by time and/or location with synchronous or asynchronous
10 instruction, and communication between student and teacher
11 online learning, videoconferencing, streaming video).12 13 The District may receive and/or provide distance, online, and technology delivered learning14 programs, provided the following requirements are met:15 16 1. The
and technology delivered learning programs
17 meet
expectations adopted by
District
18 and performance standards;19 20 2. The
shall
to the
21 documenting how it is meeting the needs
22 who
majority of courses during each
23 or technology delivered programs;24 25 3. The
will provide qualified instructors
as
ARM26 10.55.907(3)(a)(b)(c);27 28 4. The District will ensure that the distance, online, and technology delivered learning29 facilitators receive in service training on technology delivered instruction as
30 ARM 10.55.907(3)(d); and31 32 5. The District will comply with all other standards as described in ARM 10.55.907(4)(5)(a33 e).34 35 The District will permit a student to enroll in an approved distance learning course, in order that such36 student may include a greater variety of learning experiences within the student’s edu cational program.37 38 Credit for distance learning courses may be granted, provided the following requirements are met:39 40 1. Prior permission has been granted by the principal;41 42 2. The program fits the education plan submitted by the regularly enrolled student;43 44 3. The course does not replace a required course offered by the District;45 46 47

The course

needed

granted

cannot fit into the student’s schedule;

schools and institutions approved by the District after evaluation for

course offering.

District will not be obligated to pay for a student’s distance learning courses unless

specified in Policy 2170. Any courses the District does not pay for will not be included

in the ANB calculation in accordance with Policy 3121

minimum aggregate hours are not required for any pupil demonstrating proficiency pursuant

to 20 9 311(4)(d), MCA.

Cross Reference: 2170

Digital Academy

2410 and 2410P High School Graduation Requirements

School Calendar and Year

3121 Enrollment and Attendance

Legal Reference: § 20 9 311(4)(d), MCA

Calculation of Average Number Belonging

10.55.705 Administrative Personnel; Assignment of School

Administrators/Principals

10.55.906 High School Credit

10.55.907 Distance, Online, and Technology Delivered

© MTSBA 2022 21681 page 2 of 22 3 4.
is
as credit retrieval and
and4 5 5. Credit is
for
6 a particular
7 8 The
9 otherwise
10
11 12 The
13
14 15 16
Montana
17
18 2100
19
20 21
22 ARM
23
24 ARM
25 ARM
26 Learning27 28 29

Alberton Joint School District

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

on:

on: 8/10/21, 8/9/22

Academy Classes

The District recognizes that the District and students

have a need for greater flexibility in the

program due to funding, teacher availability, individual learning styles, health conditions,

responsibilities, lack of success in traditional school environments or a desire for students to

their learning and work at the college level before leaving high school. The District

that online learning solutions offered by the Montana Digital Academy (MTDA) may

fulfill these needs.

MTDA is authorized by Montana law to charge fees for students to access offered courses The District

shall pay fees for students enrolled in an MTDA class that is required for graduation as specified in

District policy or the student handbook or as determined by the Superintendent or designee The District

may charge students a reasonable fee for an MTDA course or activity not required for graduation The

Board of Trustees authorizes the Superintendent to waive the fee in cases of financial hardship. Any

the District does not pay for will not be included in the ANB calculation in accordance with

Policy 3121

Superintendent, and/or designees, shall be responsible for developing procedures for the online

learning program that address related topics that may include but are not limited to specification and

determination of graduation requirements and fee collection for classes that are not required Further, the

© MTSBA 2022
#21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2170 INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Digital
7 8
may
9 educational
10 employment
11 accelerate
12 acknowledges
13
14 15
16
17
18
19
20 courses
21
22 23 The
24
25
26 online learning solutions providers ensure that:27 A. Online course providers are accredited by a nationally recognized accreditation28 program or agency or are approved and endorsed by the Montana Office of29 Public Instruction30 B. Qualified district staff provides information and guidance to students and parents31 regarding the selection of appropriate online courses to meet their needs, as well32 as a suitable number of online courses in which a student may enroll.33 C. The curriculum requirements of the state and school district are met.34 D. All online courses taken by the students will be approved by the administration in35 advance of enrollment.36 E. All teacher led online courses include licensed, highly qualified teachers.37 38 Cross Reference: 2100 School Calendar and Day39 2170P Digital Academy Procedures40 3520 Student Fees and Fines41 3121 Enrollment and Attendance42 43 Legal Reference: §20 7 1201, MCA Montana digital academy purposes governance44 §20 7 1202, MCA Funding rulemaking authority45 §20 9 213, MCA Fees46 § 20 9 311, MCA Calculation of average number belonging (ANB)47 three year averaging.48 49

Alberton Joint School District #2

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

Reviewed on: 2171 R INSTRUCTION Revised on:

Significant Writing Program

The Board of Trustees has determined that incorporating an independent significant writing program in the District is not possible given the financial status of the district, the number of staff employed, and the time available within the class schedule. Writing will be incorporated in all aspects of the curriculum.

Legal References: 10.55.701(2) (p) ARM Board of Trustees 10.55.713 (4) ARM Teacher Load and Class Size

Joint School District

Adopted on: 6/8/21

Reviewed on:

on:

School Emergencies and Closures

The Superintendent may order closure of schools in the event of extreme weather or other

emergency, in compliance with established procedures for notifying parents, students, and staff.

The Board of Trustees is authorized to declare that a state of emergency exists within the

community. A declaration issued by the Board of Trustees is distinct from any declaration in15 effect or previously issued by local, state or federal authorities. An emergency declaration issued

by the Board of Trustees authorizes the School District to take extraordinary measures to protect17 students and staff while delivering education services in a manner authorized by law. The18 method and location of instruction and related educational services shall be implemented in a19 manner that serves the needs of students, their families, and staff and preserves the School

District’s full entitlement of funding.

The trustees may order the emergency closure of schools for one (1) school day each year,23 without the need to reschedule the lost pupil instruction time when the closure is the result of an24 emergency. The 1 school day closure under this subsection is not subject to the reduction in25 BASE aid pursuant to Section 20-9-805, MCA.

In the event of a declared emergency, the School District shall avail itself of all flexibilities28 allowed by law, rule, or regulation and shall be otherwise governed by the school finance laws29 and rules of the state of Montana. The School District shall comply with auditing requirements30 and reserves the authority to assert its rights to manage school district funds or seek state and

federal funds in a manner consistent with the full flexibility available under all applicable laws.

a declaration of emergency is declared by the Board of Trustees, it may later adopt a resolution

that a reasonable effort has been made to reschedule the pupil instruction time lost because of the

unforeseen emergency. If the trustees adopt the resolution, the pupil instruction time lost during

the closure need not be rescheduled to meet the minimum requirement for aggregate hours that a

school district must conduct during the school year in order to be entitled to full BASE aid. At

least 75% of the pupil instruction time lost due to the unforeseen emergency must have been

made up before the trustees can declare that a reasonable effort has been made.

the purposes of this and related policies, "reasonable effort" means the rescheduling or

extension of the school district's instructional calendar to make up at least 75% of the hours of

pupil instruction lost due to an unforeseen emergency through any combination of the following

as outlined in accordance with Policies 2050 and 2100:

extending the school year beyond the last scheduled day;

(b) the use of scheduled vacation days in the district's adopted school calendar

©MTSBA 2021 1 Alberton
#22 3
4
5 2221 R INSTRUCTION Revised
6 7 8
9 10
11
12 13
14
16
20
21 22
26 27
31
32 33 If
34
35
36
37
38
39
40 41 For
42
43
44
45 (a)
46
47

the conduct of pupil

instructional

School Calendar and

Student

Routes and Schedules

Reference:

20 9 801 802, MCAEmergency School Closure

20 9 806, MCA School closure by declaration of emergency

20 9 805. Rate of reduction in annual apportionment

©MTSBA 2021 (c)
instruction on Saturdays;1 (d) extending
hours during the school day2 3 4 Cross Reference: 2100
Day5 2050
Instruction6 8110 Bus
7 8 Legal
Section
9 Section
10 Section
11 entitlement.12 13

will be made to maximize the use of public school facilities and resources, realizing that

a lifelong process

to adults

the whole community. The District may make its

students, within limits of budget, staff, and facilities,

there is no interference with or impairment of the regular school program.

education

other offerings

be developed in cooperation with community

subject to approval and authorization by the Board.

Reference:

20 7 702, MCA Authorization to establish adult education program

20-7-703, MCA Trustees’ policies for adult education

©MTSBA 2021 1 2 Alberton Joint School District #23 4 Adopted on: 9/20095 Reviewed on: 02/20/20186 2250 - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Community and Adult Education14 15 Efforts
16 education is
involving
17 resources available
and other non
18 provided
Community19 and adult
and
may
20 representatives,
21 22 23 24 Legal
§
25 §
26 27 28

principal

such

of library books outside of the

with other libraries.

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 2309 - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Library Materials12 13 School library and classroom library books are primarily for use by District students and staff.14 Library books may be checked out by either students or staff. Individuals who check out books15 are responsible for the care and timely return of those materials. The building
may16 assess fines for damaged or unreturned books.17 18 District residents and parents or guardians of non resident students attending the District may be19 allowed use of library books, at the discretion of the building principal. However,
access20 shall not interfere with regular school use of those books. Use
21 District is prohibited except for inter library loan agreements
22 23 Any individual may challenge the selection of materials for the library/media center. The24 Uniform Complaint Procedure will be utilized to determine if challenged material is properly25 located in the library.26 27 28 29 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure30 2314 Learning Materials Review31 32 Legal Reference: § 20 4 402(5), MCA Duties of district superintendent or county high33 school principal34 § 20 7 203, MCA Trustees’ policies for school library35 § 20 7 204, MCA School library book selection36 37 38

on: 02/20/2018

selecting

Board of Trustees.

the

to presenting

American Association of School

curricular

District students. The Librarian is

in the libraries, subject to the approval of the

for inclusion in the library, the Librarian may

of the students, and the recommendations of

in determining what materials are appropriate for

be checked out by students or staff during the instructional day. Students

staff who check out library materials are responsible for the care and timely return of such

materials. Building principals may assess fines for damaged or unreturned books.

residents

access the District

and/or check out library materials at the

of the building principal. Such access may not interfere with regular school and

student use of such materials.

of teachers, librarians, and administrators as

Grievance Procedure to determine if the

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed
4 2310 - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 Selection of Library Materials8 9 The District maintains libraries primarily for use by
10 responsible for
materials for inclusion
11
Prior
materials
12 consider the existing collection, the
needs
13 the
Librarians
14
libraries.15 16 Library materials may
17 and
18
19 20 District
may
libraries
21 discretion
22
23 24 Any individual may challenge the selection of materials for use in the libraries. The25 Superintendent shall appoint a committee
26 independent investigators pursuant to the Uniform
27 challenged material is properly located in the library.28 29 30 31 Legal reference: § 20 4 402(5), MCA Duties of district superintendent or county high32 school principal33 § 20 7 203, MCA Trustees’ policies for school library34 § 20 7 204, MCA School library book selection35 Library Bill of Rights36 American Library Association37 38 39

Promulgated on:

on:

the time of

unappealing,

of library

of the material

for the school

staff. In selecting

assess curricula needs;

is a

contain works which may have answered a

which, with the passage of time, have become obsolete,

in compliance with § 20 6 604, MCA. When the decision to sell or

made, the Board will adopt a resolution to sell or otherwise

it is or is about to become abandoned, obsolete, undesirable, or

of the

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
02/20/2183 Reviewed
4 2310P - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 Selection of Library Materials8 9 Selection of library materials is a professional task conducted by library
10 library materials, the librarian will evaluate the existing collection;
11 examine materials; and consult reputable, professionally prepared selection aids.12 13 Weeding14 15 When materials no longer meet criteria for selection, they will be weeded. Weeding
16 necessary aspect of selection, since every library will
17 need at
acquisition, but
18 dated,
or worn out.19 20 Discarded materials will be clearly stamped:21 22 DISCARD23 24 Materials will be discarded
25 dispose
materials is
26 dispose
because
27 unsuitable
purposes
District.28 29 Gifts30 31 Gift materials may be accepted with the understanding they must meet criteria set for book32 selection.33 34 35

representative of the

in an accurate

American

state’s

on:

on:

on: 10/8/13, 02/20/2018, 4/10/22

value, and

make intelligent judgments;

religious, ethnic, and cultural groups and their

unbiased

cultural diversity and pluralistic nature of

areas of language arts, mathematics,

not exceeding five (5) years, or

are consistent with the goals of the

must be sequential and must be

© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 2311 R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Instructional Materials7 8 The Board is legally responsible to approve and to provide the necessary instructional materials9 used in the District. Textbooks and instructional materials should provide quality learning10 experiences for students and:11 12 • Enrich and support the curriculum;13 • Stimulate growth in knowledge, literary appreciation, aesthetic
ethical14 standards;15 • Provide background information to enable students to
16 • Present opposing sides of controversial issues;17 • Be
many
18 contributions to our American heritage;19 • Depict
and
way the
20
society.21 22 Basic instructional course material in the fundamental skill
23 science, and social studies should be reviewed at intervals
24 consistent with the
standards revision schedule that
25 continuous school improvement plan. All instructional materials
26 compatible with previous and future offerings.27 28 Instructional materials may be made available for loan to students when the best interest of the29 District and student will be served by such a decision. Students will not be charged for normal30 wear. They will be charged replacement cost, however, as well as for excessive wear,31 unreasonable damage, or lost materials. The professional staff will maintain records necessary32 for the proper accounting of all instructional materials.33 34 35 36 Cross Reference: 2314 Learning Materials Review37 38 Legal Reference: § 20 4 402, MCA Duties of district superintendent or county39 high school principal40 § 20 7 601, MCA Free textbook provisions41 § 20 7 602, MCA Textbook selection and adoption42 10.55.603(4)(b), ARM Curriculum and Assessment43 44 45

Promulgated on:

on:

on: 10/8/13, 02/20/2018

Textbooks

of the committee

Instructional Materials

generally be responsible to recommend

to ensure that

and objectives.

and major

be made to the Superintendent. The

are selected in conformance with stated

curriculum committee may consist of

those members in a particular department. The same basic selection procedures should be

as with District wide committees.

Selection and Adoption

shall be selected by a curriculum committee representing the various staff who will

likely be using the text. In most, but not all, cases an administrator will chair the committee.

committee should develop, prior to selection, a set of selection criteria against which

will be evaluated. The criteria should include the following, along with other

criteria. Textbooks shall:

congruent with

more than

viewpoint

controversial issues;

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2311P - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7 Selection, Adoption, and Removal of
and
8 9 Curriculum committees will
textbooks
10 instructional materials purchases. Recommendations will
11 function
is
materials
12 criteria and established District goals
A
13 only
14 followed
15 16
17 18 Textbooks
19
20 Each
21 textbooks
22 appropriate
23 24 • Be
identified instructional objectives;25 • Present
one
on
26 • Present minorities realistically;27 • Present non stereotypic models;28 • Facilitate the sharing of cultural differences;29 • Be priced appropriately.30 31 Removal32 33 Textbooks may be removed when they no longer meet the criteria for initial selection, when they34 are worn out, or when they have been judged inappropriate through the Learning Materials35 Review Process.36 37 38

District recognizes that federal law makes it

authorization of the holder of the

be imposed for

the "fair use" doctrine,

for such purposes

to duplicate

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018, 8/9/22

materials

except for certain exempt purposes. Severe

or use of audio, visual, digital, or printed

use conforms to the “fair use” doctrine.

of p r i n t e d copyrighted materials is

criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, or

the fair use doctrine, each of the following four standards must be met in order to use the

copyrighted document:

Purpose and Character of the Use

scholarship.

Nature of the Copyrighted Work

use must be for such purposes as teaching or

type of work to be copied.

Amount and Substantiality of the Portion Used Copying the whole of a work cannot be

considered fair use; copying a small portion may be if these guidelines are followed.

Effect of the Use Upon the Potential Market for or value of the Copyrighted Work If

resulting economic loss to the copyright holder can be shown, even making a single copy

of certain materials may be an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the

danger

© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2312 R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Copyright7 8 The
illegal
copyrighted
9 without
copyright,
10 penalties may
unauthorized copying
11 materials and computer software, unless the copying or
12 13 Under
unauthorized reproduction
14 permissible
as
15 research.16 17 Under
18 printed
19 •
The
20
21 •
The
22 •
23
24 •
25
26
27
of greater penalties.28 29 While the District encourages its staff to enrich learning programs by making proper use of30 supplementary materials, it is the responsibility of staff to abide by District copying procedures31 and obey requirements of law. Under no circumstances will it be necessary for staff to violate32 copyright requirements in order to properly perform their duties. The District cannot be33 responsible for any violations of the copyright law by its staff.34 35 The display of dramatic performances, musical works, motion pictures or television programing36 to students may only occur for educational purposes under the following standards:37 38 • During onsite instruction39 • When viewed in a classroom or designated place of instruction40 • With a lawfully made copy or via an authorized account41 • As a regular part of instruction and directly related to the curriculum42 43 Employees should contact the administration with inquiries about accessing lawful copies of44 materials or accounts to access materials available via online platforms to ensure compliance45 with copyright laws.46

staff member who is uncertain as to whether reproducing or using copyrighted material

complies with District procedures or is permissible under the law should consult the

The Superintendent will assist staff in obtaining proper authorization to copy or

protected materials,

such authorization is required.

Legal Reference: 17 USC 101 1332

Copyright Law of 1976

© MTSBA 2022 23121 Page 2 of 22 Any
3
4 Superintendent.
5 use
when
6 7
Federal
8 9 10

Promulgated on: 9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018

Materials on the Internet

be used with

they may, and likely are, copyrighted.

attribution (author, title, publisher, place and date of publication) should always be given.

Notice should be taken of any alterations to copyrighted works, and such alterations should only

made for specific instructional objectives.

Care should be taken in circumventing any technological protection measures. While materials

pursuant to fair use may be copied after circumventing technological protections against

copying, technological protection measures to block access to materials may not be

preparing for instruction, a teacher may make or have made a single copy of a chapter from a book; an

article from a newspaper or periodical; a short story, short essay, or short poem; or a chart, graph,

diagram, drawing, cartoon, or picture from a book, periodical, or newspaper. A teacher may make

multiple copies, not exceeding more than one (1) per student, for classroom use if the copying meets the

tests of “brevity, spontaneity and cumulative effect” set by the following guidelines. Each copy must

include a notice of copyright.

A complete poem, if less than 250 words and two pages long, may be copied; excerpts

longer poems

words.

Complete articles, stories or essays of less than 2500 words or excerpts from prose works

less than 1000 words or 10% of the work, whichever is less, may be copied; in any event,

the minimum is 500 words. (Each numerical limit may be expanded to permit the

completion of an unfinished line of a poem or prose paragraph.)

One chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon, or picture per book or periodical issue may

be copied. “Special” works

poetry,

be reproduced in full; this includes children’s books

Spontaneity.

Cumulative Effect.

which

from

“instance

individual

to

when there is

limited to using copied material for only one (1) course in the

than

and

(1) short poem, article, story or two (2)

more than three (3) works can be copied

(1) class term.

are limited to nine

one (1) class term. Limitations do not

of other periodicals.

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2312P - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 page 1 of 57 Copyright Compliance8 9 Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Material in Print10 11 •
should
caution since
12 • Proper
13 •
14 be
15 •
16 copied
17 unauthorized
18 circumvented.19 20 In
21
22
23
24
25
26 27 1. Brevity28 29 a.
30 from
cannot exceed 250
31 b.
32
33
34
35 c.
36
cannot
37 combining
prose, or poetic prose.38 39 2.
Should be at the
and inspiration” of the
teacher
40 not a reasonable length of time to request and receive permission
copy.41 42 3.
Teachers are
43 school in
copies are made. No more
one
44 excerpts
the same author may be copied,
no
45 from a collective work or periodical issue during one
Teachers
46 (9) instances of multiple copying for one (1) course during
47 apply to current news periodicals, newspapers, and current news sections
48 49 50

Performances by teachers or students of copyrighted dramatic works without authorization from the

copyright owner are permitted as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting. All

other performances require permission from the copyright owner.

The copyright law prohibits using copies to replace or substitute for anthologies, consumable works,

compilations, or collective works. “Consumable” works include: workbooks, exercises, standardized

tests, test booklets, and answer sheets. Teachers cannot substitute copies for the purchase of books,

publishers’ reprints or periodicals, nor can they repeatedly copy the same item from term to term.

Copying cannot be directed by a “higher authority,” and students cannot be charged more than actual cost

of photocopying. Teachers may use copyrighted materials in overhead or opaque projectors for

instructional purposes.

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Materials in the Library

A library may make a single copy or three digital copies of:

An unpublished work which is in its collection;

• A published work in order to replace it because it is damaged, deteriorated, lost or stolen,

provided the unused replacement cannot be obtained at a fair price.

• A work that is being considered for acquisition, although use is strictly limited to that decision.

Technological protection measures may be circumvented for purposes of copying materials in

order to make an acquisition decision.

library may provide a single copy of copyrighted material to a student or staff member at no more than

the actual cost of photocopying. The copy must be limited to one (1) article of a periodical issue or a

small part of other material, unless the library finds that the copyrighted work cannot be obtained

elsewhere at a fair price. In the latter circumstance, the entire work may be copied. In any case, the copy

shall contain the notice of copyright, and the student or staff member shall be n otified that the copy is to

be used only for private study, scholarship, or research. Any other use may subject the person to liability

for copyright infringement.

request of a

single

multiple copies

is to be used

in

use

comprise a part of the whole

complete section,

an emergency,

and retain

make

use.

same limits apply as for single or

Use of Copyrighted Material in Print.”

from a printed musical or dramatic

for purposes of preparing for instruction;

of not more than 10% of a printed musical

than performance, provided that the excerpt

which would constitute a performable unit

acement copies of printed music for an

have been lost, destroyed or are

of

material when it is

©MTSBA 2021 2312P1 page 2 of 52 3
4
5
6 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14 15
16 17
18 •
19
20
21
22
23
24 25 A
26
27
28
29
30
31
32 33 At the
teacher, copies may be made for reserve
The
34 multiple copies designated in “Authorized Reproduction and
35 36 Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Music or Dramatic Works37 38 Teachers may:39 • Make a
copy of a song, movement, or short section
40 work that is unavailable except
a larger work
41 • Make
for classroom
of an excerpt
42 work if it
for academic purposes other
43 does not
musical work
44 such as a
movement, or song;45 • In
a teacher may
and use repl
46 imminent musical performance when the purchased copies
47 otherwise not available.48 • Make
a single recording of student performances
copyrighted
49 made for purposes of evaluation or rehearsal;50

• Make and retain a single copy of excerpts from recordings of copyrighted musical works for use

as aural exercises or examination questions; and,

Edit or simplify purchased copies of music or plays provided that the fundamental character of

the work is not distorted. Lyrics shall not be altered or added if none exist.

by teachers or students of copyrighted musical or dramatic works is permitted without the

authorization of the copyright owner as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting.

purpose shall be instructional rather than for entertainment.

Performances of nondramatic musical works that are copyrighted are permitted without the authorization

of the copyright owner, provided that:

• The performance is not for a commercial purpose;

None of the performers, promoters or organizers are compensated; and,

Admission fees are used for educational or charitable purposes only.

other musical and dramatic performances require permission from the copyright owner. Parents or

others wishing to record a performance should check with the sponsor to ensure compliance with

copyright.

Recording of Copyrighted Programs

programs, excluding news programs, transmitted by commercial and non commercial

television stations for reception by the general public without charge may be recorded off air

simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable retransmission) and retained

by a school for a period not to exceed the first forty five (45) consecutive calendar days after date of

recording. Upon conclusion of this retention period, all off air recordings must be erased or destroyed

Certain programming such as that provided on public television may be exempt from this

provision; check with the [principal, teacher or teacher librarian choose all that apply or add others]

the subscription database, e.g. united streaming.

USE OF INFORMATION RESOURCES REGULATION

air recording

be used once by individual teachers in the course of instructional activities, and

once only when reinforcement is necessary, within a building, during the first 10 consecutive

school days, excluding scheduled interruptions, in the 45 calendar day retention period. Off air

be made only at the request of and used by individual teachers, and may not be regularly

in anticipation of requests. No broadcast program may be recorded off air more than once at the

request of the same teacher,

of copies

copy

of the number of times the program may be broadcast. A limited

be reproduced from each off air recording to meet the legitimate needs of teachers.

be subject to all provisions governing the original recording.

first ten consecutive school days,

air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45 calendar

day retention period only for evaluation purposes, i.e., to determine whether or not to include the

program in the teaching curriculum. Permission must be secured from the publisher before the

used for instructional purposes after the 10 day period.

©MTSBA 2021 2312P1 page 3 of 52 3
4
5 •
6
7 8 Performance
9
10 The
11 12
13
14
15 •
16 •
17 18 All
19
20
21 22
23 24 Television
25
26
27
28
29 immediately.
30
31 or
32 33 34
35 36 Off
may
37 repeated
38
39 recordings may
40 recorded
41
regardless
42 number
may
43 Each additional
shall
44 45 After the
off
46
47 broadcast
48 recording can be
49 50

air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from

their original content. Off air recordings may not be physically or electronically combined or merged to

constitute teaching anthologies or compilations. All copies of off air recordings must include the

notice on the broadcast program as recorded.

have a valid need for high quality

of software programs, the school district

at reasonable prices. To assure a fair return to the

support the legal and ethical issues involved in

laws and any usage agreements that are incorporated into the acquisition of software programs.

end, the following guidelines shall be in effect:

All copyright laws and publisher license agreements between the vendor and the school

district

be observed;

Staff members shall take reasonable precautions to prevent copying or the use of

copies on school equipment;

back up copy shall be purchased, for use as a replacement when a program is lost or

damaged. If the vendor is not able to supply a replacement, the school district shall make a

back up copy that will be used for replacement purposes only;

A copy of the software license agreement shall be retained by the, [board secretary,

director or teacher librarian choose all that apply or add others]; and,

A computer program may be adapted by adding to the content or changing the language. The

RESOURCES

©MTSBA 2021 2312P1 page 4 of 52 3 Off
4
5
6 copyright
7 8 Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Computer Software9 10 Schools
software
11 authors
shall
12 copyright
13 To this
14 •
15
shall
16 •
17 unauthorized
18 • A
19
20
21 •
22 technology
23 •
24 adapted program may not be distributed.25 26 Fair Use Guidelines for Educational Multimedia27 28 Students may incorporate portions of copyrighted materials in producing educational multimedia projects29 such as videos, Power Points, podcasts and web sites for a specific course, and may perform, display or30 retain the projects.31 32 33 34 35 36 USE OF INFORMATION
REGULATION37 38 Educators may perform or display their own multimedia projects to students in support of curriculum39 based instructional activities. These projects may be used:40 • In face to face instruction;41 • In demonstrations and presentations, including conferences;42 • In assignments to students;43 • For remote instruction if distribution of the signal is limited;44 • Over a network that cannot prevent duplication for fifteen days, after fifteen days a copy may be45 saved on site only; or,46 • In their personal portfolios.47 Educators may use copyrighted materials in a multimedia project for two years, after that permission must48 be requested and received.49 50

following limitations restrict the portion of any given work that may be used pursuant of fair use in

an educational multimedia project:

• Motion media: ten percent or three minutes, whichever is less;

• Text materials: ten percent or 1,000 words, whichever is less;

• Poetry: an entire poem of fewer than 250 words, but no more than three poems from one author

or five poems from an anthology. For poems of greater than 250 words, excerpts of up to 250

words may be used, but no more than three excerpts from one poet or five excerpts from an

anthology;

• Music, lyrics and music video: Up to ten percent, but no more than thirty seconds. No alterations

that change the basic melody or fundamental character of the work;

• Illustrations, cartoons and photographs: No more that five images by an artist, and no more than

ten percent or fifteen images whichever is less from a collective work;

• Numerical data sets: Up to ten percent or 2,500 field or cell entries, whichever is less;

use does not include posting a student or teacher’s work on the Internet if it includes portions of

copyrighted materials. Permission to copy shall be obtained from the original copyright holder(s) before

such projects are placed online. The opening screen of such presentations shall include notice that

permission was granted and materials are restricted from further use.

©MTSBA 2021 2312P1 page 5 of 52 3 The
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 Fair
18
19
20
21 22 23 24

of the

of

of

on:

on:

to submit a complaint

and discuss the complaint with

to be any material used in

to which a teacher

refer a student

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
02/20/20183 Reviewed
4 2314 - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Learning Materials Review12 13 Citizens objecting to specific materials used in the District are encouraged
14 in writing using the Uniform Complaint Procedure (Policy 1700)
15 the building principal prior to pursuing a formal complaint.16 17 Learning materials, for the purposes
this policy, are considered
18 classroom instruction, library materials, or any materials
might
19 as part
course
instruction.20 21 22 23 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure24 25 26

on:

on: 02/20/2018

Board recognizes that field trips, when used as a device for teaching and learning integral to

curriculum, are an educationally sound and important ingredient in the instructional program

the schools. Such trips can supplement and enrich classroom procedures by providing

experiences in an environment beyond the classroom. The Board also recognizes that

trips may result in lost learning

in missed classes. Therefore, the Board

the use of field trips, when educational objectives achieved by the trip outweigh any

in class learning opportunities.

trips that will extend overnight, take students out of state, or out of the country must be

approved in advance by the Board. Building principals may approve all other field trips.

principals will develop procedures with respect to field trips, excursions, and outdoor

members may not solicit students during instructional time for any privately arranged field

or excursion without Board permission.

a person

trips,

first

other

is required during school-sponsored

campus events.

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 2320 INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 Field Trips, Excursions, and Outdoor Education8 9 The
10 the
11 of
12 learning
13 field
opportunities
14 endorses
15 lost
16 17 Field
18
19 Building
20 education.21 22 Staff
23 trip
24 25 The presence of
with a currently valid
aid card
26 activities, including field
athletic, and
off
27 28 29 30 Legal Reference: ARM 37.111.825 Health Supervision and Maintenance31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46

will offer courses of study

of student

to have free access to information,

Adopted on:

on: 02/20/2018

experiences appropriate to

program respects the right of students to face

study under teachers in situations free from

and to form, hold, and express their own opinions without personal prejudice or

will guide discussions and procedures with thoroughness and objectivity to acquaint

with the need to recognize various points of view, importance of fact, value of good

judgment, and the virtue of respect for conflicting opinions.

Board encourages and supports the concept of academic freedom, recognizing it as a

necessary condition to aid in maintaining an environment conducive to learning and to the free

of ideas and information.

a study or discussion of controversial issues or materials, however, the Board directs teaching

staff to take into account the following criteria:

Subjects of a controversial nature shall be defined as a political, religious and moral.

the building principal and the teacher must agree to allow a speaker or material of a

nature in the classroom. If the teacher and building principal are unable to

agree, then they shall include the Superintendent in the decision making process.

the material or speaker

decision

inform

an assembly, the principal shall make

also be responsible

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
9/20093 Reviewed
4 2330 - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 Controversial Issues and Academic Freedom8 9 The District
which will afford learning
10 levels
understanding. The instructional
11 issues,
to
12 prejudice,
13 discrimination.14 15 Teachers
16 students
17
18 19 The
20
21 exchange
22 23 In
24
25 26 1.
27 2. Both
28 controversial
29
30 3. If
requests presentation at
31 the
and
the community.32 4. The person or persons responsible for approving the presentation shall
33 for other viewpoints expressed.34 5. Opposing viewpoints shall be presented in the same general setting within a month.35 36 37 38 Legal Reference: Article X, Sec. 8, Montana Constitution School district trustees39 § 20 3 324(16) and (17), MCA Powers and duties40 41 42

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018

Religion and Religious Activities

keeping with the United States and Montana

and judicial decisions, the District

not support any religion or endorse religious activity. At the same time, the District may

not prohibit private religious expression by students. This policy provides direction to students

staff members about the application of these principles to student religious activity at school.

Student Prayer and Discussion

may pray individually or in groups and may discuss their religious views with other

students, as long as they are not disruptive or coercive. The right to engage in voluntary prayer

not include the right to have a captive audience listen, to harass other students, or to force

them to participate. Students may pray silently in the classroom, except when they are expected

be involved in classroom instruction or activities.

members are representatives of the District and must “navigate the narrow channel between

impairing intellectual inquiry and propagating a religious creed.” They may not encourage,

discourage, persuade, dissuade, sponsor, participate in, or discriminate against a religious activity

or an activity because of its religious content. They must remain officially neutral toward

religious expression.

Graduation Ceremonies

an important event for students and their families. In order to assure the

appropriateness and dignity of the occasion, the District sponsors and pays for graduation

retains ultimate control over their structure and content.

not invite or permit members of the clergy to give prayers at graduation.

District officials may not organize or agree to requests for prayer by other persons

graduation, including requests by students to open or deliver a prayer at graduation. The

not prefer the beliefs of some students over the beliefs of others, coerce dissenters

nonbelievers, or communicate any endorsement of religion.

Assemblies, Extracurricular and Athletic Events

extracurricular

members, or outsiders to

athletic events.

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2332 INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27
8 9 In
Constitutions
10 may
11
12 and
13 14
15 16 Students
17
18 does
19
20 to
21 22 Staff Members23 24 Staff
25
26
27
28
29 30
31 32 Graduation is
33
34 ceremonies and
35 36 District officials may
37 Furthermore,
38 at
39 District may
40 or
41 42
43 44 District officials may not invite or permit members of the clergy, staff
45 give prayers at school sponsored assemblies and
or
District46 47

also may not organize or agree to student requests for prayer at assemblies and other

school-sponsored events. Furthermore, prayer may not be broadcast over the school public

system, even if the prayer is nonsectarian, nonproselytizing, and initiated by students.

Religious Expression and Assignments

may express their individual

members

their work

in reports, tests, homework, and projects.

ordinary academic standards, including substance,

appearance, composition, and grammar. Student religious expression should neither

nor penalized.

Religion in the Curriculum

members may teach students about religion in history, art, music, literature, and other

in which religious influence has been and continues to be felt. However, staff members

not teach religion or advocate religious doctrine or practice. The prohibition against

religion extends to curricular decisions which promote religion or religious beliefs.

programs, performances, and celebrations must serve an educational purpose. The

inclusion of religious music, symbols, art, or writings is permitted, if the religious content has a

historical or independent educational purpose which contributes to the objectives of the approved

curriculum. School programs, performances, and celebrations cannot promote, encourage,

discourage, persuade, dissuade, or discriminate against a religion or religious activity and cannot

be oriented to religion or a religious holiday.

Religious Clubs

of

Literature

on solicitations (Policy

Holidays

©MTSBA 2021 23321 Page 2 of 22 3 officials
4
5 address
6 7 Student
8 9 Students
religious beliefs
10 Staff
should judge
by
11 relevance,
12 be favored
13 14
15 16 Staff
17 subjects
18 may
19 teaching
20 21 School
22
23
24
25
26
27 28 Student
29 30 Students may gather as non-curricular groups to discuss or promote religion in accordance with31 District Policy 3233.32 33 Distribution
Religious
34 35 Students may distribute religious literature to their classmates, subject to the same36 constitutionally acceptable restrictions the District imposes on distribution of other non school37 literature. Outsiders may not distribute religious or other literature to students on school38 property, consistent with and pursuant to the District policy
4321).39 40 Religious
41 42 Staff members may teach objectively about religious holidays and about religious symbols,43 music, art, literature, and drama which accompany the holidays. They may celebrate the44 historical aspects of the holidays but may not observe them as religious events.45 46 47

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018

Participation in Commencement Exercises

of Policy

student’s right to participate in a commencement exercise of the graduating class at Alberton High

School is an honor. As such, participation in this ceremony is reserved for those members of the

class who have completed all state and local requirements for graduation before the date of the

ceremony. Students who complete their requirements after the date of commencement exercises will

receive their diplomas at that time.

Organization and Content of Commencement Exercises

school district will permit students to honor their American Indian heritage through the display of

culturally significant tribal regalia at commencement ceremonies. Any item that promotes drug use,

weapon use, threats of violence, sexual harassment, bullying, or other intimidation, or violates another

district policy, state, or federal law may not be worn during graduation.

school administration may invite graduating students to participate in high school graduation

according to academic class standing or class officer status. Any student who, because of

academic class standing, is requested to participate may choose to decline the invitation.

school administrators will review presentations and specific content, and may advise participants

about appropriate language for the audience and occasion. Students selected to participate may choose to

deliver an address, poem, reading, song, musical presentation, or any other pronouncement of their

choosing.

printed program for a commencement

participants of

include the following paragraphs:

is the private expression

individual

does not necessarily reflect any official position of the

its Board, administration, or employees, nor does it necessarily indicate the

views of any other graduates.

Board recognizes that at graduation time and throughout the course of the

process, there will be instances when religious values, religious practices,

and religious persons will have some interaction with the public schools and students.

while not endorsing any religion, recognizes the rights of individuals to have

the freedom to express their individual political, social, or religious views.

time

and prayer

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 2333 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6
7 Statement
8 9 A
10
11 graduating
12
13
14 15
16 17 The
18
19
20
21 22 The
23 exercises
24
25 26 The
27
28
29
30 31 The
exercise will
32 33 Any presentation by
graduation exercises
34 of an
participant and
35 District,
36
37 The
38 educational
39
40 The Board,
41
42 43 Legal Reference: Art. II, Sec. 5, Montana Constitution Freedom of religion44 Art. X, Sec. 1(2), Montana Constitution Educational Goals and Duties45 Art. X, Sec. 7, Montana Constitution Nondiscrimination in education46 § 20 5 201(3), MCA Duties and Sanctions47 § 20-1-308, MCA Religious instruction released
program48 § 20 7 112, MCA Sectarian publications prohibited
permitted49 50

on: 9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018

Board

Board will establish

by the Board of Public Education (A.R.M.

requirements

student enrolled in the District who

by the District. The official transcript will indicate

at a minimum, satisfy those established

and 905). Generally, any change in

by the Board will become effective for the next class to

enter ninth (9th) grade. Exceptions to this general rule may be made, when it is determined by

the Board that proposed changes in graduation requirements will not have a negative effect on

already in grades nine (9) through twelve (12). The Board will approve graduation

as recommended by the Superintendent.

graduate from Alberton High School, a student must have satisfactorily completed the last

prior to graduation as an Alberton High School student. Highly unusual exceptions may

be considered by the principal, such as a student exchange program in a recognized school.

student with a disabling condition

individualized education

in the IEP

serve as the basis

competency requirements incorporated

completion of the objectives

determining completion of a course.

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 2410 INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 7 High School Graduation Requirements8 9 The
will award a regular high school diploma to every
10 meets graduation requirements established
11 the specific courses taken and level of achievement.12 13 The
graduation requirements which,
14
10.55.904
15 graduation
promulgated
16
17
18 students
19 requirements
20 21 To
22 quarter
23
24 25 A
will satisfy those
26 into the
program (IEP). Satisfactory
27 incorporated
will
for
28 29 A student may be denied participation in graduation ceremonies in accordance with 20 5 201(3),30 MCA. In such instances the diploma will be awarded after the official ceremony has been held.31 32 33 34 Legal Reference: § 20 5 201, MCA Duties and sanctions35 § 20 3 322 (3), MCA Meetings and Quorum36 10.55.904, ARM Basic Education Program Offerings: High School37 10.55.905, ARM Graduation Requirements38 10.55.906, ARM High School Credit39 40 41

Promulgated

on:

on:

6/8/21

Publication of Graduation

school,

with a copy of the current

also be included in the student

be expected to earn a total of twenty two (22) units in order to complete

requirements.

credit requirements may be found in the Student Handbook.

education students who have successfully completed their IEP leading to completion of

school will be awarded a diploma.

Waiver of Requirement

Graduation requirements generally will not be waived under any circumstances. The Board may

waive specific course requirements based on individual student needs and performance levels.

requests shall also be considered with respect to age, maturity, interest, and aspirations of

students

shall be in consultation with the parents or guardians.

Programs

student may be given credit for a course satisfactorily completed in a period of time shorter or

longer than normally required and, provided that the course meets the district's curriculum and

requirements, which are aligned with the content standards stated in the education

Credit toward graduation requirements may be granted for planned learning

from accredited programs, such as summer school, university courses, and

courses, extension, and distance learning courses, adult education, summer

work study, work based learning partnerships, and other experiential learning

custom designed courses, and challenges to current courses. The District shall

units of credit taken with the approval of the District and which appear on the student's

school transcript.

for work experience may be offered when the work program is a

part of and supervised by the school.

at Alberton High School and all acceptable transfer credits shall be

on the transcript. All grades earned, including failures and retakes, shall be recorded as

and utilized in the calculation of Grade Point Average and class rank. Credit shall be

only

regardless of repetition of the course.

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
on: 9/20093 Reviewed
4 2410P INSTRUCTION Revised
02/20/2018,
5 6 page 1 of 27 High School Graduation Requirements8 9
Requirements10 11 Prior to registering in high
each student will be provided
12 graduation requirements. Graduation requirements shall
13 handbook.14 15 Credits16 17 Students shall
18 graduation
Specific
19 Special
20 high
21 22
23 24
25
26 Waiver
27 the
and
28 29 Alternative
30 31 A
32
33 assessment
34 program.
35 experiences
36 correspondence
37 school,
38 opportunities,
39 accept
40 official
Credit
41
42 43 All classes attempted
44 recorded
45 such
46 awarded
once
47

Dual Credit

credit allows high schools students to simultaneously earn credit toward both a high school

and college coursework that can lead to a postsecondary degree or certificate, or toward

transfer to another college. The primary purpose of offering dual credit courses is to deliver high

introductory, college level courses to high performing high school students. The

Alberton Joint School District #2 has dual credit partnerships with various post secondary

Students interested in dual credit opportunities must meet with their building

to determine available options.

be aware of

School Association on campus attendance

Honor Roll

student must have a minimum grade point

of 3.00 to be placed on the regular honor

information regarding honors at graduation are included in the student handbook.

(Grade Point

Rank is compiled from semester grades. Courses not eligible for GPA are designated with

an asterisk on the report card.

Early Graduation

Board authorizes the high school principal to recommend students for early graduation who

have completed the minimum requirements for graduation after completion of the seventh (7th)

The final decision is made by the Board.

of

Board may admit an individual who has graduated from high school but is not yet 19 years

even though no special circumstances exist for waiver of the age requirements outlined in

3310. The Board authorizes the administration to notify parents and students of this

to enroll after earning a diploma or purposes post secondary or career preparation

under this provision

who has experienced an educational

will not meet a higher

award the student a diploma.

be included in the District’s ANB calculation

the minimum high school

administrative rules of the Board of Public

by Board of Trustees, the

District may distinguish the diploma in a

under this policy.

©MTSBA 2021 1
2 3 Dual
4 diploma
5
6 quality,
7
8 institutions.
9 administration
10 11 Students should
Montana High
eligibility12 requirements for activity participation.13 14
15 16 A
average
17 roll. Specific
18 19 Class Rank
Average)20 21 Class
22
23 24
25 26 The
27
28 semester.
29 30 31 Post Graduation32 33 The
34
age
35 Policy
36 opportunity
37 Any student enrolled
shall
38 39 Educational Disruption40 41 If a student
disruption meets
42 credit requirement for graduation as established by
43 Education but
credit requirement established
44 District shall
The
45 reasonable manner from standard diplomas issued
46

the purposes of this policy, "educational disruption" means a disruption experienced during

nine through twelve caused by homelessness, involvement in the child welfare system or

justice system, a medical or mental health crisis, or another event considered a

educational disruption by the District.

Reference: 1005FE Proficiency Based Learning

Work Based Learning

Students

Reference:

be

20 9 313, MCA Circumstances under which regular average number

High School Credit

Graduation Requirements

10 1 1402, MCA Montana Youth Challenge

80 2021 General Legislative Session

246 2021 General Legislative Session

©MTSBA 2021 1 For
2 grades
3 juvenile
4 qualifying
5 6 Cross
7 2600
8 3125 Homeless
9 10 Legal
§
11 belonging may
increased12 10.55.906, ARM
13 10.55.905, ARM
14 §
15 Chapter
16 HB
17 18

transfer of credit

subject to examination and

by the school counselor or

requested,

on:

on:

on: 02/20/2018

any non accredited, nonpublic school

being accepted by the District. This will be

in the case of home schools, by a credit evaluation

of a counselor, a staff member from each subject area in which credit is

a school

that a student has spent approximately the same number of classroom hours in

home school as would have been spent in a regular class in the District;

that a student followed a curriculum essentially similar to that of a course for

which credit is requested;

that in the event of a credit request in a lab, industrial arts, or music course,

and facilities were sufficient to meet required learning activities of the course;

Require that a student has satisfactorily passed, in all courses in which a final exam

is given, a final exam prepared and administered by a staff member in the

credit

District.

have met all requirements as specified

from home schools will be accepted only when a like course is offered

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 2413 - R INSTRUCTION Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 8 Credit Transfer and Assessment for Placement9 10 Grades 9 1211 12 Requests for
or grade placement from
13 will be
approval before
14 done
principal or,
15 committee consisting
16 being
and
principal.17 18 The credit evaluation committee will:19 20 1. Document
21
22 23 2. Document
24
25 26 3. Document
27 equipment
28 29 4.
30 normally
31 District.32 33 The District will give
only for home schools which
34 in Montana law. Credit
35 in the
36 37 The school transcripts will record courses taken in home schools or non accredited schools by38 indicating title of the course, school where the course was taken, and grade.39 40 For the purpose of calculation of class rank, only those courses taken in an accredited school will41 be used.42 43 44 45 46 47

in

placement in the

placement team. That team

for

test and/or

The assessment for

recommendation for grade placement:

the non accredited, nonpublic school has provided a comparable

the

the child followed a

public

attended in a public or private school;

curriculum

would have been provided in an

student

mastered most

©MTSBA 2021 24131 Page 2 of 22 3 Grades 1 84 5 Requests from parents of students in non accredited, nonpublic schools for
6 District school system will be evaluated by an assessment for
will7 include:8 9 1. A school principal;10 11 2. One (1) teacher of the grade in which the student is being considered
enrollment; and12 13 3. One (1) counselor for grades 6 8.14 15 The assessment for placement team will cause the District adopted norm referenced
16 the end of the year subject matter test to be administered and scored.
17 placement team will take into account the following
its
18 19 1. Documentation that
20 number of hours as
child would have
21 22 2. That
similar
as
23 accredited
or private school;24 25 3. That the result of the end of the year test indicates the
has
26 prerequisite skills; and27 28 4. That the child achieved an NCE score of forty (40) or above on the Standard29 Achievement Test.30 31 Parents of students in home schools are encouraged to maintain a log documenting dates of32 instruction, content of instruction, amount of time spent on that instruction, scores on tests, and33 grades in all activities.34 35 The District is not obligated to provide instructional materials for other public or private schools.36 37 If a parent or guardian is not in agreement with the placement of the child, he/she may request a38 hearing before the Board.39 40 41 42 Legal Reference: § 20 5 110, MCA School district assessment for placement of a child43 who enrolls from a nonaccredited, nonpublic school44 45 46
©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on: 02/20/20184 2420 INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Grading and Progress Reports12 13 The administration and professional staff shall establish a system of grading and develop14 procedures of reporting academic achievement to students and their parents.15 16 17 18

Promotion and Retention

shall determine when promotion and graduation

promote a student to the next

level

on: 02/20/2018

are met. The decision

be made the building administration and shall

based on successful completion of the curriculum, attendance, performance based on

or other

social reason not related to

a student

not

not support promotion based upon age or

administration shall determine

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed
4 2421 INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 The system
requirements
13 to
grade
shall
14 be
15 standardized testing,
testing. The District does
16 any other
academic performance. The
17 remedial assistance for
who is
promoted.18 19 20 21 22 23 24

on:

adopting rules relating to

of cultural heritage

be limited to:

materials reflecting

of

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed
02/20/20184 2450 - R INSTRUCTION Revised on:5 6 7 Recognition of Native American Cultural Heritage8 9 The District recognizes the distinct and unique cultural heritage of Native Americans and is10 committed in the District’s educational goals to the preservation of such heritage.11 12 In furtherance of the District’s educational goals, the District is committed to:13 14 • Working cooperatively with Montana Tribes in close proximity to the District, when15 providing instruction, when implementing educational goals or
16 education of students in the District;17 18 • Periodically reviewing its curriculum to ensure the inclusion
of19 Native Americans, which will include but not necessarily
20 21 • Considering methods by which to provide books and
22 authentic historical and contemporary portrayals of Native Americans;23 24 • Taking into account individual and cultural diversity and differences among25 students;26 27 • Providing necessary training for school personnel, with the objective
gaining an28 understanding and awareness of Native American culture, which will assist the District’s29 staff in its relations with Native American students and parents.30 31 The Board may require certified staff to satisfy the requirements for instruction in American32 Indian studies, set forth in § 20 1 503, MCA.33 34 35 36 Legal Reference: Art. X, Sec. 1(2), Montana Constitution37 §§ 20 1 501, et seq., MCA Indian Education for All38 10.55.603 ARM Curriculum and Assessment39 10.55.701 ARM Board of Trustees40 10.55.803 ARM Learner Access41 42 43 44 45 46

Joint School District

Adopted on: 9/2009

Reviewed on: 02/20/2018

on: 8/9/22

School Wellness

The School District is committed to providing school environments that promote and protect children’s8 health, well being, and ability to learn by supporting healthy eating and physical activity. Therefore, it is9 the policy of the School District that:

The development of the school wellness policy, at a minimum, will include:

1. Community involvement, including input from teachers of physical education and school health13 professionals, parents, students, school food service, the school Board, school administrators,

educators, and the public. Training of this team of people on the components of a healthy school

nutrition environment is recommended.

2. Goals for nutrition education, nutrition promotion, physical activity, and other school based17 activities that are designed to promote student wellness in a manner that the local education

agency determines appropriate.

3. Implementation, Periodic Assessment, and Public Updates, including expanding the purpose of20 the team of collaborators beyond the development of a local wellness policy to also include the21 implementation of the local wellness policy with periodic review and updates, inform and update22 the public every three years, at a minimum, (including parents, students, and others in the23 community) about the content and implementation of the local wellness policies, and to measure24 periodically and make available to the public an assessment of the local wellness policy,

including:

• The extent to which schools are in compliance with the local wellness policy;

• The extent to which the LEA’s local wellness policy compares to model local school

wellness policies; and

• The progress made in attaining the goals of the local wellness policy.

4. Nutrition guidelines for all foods available on each school campus under the local education

agency during the school day, with the objectives of promoting student health and nutrient rich

meals and snacks. This includes food and beverages sold in a la carte sales, vending machines,

and student stores;

food and

Guidelines for reimbursable

6. A plan for measuring implementation of

persons

used for classroom rewards and fundraising efforts.

ensure that the District offers school meal programs

established by the U.S. Department

local wellness policy, including designation of one

or at each school, as appropriate, charged with

for ensuring that each school fulfills the District’s local wellness policy.

for

© MTSBA 2022 Alberton
#21
2
3 2510 R INSTRUCTION Revised
4 5 page 1 of 26
7
10 11
12
14
15
16
18
19
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
and
beverages
34 5.
school meals to
35 with menus meeting the meal patterns and nutrition standards
36 of Agriculture.37
the
38 or more
within the local education agency
39 operational responsibility
40 41 The suggested guidelines for developing the wellness policy include:42 43 Nutrition Education and Nutrition Promotion44 All students K 12 shall receive nutrition education that teaches the knowledge and skills needed to adopt45 healthy eating behaviors and is aligned with the Montana Health Enhancement Standards Nutrition46 education shall be integrated into the curriculum. Nutrition information and education shall be offered and47 promoted throughout the school campus and based on the U S Dietary Guidelines
Americans. Staff48 who provide nutrition education shall have the appropriate training, such as in health enhancement or49 family and consumer sciences.50

Health Enhancement and Physical Activity Opportunities

The District shall offer health enhancement opportunities that include the components of a quality health

enhancement program taught by a K 12 certified health enhancement specialist, if permitted by staffing6 levels. Health enhancement shall equip students with the knowledge, skills, and values necessary for

lifelong physical activity. Health enhancement instruction shall be aligned with the Montana Health

Enhancement Standards.

All K 12 students of the District shall have the opportunity to participate regularly in supervised,

organized or unstructured, physical activities, to maintain physical fitness, and to understand the short

and long term benefits of a physically active and healthy lifestyle.

Nutrition Standards

The District shall ensure that reimbursable school meals and snacks meet the program requirements and16 nutrition standards found in federal regulations including but not limited to Smart Snacks in School

Nutrition Standards. The District shall encourage students to make nutritious food choices through

accessibility, advertising and marketing efforts of healthful foods.

The District shall monitor all food and beverages sold or served to students during the normal school day,21 including those available outside the federally regulated child nutrition programs (i.e., a la carte, vending,22 student stores, classroom rewards, fundraising efforts) The District shall consider nutrient density and23 portion size before permitting food and beverages to be sold or served to students The Superintendent

shall continually evaluate vending policies and contracts. Vending contracts that do not meet the intent25 and purpose of this policy shall be modified accordingly or not renewed.

Other School-Based Activities Designed to Promote Student Wellness

District may implement other

create a school environment that

conveys consistent wellness messages and is conducive to healthy eating and physical activity, such as

staff wellness programs, non-food reward system and fundraising efforts

Maintaining Student Wellness

Superintendent shall develop and implement

rules consistent with this policy. Input

from teachers, parents/guardians, students, school food service program, the school Board, school

and the public shall be considered before implementing such rules. A sustained effort is

necessary to implement and enforce this policy. The Superintendent shall measure how well this policy is

being implemented, managed, and enforced.

on the District’s programs

Superintendent shall report to the Board, as requested,

efforts to meet the purpose and intent of this policy.

© MTSBA 2022 25101 page 2 of 22 3
4
5
7
8
9 10
11
12
13 14
15
17
18
19 20
24
26 27
28 The
appropriate programs that help
29
30
31 32
33 The
administrative
34
35 administrators,
36
37
The
38
and
39 40 Legal Reference: PL 108 265 The Child Nutrition and WIC Reauthorization Act of 200441 PL 111 296 The Healthy, Hunger Free Kids Act of 201042 43

The Board recognizes that education should be making classroom experiences a meaningful

process of learning about all practical aspects of life. The Board believes that the inclusion of

career education in the basic curriculum will provide students with information about the many

career opportunities available and will establish a relationship between what is taught in the

classroom and the world of work.

Work based learning must provide all participating students with on the job experience and

training along with career and complimentary vocational/technical classroom instruction to

contribute to each student’s employability. The students’ classroom activities and on-the-job

experiences must be planned and supervised by the school and the employer to ensure that both

activities contribute to the student’s employability. Students enrolled in a work based learning

program must receive credit for related classroom instruction and on the job training. In the

absence of a proficiency model, the time requirement for students in work based learning must

be converted and is equivalent to the time requirement for credit to be earned.

Students may submit a proposal for a tailored Work Based Learning program that divides their

time between instruction in school and specific learning at a job. Each proposed program will be

planned by Work Based Learning coordinators and the employer (or employer groups) and shall

be in accordance with state and federal laws and regulations governing employment of students

under age 18. The Work Based Learning coordinators will communicate with employers on a

monthly basis and will visit work sites to determine if the placement is appropriate for student

employment.

particular program designed for each student shall be set forth in a written protocol approved

by the student, his or her parents or guardians, the work experience coordinator and the

employer. This shall stipulate the terms of employment and the provision for academic credit.

make such arrangements as necessary with

evaluating the student's on the job performance and for keeping records of job

attendance.

employer or supervisor shall complete District

and fingerprint

satisfy a

in accordance with District Policies 5120

The employee and District shall also complete workers

with

Work

insurance and

procedure in a manner

to student.

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton School District1 2 INSTRUCTION 26003 4 Work Based Learning Program5 6
7
8
9
10
11 12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20 21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28 29 The
30
31
32 33 The Work Based Learning coordinator shall
34 employers for
35
36 37 The
volunteer agreement form and
38 name based
criminal background check
39 and 5122.
compensation
40 general liability insurance requirements in accordance with the attached
41 consistent
the
Based Learning opportunity provided
42 43 Cross Reference: 2600P Work Based Learning Procedures44 2600F Work Based Learning Affiliation Agreement and Consent Form45 46

Legal

Labor Standards

247

U.S.C. 212 and 213, et seq.

29 71 118(7), MCA Employee, worker, volunteer, volunteer

volunteer emergency care provider defined --election of

©MTSBA 2021
reference: Title 41, Chapter 2, MCA1 Fair
Act 29
2 Chapter
2021 General Legislative Session3 Section
4 firefighter, and
5 coverage.6 7 Policy History:8 Adopted on: 8/10/219 Reviewed on:10 Revised on:11 12 13

School

Work Based Learning Program Insurance

The School District Work Based Learning coordinator will work with School District

administration to identify the appropriate insurance coverage for a student’s tailored work

experience opportunity. A student will not commence a Work Based Learning opportunity until

the appropriate insurance option has been identified and implemented by all parties. The option

selected will be noted as part of the student’s Work Based Learning plan.

Option

Employer pays the student to work for them in a paid capacity. Student learns from the employer

like a newly hired employee and skill sets are acquired through doing actual work for the

employer. Student earns school credit for employment as documented in the Work Based

Learning plan. Employer is required to show proof of workers compensation coverage for the

student via a copy of a current workers compensation policy if the Work Based Learning plan

shows the student will receive school credit for the employment. Medical costs and other related

workers compensation claim expenses for accepted workers compensation claims due to injury

to the student while working in the course and scope as part of the Work Based Learning

opportunity shall be covered by the employer’s workers compensation coverage.

Option

Employer does not pay the student. Student earns school credit as part of a Work Based Learning

plan but student may be assigned credit as part of another course. Employer has a volunteer

endorsement added to their workers compensation policy and pays that premium to their carrier.

School District requires the employer to show proof of workers compensation coverage with the

volunteer endorsement added via a copy of a current workers compensation policy. Medical

costs and other related workers compensation claim expenses for accepted workers

claims due to injury to the student while working in the course and scope as part

of the Work Based Learning opportunity shall be covered by the employer’s workers

coverage.

Option

does not pay student. Student earns school credit for the Work Based Learning

opportunity as outlined the Work Based Learning plan. School district adds a school to work

endorsement onto the school workers’ compensation policy. School District pays the workers

premium costs for the endorsement and other required insurance coverage. Parent

liability risk forms should be signed in advance to recognize the inherent risks present with this

learning opportunity and to clearly state the student has personal medical insurance coverage in

place. Medical costs and other related workers compensation claim expenses for accepted

compensation claims due to injury to the student while working in the course and scope

as part of the Work Based Learning opportunity shall be covered by the School District’s

compensation coverage.

©MTSBA 2021 Alberton
District1 2 INSTRUCTION 2600P3 Page 1 of 24 5
6 7
8
9
10
11
12 13
114
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23 24
225
26
27
28
29
30
31 compensation
32
33 compensation
34 35
336 Employer
37
38
39 compensation
40
41
42
43 workers
44
45 workers
46

School District provides a work based learning opportunity off school grounds. The learning

takes place during school period hours, awards school credit hours toward

requirements, and is led by a teacher of the school district and/or co taught by a trade

person or general contractor. No workers compensation coverage being provided. School

District is responsible for general liability coverage for the students and parent liability risk

forms should be signed in advance to recognize the inherent risks present with this learning

opportunity and to clearly state the student has personal medical insurance coverage in place.

Policy History:

Adopted on:

on:

on:

©MTSBA 2021 1 2 2600P3 Page 2 of 24 Option 45
6 opportunity
7 graduation
8
9
10
11
12 13 14
15
8/10/2116 Reviewed
17 Revised
18 19

WORK BASED LEARNING AFFILIATION AGREEMENT

This Affiliation Agreement is entered into between Alberton School District and ______________________________________(workplace learning site).

WHEREAS High School has established a ____________________Work Based Learning program for students interested in career exploration opportunities; and

WHEREAS High School wishes to affiliate with ________________________________ (workplace learning site) for the purpose of providing Career Exploration and Assessment experiences for students enrolled in the _______________________Work Based Learning Program; and

WHEREAS the Workplace Learning Site is willing to permit the Career Exploration experience on its premises with the terms set forth in this Affiliation Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. The High School shall assume full responsibility for planning and execution of the student program of instruction including curriculum content, Work Based Learning orientation, emergency contact information, and parent/guardian consent.

2. The High School shall ensure participating students have completed safety instruction specific to the work site prior to participation in the Work Based Learning experience.

3. The High School shall provide a Work Based Learning Coordinator responsible for instruction and coordination with appropriate Workplace Learning Site personnel for the planning, selecting, and evaluating of students’ experiences.

4. The Work Based Learning Coordinator, Workplace Supervisor, and student will work collaboratively to determine the career readiness, employability skills, and proficiency guidelines set forth in the personalized work based learning program.

5. The Workplace Learning Site agrees to designate a Workplace Supervisor, who has completed the Volunteer Agreement Form, and whose responsibility it shall be to assist the Work Based Learning Coordinator in selection and coordination of student experiences appropriate to the level of learning.

6. The Workplace Learning Site professional practitioners shall be responsible for overseeing the students’ experience and training activities. They shall orient the students to their activities, direct their activities and supervise their activities to assure safe and satisfactory experiences and performance.

7. The High School shall be responsible for assigning students to the Workplace Learning Site for experience. The High School shall notify the Workplace Learning Site at least one (1) month in advance of its planned schedule of students and types of experiences to be provided. This schedule shall be subject to approval of the Workplace Learning Site.

8. The Workplace Learning Site shall make available the necessary equipment and supplies as determined by the Workplace Learning Site in conjunction with the High School.

9. The Workplace Learning Site shall provide the Work Based Learning Coordinator with frequent student performance evaluations in the manner and frequency so designated by the High School.

10. The High School shall work with the Workplace Learning Site regarding the removal of any student from the Workplace Learning Site whenever the student is not performing or meeting the workplace requirements. Responsibility for student disciplinary measures, if any, shall be with High School and not with the Workplace Learning Site.

©MTSBA 2021
2600F

Workplace Supervisor initials the selection specific to this Work Based Learning placement:

Employer pays the student to work for them in a paid capacity. Student learns from the

employer like a newly hired employee and skill sets are acquired through doing actual work for the3 employer. Student earns school credit for employment as documented in the Work Based Learning plan.

Employer is required to show proof of workers compensation coverage for the student via a copy of a

current workers compensation policy if the Work Based Learning plan shows the student will receive

school credit for the employment. Medical costs and other related workers compensation claim expenses

for accepted workers compensation claims due to injury to the student while working in the course and

scope as part of the Work Based Learning opportunity shall be covered by the employer’s workers

compensation coverage.

does not pay the student. Student earns school credit as part of a Work Based

Learning plan but student may be assigned credit as part of another course. Employer has a volunteer

endorsement added to their workers compensation policy and pays that premium to their carrier. School

District requires the employer to show proof of workers compensation coverage with the volunteer

endorsement added via a copy of a current workers compensation policy. Medical costs and other related

workers compensation claim expenses for accepted workers compensation claims due to injury to the

student while working in the course and scope as part of the Work Based Learning opportunity shall be18 covered by the employer’s workers compensation coverage.

Employer does not pay student. Student earns school credit for the Work Based Learning

opportunity as outlined the Work Based Learning plan. School district adds a school to work endorsement

onto the school workers’ compensation policy. School District pays the workers compensation premium

costs for the endorsement and other required insurance coverage. Parent liability risk forms should be

signed in advance to recognize the inherent risks present with this learning opportunity and to clearly state

the student has personal medical insurance coverage in place. Medical costs and other related workers

compensation claim expenses for accepted workers compensation claims due to injury to the student

while working in the course and scope as part of the Work Based Learning opportunity shall be covered28 by the School District’s workers compensation coverage.

____ School District provides a work based learning opportunity off school grounds. The

learning opportunity takes place during school period hours, awards school credit hours toward

graduation requirements, and is led by a teacher of the school district and/or co taught by a trade person

or general contractor. No workers compensation coverage being provided. School District is responsible

for general liability coverage for the students and parent liability risk forms should be signed in advance

to recognize the inherent risks present with this learning opportunity and to clearly state the student has

personal medical insurance coverage in place.

©MTSBA 2021
1 __________
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 ___________ Employer
12
13
14
15
16
17
19 20 ___________
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36 Workplace Supervisor Date Work Based Learning Coordinator Date

PARENT/GUARDIAN CONSENT FOR WORK BASED LEARNING EXPERIENCE

I, (full name)________________________________________________ as legal guardian of

(child’s full name) a student enrolled in the _____________High School acknowledge the following:

The program of study includes opportunities for my child to participate in an off campus Work Based Learning opportunity, and I give my consent to my child participating in the offsite Work Based Learning component, and I agree to support and assist with enforcement of the content included in the Work Based Learning placement

I agree to accept responsibility for my student’s participation in the above referenced activity. I understand any negligence arising out of the student’s participation in the program shall be attributed to me as comparative negligence within the meaning of Section 27 1 702, MCA. I agree to counsel my child to abide by the rules and regulations set forth by the workplace learning site.

I have signed the Parent/Guardian Consent and agree to the stated conditions.

Parent/Guardian signature

printed name Phone number

City/State/Zip

©MTSBA 2021
________________________________________________
______________________________________ ____________________________
Date ____________________________________________ ____________________________ Parent/Guardian
__________ ____________________________ Address
code 1 2

3000 SERIES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

3100 Early Enrollment Exceptional Circumstances 3110 Entrance, Placement, and Transfer

R 3120 Compulsory Attendance 3121 Enrollment and Attendance Records 3122 Attendance Policy

R 3123 Attendance Policy Procedure Truancy

R 3125 Education of Homeless Children

R 3125F McKinney Vento Education Assistance Dispute Resolution Form 3130 Students of Legal Age 3141 Discretionary Nonresident Student Attendance Policy 3145 Foreign Exchange Students 3150 Part Time Attendance 3200 Student Rights and Responsibilities

R 3210 Equal Education, Nondiscrimination and Sex Equity 3221 Publications, Distributions or Posting of Materials 3224 Student Dress

R 3225 Sexual Harassment/Intimidation of Students 3225F Harassment Reporting Form

R 3226 Bullying/Harassment/Intimidation/Hazing 3231 3231P Searches and Seizure 3233 Student Use of Buildings: Equal Access 3235 Video Surveillance

R 3300 Suspension and Expulsion Corrective Actions and Punishment 3305 Seclusion and Restraint

R 3310 Student Discipline 3310P Discipline of Students with Disabilities 3310P1 Risk Assessments 3311 Firearms and Weapons 3330 Use of Alcohol Sensor Device 3340 Extra and Co Curricular Alcohol, Drug, and Tobacco Use 3345 Gambling 3410 Student Health/Physical Screenings/Examinations 3413 Student Immunization 3413F1 Medical Exemption Form for Immunization 3413F2 Religious Exemption Form for Immunization

R 3415 3415P Management of Sports Related Concussions 3416 Administering Medicines to Students 3416F Montana Authorization to Possess or Self minister Asthma, Severe Allergy, or Anaphylaxis Medication

ALBERTON JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT #2 R = required
STUDENTS

3417 Communicable Diseases

3420 Head Lice

3431 Emergency Treatment

3440 Removal of Student During School Day

3510 School Sponsored Student Activities

R 3520 Student Fees, Fines, and Charges 3550 Student Clubs

3600 3600P Student Records

R 3606 Transfer of Student Records

R 3608 Receipt of Confidential Records

R 3612 3612P District Provided Access to Electronic Information, Services, and Networks

3630 Cell Phones and Other Electronic Equipment 3650 Montana Pupil Online Personal Information Protection Act

Alberton Joint School District #2

Adopted on: 10/12/22

Reviewed on:

STUDENTS. Revised on:

of

Early Childhood Education Enrollment Exceptional Circumstances

It is the policy of the District to provide enhanced educational opportunities to students under the age of 5

when either individual exceptional circumstances exist and/or when Community Based exceptional

circumstances are present.

Prohibition: This policy cannot be used to provide what is otherwise characterized or referred to as a

pre school, pursuant to20 7 117(2), MCA, which specifically prohibits the use of state equalization aid

for preschool. This policy is intended for use to enroll students under the age of 5 when statutory criteria

are met.

Exceptional Circumstances Meriting Waiver of Age Requirements for Pupils

In order to adopt this policy, the board of trustees must select one or more of the characteristics

identified in either Option A or Option B.

The administration shall ensure admission, enrollment and assignment of all qualifying children

referenced in this policy. The administration shall place children enrolled pursuant to this policy in either23 a half time or full time kindergarten program as an integral part of the elementary school program. The24 administration shall also ensure provision of a free appropriate public education in the least restrictive

environment possible, pursuant to terms of each student’s individualized education program, for all26 children enrolled under this policy who are qualified for services under the Individuals with Disabilities

Education Act.

administration shall include children enrolled pursuant to this policy in the district’s calculation of

average number belonging (ANB) as reported to OPI.

The Board of Trustees declares the following to be qualifying “exceptional circumstances” within the

meaning of that term as used in 20 5 101(3), that merit waiving the age provisions of 20 5 101(1), MCA

for children under 6 years of age who are either 4 years of age or older on or before September 10 of the

school year in which enrollment is to occur or who are at least 3 years of age with a disability qualifying

the child for services under Section 504 of the Federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973 or the federal

with Disabilities Education Act

exceptional circumstances are based on the

relevant factors to establish a basic system of free quality public elementary and secondary

in Section 20 9 309, MCA and as required by Article X, section 1, of the Montana

the below should be considered

enrolling on the basis of

The District must be sure to research and

school district’s policy that is used to enroll

inclusion or exclusion in the Board’s

of the community under this

all of the criteria incorporated into the

circumstances.

© MTSBA 2021
1
2
3 3100
4 5 Page 1
36
7 8
9
10
11 12
13
14
15
16 17
18 Note:
19
20 21
22
25
27
28 29 The
30
31 32
33
34
35
36
37 Individuals
These qualifying
38 educationally
39 school specified
40 Constitution:41 42 Note: Each of
separately for
43 adopted policy. When
demographic characteristics
44 Option B,
document
45
on the basis of exceptional
46 47 1. Homeless rates of the district’s pupils as defined in 42 U.S. Code § 11302 in comparison to48 statewide averages;49 50

2. Percentage of the district’s pupils qualifying for services under The Federal Individuals with

Disabilities Education Act in comparison to statewide averages;

3. Percentage of the district’s pupils eligible for free or reduced lunch under the National School

Lunch Program in comparison to statewide averages;

4. Average performance on standardized tests at the 3rd grade level in comparison to statewide

averages;

5. Percentage of the district’s pupils who are enrolled members of a federally recognized American

Indian Tribe in comparison to statewide averages.

6. Percentage of at risk student as defined in Section 20 1 101(4), MCA, in comparison to statewide

averages.

7. Percentage of gifted and talented pupils as used in 20 7 901, MCA, in comparison to statewide

averages.

8. Percentage of Limited English Proficient within the meaning of Title III of the federal Elementary

and Secondary Education Act, in comparison to statewide averages.

9. The following circumstances exist within the community affecting student learning identified by

the local board of trustees pursuant to Section 20 9 309(2)(h), MCA, and identified within

federal law pursuant to Section 20 9 309(4)(a)(v), MCA, including but not limited to educational

priorities identified within the Elementary and Secondary School Emergency Relief Fund

established by American Rescue Plan Act, Public Law 117 2 and demonstrated by peer reviewed

and academic studies on the impacts of community health crises:

a. Anticipated learning loss resulting from a public health emergency or other community

disaster

b. Basic literacy and numeracy are critical skills needed to advance learning and if not

attained in the early grades, will put students at lifelong disadvantage in pursuing success

in career and life.

c. Absence of available early childhood education opportunities in the community results in

d.

e.

prohibitive

lack of school readiness

to anticipated learning loss or lack of school

community

allow for further development of

© MTSBA 2021 31001 Page 2 of 32 3
4
5 6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30 anticipated learning loss or
31
Cost
nature of early childhood education opportunities in the community32 results in disparity of access that contributes
33 readiness.34
Improved access to early childhood education opportunities in the
will35 encourage or expand parent entry into workforce and
36 the community’s economy.37 38 The trustees shall annually review this policy based on changing circumstances pertaining to the criteria39 used for determination of the program. The administration is authorized to enroll students in a manner40 consistent with this policy and to develop procedures to implement this policy.41 42 Legal Reference: § 20 4 101, MCA Definitions43 § 20 5 101, MCA Admittance of child to school44 § 20 6 501, MCA Definition of various schools45 § 20 7 117, MCA Kindergarten and preschool programs46 § 20 9 309, MCA Basic system of free quality public47 elementary and secondary schools defined48 Article X, section 1, of the Montana constitution49 Individual with Disabilities Act Federal Rehabilitation Act of 197350 National School Lunch Act (Public Law 396, 79th congress, chapter 281)51

Title III, ESEA (English language Acquisition, language Enhancement, and

Academic Achievement Act)

McKinney Vento Homeless Assistance Act of 1987 (Pub. L. 100 77, July 22,

1987, 101 Stat. 482, U.S.C. § 11301 et seq.

Data/Study Reference: Engzell, P., Frey, A. & Verhagen, M. D. “Learning loss

due to school closures during the COVID 19 pandemic” Proc. Natl Acad. Sci.

USA 118, e2022376118 (2021).

Melinda Wenner Moyer, “The COVID generation: how is the pandemic affecting

kids’ brains?”, Nature, 10.1038/d41586 022 00027 4, 601, 7892, (180 183),

(2022).

© MTSBA 2021 31001 Page 3 of 32 3
4
5
6
7 8
9
10
11
12
13
14 15

Alberton Joint School District #2

Adopted on: 9/2009

Reviewed on:

on: 8/12/13, 10/8/13, 02/20/2018, 2/11/20

Placement, and

Date, and Age

The trustees will enroll and admit a child to a school in the district when the child is 5 years of

age or older on or before the tenth (10th) day of September of the school year in which the child

is to enroll but is not yet 19 years of age who is a resident of the District. Parents may request a

waiver of the age requirement. All waivers are granted in the sole discretion of the Trustees.

Non resident students may be admitted at the discretion of the Trustees. Children will be

enrolled in the grade identified in accordance with District policy or at the discretion of the of the

administration in consultation with the student’s parents or guardians The District requires

proof of identity and an immunization record for every child to be admitted to District schools.

The trustees may at their discretion assign and admit a child to a school in the district who is

under 5 years of age or an adult who is 19 years of age or older if there are exceptional

circumstances that merit waiving the age provision. The trustees may also admit an individual

who has graduated from high school but is not yet 19 years of age even though no special

circumstances exist for waiver of the age provision of this Policy.

School Entrance

District requires that a student’s parents, legal guardian, or legal custodian present

proof of identity of the child to the school within forty (40) days of enrollment, as well as

proof of residence in the District. Students who are not residents of the District may

apply for admission pursuant to Policy 3141. For the purposes of this section “proof of

identity” means a certified copy of a birth certificate, a certified transcript or similar student

records from the previous school, or any documentary evidence that a school district considers to

be satisfactory proof of identity.

MCA

To be admitted to District schools, in accordance with the Montana Immunization Law, a

have been immunized against varicella, diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus,

poliomyelitis, rubella, mumps, and measles in the manner and with immunizing agents

approved by the department. Immunizations may not be required if a child qualifies for

attendance or an exemption is filed as provided by Montana law.

The above requirements are not to serve as barriers to immediate enrollment of students

(ESSA)

or

the McKinney Vento Act

with the local child welfare agency,

required by the Every Student Succeeds Act

amended by ESSA. The District shall work

school

attended, or other relevant agencies to

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3
4 3110 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 Entrance,
Transfer8 Entrance,
9 10
11
12
13
14 15
16
17
18
19 20
21
22
23
24
25 26
27 28 1 1.The
29
30
31
32
33
34
44-2-511(6)(a),
35 2
36 child must
37
38
39 conditional
40 3.
41 designated as homeless
foster children as
42
and
as
43
the
last
44 obtain necessary enrollment documentation.45 46 Placement47

District goal is to place students at levels and in settings that will increase the probability of

success.

testing, together with other relevant criteria, including but not

to health, maturity, emotional stability, and developmental disabilities, may be

in the placement of all students.

disposition of all placement decisions rests

with the principal, subject to review by the Superintendent or the Board.

other accredited elementary and

of

Board shall assign and admit a child whose parent or guardian is being relocated to Montana

military orders to a school in the district and allow the child to preliminarily enroll in

and apply for programs offered by the District prior to arrival and establishing residency.

student will be placed in student data management system as soon as enrolled under this

The student will attend classes during preliminary enrollment and the Board

the administration to provide offsite instruction to the student if not present in the

District. The District will include a student enrolled under this provision as part of the

of ANB

Grades (K 8):

into the District will be admitted and placed

to observation by appropriate teachers and a building principal during a probation period

two (2) weeks. Thereafter, should doubt arise as to initial grade and level placement of a

school personnel will conduct an educational assessment to determine appropriate grade

(9-12)

© MTSBA 2017 18 1 The
2 student
Developmental
3 limited
4 considered
Final
5
6 7 Transfer8 9 District policies regulating the enrollment of students from
10 secondary schools are designed to protect the educational welfare
children.11 12 Children of Relocated Military Families13 14 The
15 under
16 classes
17 18 The
19 provision.
20 authorizes
21
22 calculation
23 24 Elementary
A student transferring
25 subject
26 of
27 student,
28 and level placement.29 30 Secondary Grades
Credit Transfer: A transfer of credits from any secondary school is31 subject to a satisfactory examination of the following:32 33 1. Appropriate certificates of school accreditation;34 2. Length of course, school day, and school year;35 3. Content of applicable courses;36 4. School building as it relates to credit earned (i.e., lab areas for appropriate science or37 vocational instruction);38 5. Appropriate evaluation of student performance leading toward credit issuance.39 40 The District will follow Montana Accreditation Rules and Standards, along with local alternate41 procedures for earning credit, in reviewing requests for transfer of credits. High school42 principals have authority for approving credit transfers, subject to review by the Superintendent43 or the Board.44 45 Legal Reference:46

§ 20 5 101, MCA Admittance of child to school

20 5 403, MCA Immunization required release and

acceptance of immunization records

20 5 404, MCA Conditional attendance

20-5-405, MCA Medical or religious exemption

20 5 406, MCA Immunization record

44 2 511, MCA School enrollment procedure

ARM Local Educational Agency Responsibility

et seq.,

20

246

Students with Disabilities

Accreditation Standards: Procedures

Session

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 §
2
3 §
4 §
5 §
6 §
7 10.16.3122,
8 For
9 10.55.601,
ARM
10 Chapter
2021 General Legislative
11 HB
2021 General Legislative Session12 13 14 15

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

on:

Attendance

on:

To reach the goal of maximum educational benefits for every child requires a regular continuity of

instruction, classroom participation, learning experiences, and study. Regular interaction of students with

one another in classrooms and their participation in instructional activities under the tutelage of competent

teachers are vital to the entire process of education. This established principle of education underlies and

gives purpose to the requirement of compulsory schooling in every state in the nation. A student’s regular

attendance also reflects dependability and is a significant component of a student’s permanent record.

Parents or legal guardians or legal custodians are responsible for seeing that their children who are age

(7) or older before the first (1st) day of school attend school until the later of the following dates:

Child’s sixteenth (16th) birthday; or

Completion date of the work of eighth (8th) grade.

provisions above do not apply in the following cases:

The child has been excused under one of the conditions specified in 20 5 102.

The child is absent because of illness, bereavement, or other reason prescribed by the policies of

the trustees.

The child has been suspended or expelled under the provisions of 20 5 202.

The child is excused pursuant to Section 2 of 20 5 103.

attendance

of

determination

in

study;

district judge that attendance is not in the best

(16) is

in the

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3120 - R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Compulsory
7 8
9
10
11
12
13
14 15
16 seven
17 18 1.
19 2.
20 21 The
22 23 (a)
24 (b)
25
26 (c)
27 (d)
28 29 Compulsory
stated above will not apply when children:30 1. Are provided with supervised correspondence or home
or31 2. Are excused because of a
by a
32 interests
the child; or33 3. Are enrolled in a non public or home school; or34 4. Are enrolled
a school in another district or state; or35 5. Are excused by the Board on a determination that attendance after age of sixteen
not
36 best interests of the child and the school.37 38 Legal Reference: § 20 1 308, MCA Religious instruction released time program39 § 20 5 101, MCA Admittance of child to school40 § 20 5 102, MCA Compulsory enrollment and excuses41 § 20 5 103, MCA Compulsory attendance and excuses42 § 20-5-104, MCA Attendance officer43 § 20 5 106, MCA Truancy44 § 20 5 107, MCA Incapacitated and indigent child attendance45 § 20 5 108, MCA Tribal agreement with district for Indian child46 compulsory attendance and other agreements47 § 20-5-109, MCA Nonpublic school requirement for compulsory48 enrollment exemption49 § 20 5 202, MCA Suspension and Expulsion50

on: 02/20/2018

on:

on: 8/10/21, 8/9/22

include,

but not limited

student

participates in

for whom ANB may be claimed under Title 20,

resident of the district or a nonresident student admitted by trustees under a student

agreement and who is attending a school of the district;

Unable to attend school due to a medical reason certified by a medical doctor and

individualized educational services supervised by the district, at district

expense, at a home or facility that does not offer an educational program;

to attend school due to the student’s incarceration in a facility, other than a youth

detention center, and who is receiving individualized educational services supervised by

the district, at district expense, at a home or facility that does not offer an educational

program;

with a caretaker

special education

a

Section 1 1 215, MCA;

related

other than day treatment, under a

nonsectarian school or private program if the

at the district’s expense under an approved individual

in

under Section 20 9 706,

district, using

using

by the

tutoring,

© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 3121 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 page 1 of 27 Enrollment and Attendance Records8 9 Since accurate enrollment and attendance records are essential both to obtain state financial10 reimbursement and to fulfill the District’s responsibilities under the attendance laws, staff shall11 be diligent in maintaining such records.12 13 A district may only
for ANB purposes, any student who
pupil instruction14 as defined in Section 20 1 101(17), MCA and
15 including
to an enrolled
who is:16 17 • A
18 attendance
19 20 •
21 receiving
22
23 24 • Unable
25
26
27
28 29 • Living
relative under
30 31 • Receiving
and
services,
32 placement by the trustees at
private
33 student’s services are provided
34 education plan supervised by the district;35 36 • Participating
the Running Start Program at district expense
37 MCA;38 39 • Receiving education services, provided by the
appropriately licensed40 district staff at a private residential program or private residential facility licensed
41 Department of Public Health and Human Services;42 43 • Enrolled in an educational program or course provided at district expense
electronic44 or offsite delivery methods, including but not limited to
distance learning45 programs, online programs, and technology delivered learning programs, while attending46

of the district

any other nonsectarian offsite instructional setting with the

of the trustees of the district;

student of the district

work on a proficiency basis in accordance with

20 9 311(4)(d) and 20 9 324(18)(b), MCA;

student enrolled by the Board

exceptional circumstances as defined in applicable

in accordance with Section 20 5 101, MCA.

student gaining credit for participating in a work-based learning program pursuant to

20 7 1510, MCA, and Policy

student participating in an “innovative educational program” as defined in Section 15

3102, MCA;

resident of the district attending a Montana job corps program under an interlocal

with the district under Section 20 9 707, MCA; or

resident of the district attending a Montana Youth Challenge Program under an

interlocal agreement with the district under Section 20 9 707, MCA.

student with a disability who is

the

old but under 21years of age, has been

by the Board of Trustees in accordance with Policy 3110, and qualifies in

with Section 20 9 311(7), MCA, to remain enrolled and be served by schools,

© MTSBA 2022 31211 page 2 of 32 3 a school
or
4 approval
5 6
A
completing
7 Sections
8 9 • A
for
10 District policies and
11 12
A
13 Section
2600;14 15
A
16 30
17 18 • A
19 agreement
20 21 • A
22
23 24 • A
over 19 years
25 enrolled
26 accordance
27 if
following criteria are satisfied:28 29 • the student has not graduated;30 • the student is eligible for special education services and is likely to be eligible for31 adult services for individuals with developmental disabilities due to the32 significance of the student's disability; and33 • the student's individualized education program has identified transition goals that34 focus on preparation for living and working in the community following high35 school graduation since age 16 or the student's disability has increased in36 significance after age 16.37 38 In order for a student who is served through distance learning or offsite delivery methods to be39 included in the calculation of average number belonging, the student must meet one or more of40 the conditions for participating in offsite instruction pursuant to Section 20 7 118, MCA.41 42 Enrollment for Purposes of Participation in Extracurricular Activities By an Unenrolled Child or43 Part Time Enrolled Student44 45 The District shall include for ANB purposes a child who during the prior school year:46

resided in the District;

was not enrolled in the District or was not enrolled full time; and

completed an extracurricular activity with a duration of at least 6 weeks in accordance

with Policy 3510.

completed extracurricular activity that, inclusive of practices and post season tournaments,

lasts 6 weeks or longer shall be counted as one sixteenth enrollment. Each completed

extracurricular activity lasting longer than 18 weeks may be counted as one eighth enrollment. A

may not be counted as more than one full time enrollment for ANB purposes.

purposes of calculating ANB under this section, "extracurricular activity" means:

a sport or activity sanctioned by an organization having jurisdiction over interscholastic

activities, contests, and tournaments;

an approved career and technical student organization, pursuant to Section 20 7 306,

MCA;

a school theater production.

Youth and Foster Children

to schools shall be subject to modification when federal law applicable to students

in foster care or students who are homeless requires that such students be educated in a

“school of origin” that differs from the assigned school.

Cross References: Policy 3510 School Sponsored Activities

2600 Work Based Learning

1010FE/3100

1 1 215,

20

20

Enrollment for Exceptional Circumstances

number belonging (ANB)

corps

© MTSBA 2022 31211 page 3 of 32 3 a.
4 b.
5 c.
6
7 8 Each
9
10
11 child
12 13 For
14 a.
15
16 b.
17
or18 c.
19 20 Homeless
21 Assignment
22 placed
23
24 25
26 Policy
27 Policy
Early
28 29 Legal Reference: §
MCA Residence rules for determining30 §
9 311, MCA Calculation of average
31 §
9 706, MCA Running start program32 § 20 9 707, MCA Agreement with Montana youth challenge program33 or accredited Montana job
program34 § 20-5-101, MCA Admittance of child to school35 § 20 5 112, MCA Participation in Extracurricular Activities36 § 20 1 101, MCA Definitions37 § 20 3 324, MCA Powers and Duties38 §20 7 1510, MCA Credit for participating in work based learning39 partnerships40 29 U.S.C. 794 Nondiscrimination under Federal grants41 and programs42 34 CFR 300.1, et seq. Assistance to states for the education of children43 with disabilities44 45

on:

on:

Attendance Policy

regards regular attendance as an important component of the education of students.

who attend school regularly and are punctual will have more learning opportunities.

or designee

or legal custodian

child

attempt to contact, by the end of the school day, any parent,

child is absent from school, but who has not reported the

for the school day, to determine whether the parent, guardian, or legal custodian is

aware of the child’s absence from school.

and

student handbook.

attendance and tardies can be found in the respective

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed on:4 3122 STUDENTS Revised
02/20/20185 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 The Board
14 Students
15 16 The principal
will
17 guardian,
whose
18
absent
19
20 21 Specific rules
regulations regarding
22
23 24 25 26

purpose of

defined by this policy, for all

to attend a

of 9 or more days or

Alberton Joint School District #2

Adopted on: 8/12/2013

on:

on: 02/20/2018

or

Alberton Joint School District #2’s

“truancy”

non attendance without excuse,

to the length of one class period of

recorded unexcused

parts of a day, whichever is less, in 1 school year.

of non attendance without excuse is stated in the

Alberton Joint School District #2 has appointed the K 12 Principal as the attendance officer of the

district.

attendance officer shall have the powers and duties as stated in 20 5 105(1) (Section 2), MCA and

MCA

Attendance Officer is vested with police powers and shall have the following authority to:

Enter a student’s place of employment in order to enforce the compulsory attendance provisions

of the State;

Make reports in the manner and to whomever the Board designates;

the necessary steps to investigate and enforce the compulsory attendance provisions under

Institute proceedings

procedures;

the Board;

morals

good conduct

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3 Reviewed
4 3123 -R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 Attendance Policy Truancy8 9 For the
this policy “truant” or
means the persistent
10 as
or any part of a school day equivalent
11 a child required
school under 20 5 103. “Habitual truancy” means
12 absences
54
more
13 14 The
definition
15 respective student handbooks16 17 The
18
19 20 The
21 20 5 106,
22 23 The
24 25 • Serve warrants;26 •
27
28 •
29 • Take
30 Montana law and the District’s attendance policies and
31 •
against any parent, guardian, or other person violating the compulsory32 attendance provisions under Montana law;33 • Keep a record of transactions for the inspection and information of
and34 • Perform any other duties prescribed by the Board to preserve the
and secure
35 of the District’s students.36 37 38 39 Legal Reference: § 20 5 103, MCA Compulsory attendance and excuses40 § 20 5 104, MCA Attendance officer41 § 20 5 105, MCA Attendance officer powers and duties42 § 20 5 106, MCA Truancy43 § 20 5 107, MCA Incapacitated and indigent child attendance44 § 41 5 103(22), MCA Definitions45 46 47 48 49 50

of a homeless

and admit a child

the homeless child

out of District

able to

child become homeless

of origin,

School

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018

entitled to equal access to the same

provided to children with permanent housing. The District must

of residence and irrespective of

required for enrollment. The District may

a homeless child.

the

be eligible to attend

will review and revise

of the

the child must be able to remain at

school in the district.

necessary rules or procedures that may be barriers to

of homeless children and youths. In reviewing and revising such procedures, the

consider issues of transportation, immunization, residence, birth certificates, school

and other documentation.

students will have access to

limited

programs

with

offered to other students, including but

criteria (e.g.,

limited English

© MTSBA 2017 18 1 Alberton Joint
District #22 3
4 Reviewed
5 3125 R STUDENTS Revised
6 7 Education of Homeless Children8 9 Every child
individual and every homeless child are
10 free, appropriate public education as
11 assign
who is homeless to a District school regardless
12 whether
is
produce records normally
13 not require an
attendance agreement and tuition for
14 15 Should a
over
course
school year,
16 the school
or
another
17 18 The Superintendent
as
19 enrollment
20 Superintendent will
21 records,
22 23 Homeless
services comparable those
24 not
to:25 26 1. Transportation services;27 2. Educational services for which a student meets eligibility
Title I);28 3. Educational
for children
disabilities and
proficiency;29 4. Programs in vocational and technical education;30 5. Programs for gifted and talented students; and31 6. School nutrition program.32 33 The Superintendent will give special attention to ensuring the enrollment and attendance of homel ess34 children and youths not currently attending school. The Superintendent will appoint a liaison for35 homeless children.36 37 A “homeless individual” is defined as provided in the McKinney Homeless Assistance Act.38 39 Anyone having a concern or complaint regarding placement or education of a homeless child will first40 present it orally and informally to the District homeless liaison. Thereafter, a written complaint must be41 filed in accordance with the District Uniform Complaint Procedure.42 43 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure44 3125F McKinney Vento Homeless Educational Assistance Dispute45 Resolution Form46 47 Legal Reference: 42 U.S.C. §§42 U.S.C. § 11301 et seq 11431, et seq.48 McKinney Homeless Assistance Act49 § 20 5 101, MCA Admittance of child to school50
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 3125F - R STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 MCKINNEY-VENTO HOMELESS EDUCATION ASSISTANCE8 DISPUTE RESOLUTION FORM9 10 School District _______________________ Liaison _____________________11 Telephone __________________12 13 Date of first contact by homeless individual, guardian, or representative _________14 15 Homeless Student’s Name _______________________16 17 Describe the issue(s) in question ___________________________________________18 19 20 21 22 23 School District Contact _____________________ Telephone __________________24 (Superintendent/Principal)25 Date _______________ (within 7 business days)26 Resolution of Liaison/School District Level (describe below) or27 Forwarded to OPI Homeless Coordinator [please contact at (406) 444 2036)28 29 Date _______________ (within 15 business days)30 Resolution to OPI Homeless Coordinator Level (describe below) or31 Forwarded to Superintendent of Public Instruction32 33 Describe Resolution Results ________34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Homeless Coordinator Signature _________________________________41 42 This form must be filed with Heather Denny43 Homeless Coordinator44 Office of Public Instruction45 Po Box 20250146 Helena, MT 59620 250147
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 3130 STUDENTS Revised on: 2/11/205 6 Page 1 of 27 Students of Legal Age8 9 Every student eighteen (18) years of age or older, like all other students, will comply with the10 rules established by the District, pursue the prescribed course of study, and submit to the11 authority of teachers and other staff members as required by policy and state law.12 13 Forms14 Adult students who reside with parents or guardians and/or are classified as dependents of15 parents or guardians for tax purposes must have applicable forms completed by parents or16 guardians.17 18 Admission to School19 20 The residence of an adult student who is not residing with a parent or guardian will be21 considered the residence for school purposes.22 23 Field Trips/Athletic Programs24 25 Approved forms for participation will be required of all students. The form should indicate that26 the signature is that of the parent.27 28 Absence/Lateness/Truancy29 30 Absence notes will be signed by parents or guardians. Excessive absences will result in31 consequences according to policy 3122P and will be reported on the report card.32 33 Suspension/Expulsion34 35 All suspension and/or expulsion proceedings will conform to the requirements of state statutes.36 Notification of all such proceedings will be sent to parents or guardians.37 38 Withdrawal From School39 40 Adult students may withdraw from school under their own cognizance. Counselors will guide41 and counsel potential dropouts and encourage their continued attendance. Parents will be notified42 of impending dropouts by the school.43 44 45 46 47

of

the

attains the age

access

inspect

an “eligible student”

FERPA. An eligible

student records. An eligible student may not

parents from accessing and inspecting their student records if they are a dependent

parents

regulations.

school

to leave school early for reasons such as

the organization being visited. Permission

considered a non valid reason.

damage to school property.

© MTSBA 2017 18 1 31302 page 2 of 23 4 Permission to Inspect Student Records5 6 A student that
of legal majority is
under
7 student has
right to
and
their
8 prevent their
9
their
in accordance with Internal Revenue Service
10 11 Report Cards12 13 Progress reports will be sent to the parent or legal guardian.14 15 Excuses From School16 17 The school will verify requests from students who wish
18 job interviews, college visits, driver testing, etc., with
19 to leave
early may be denied for what is
20 21 Financial Responsibility22 23 Adult students can be held financially responsible for
24 25 26 27 28 29

on: 9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018

as required by § 20 5

District

The Superintendent will recommend to the Board

with

the Board

admit nonresident students at

nonresident student admission in

the final decision on admission.

3. The District will examine a student’s records from this district and other school districts

any Board approval for admission. Review of the records and decisions regarding

admission cannot be inconsistent with district policies regarding nondiscrimination.

The District will not admit nonresident students when doing so would cause the district

to exceed the class size standards under 10.55.712 and 10.55.713, ARM.

Every nonresident student who attends District schools must reapply for admission for

the succeeding school year by June 15. Admission in one school year does not infer or

admission in subsequent years.

Nonresident students enrolled under this policy are subject to all district policies, rules,

on the same basis as resident students.

All resident students who become nonresidents because their parents or guardians move

out of the District may continue attendance for the school year, barring registration in

another District. At the completion of the school year, a student must apply as a

nonresident student in accordance with #5.

The Board will not admit

nonresident students

nonresident student who is serving a suspension or

transportees

school

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 3141 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 8 Discretionary Nonresident Student Attendance Policy9 10 1. Except
321, MCA, the
will
11 its discretion.12 13 2.
any
14 accordance
this policy, with
making
15 16
17 before
18
19 20 4.
21
22 23 5.
24
25 guarantee
26 27 6.
28 regulations
29 30 7.
31
32
33
34 35 8.
any
36 expulsion from another school district.37 38 9. All
will be considered ineligible
for
39 transportation services (§ 20 10 101, MCA).40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

Cross Reference: Policy 2161 2161P Special Education

3110 Entrance, Placement, and Transfer

3125 Education of Homeless Children

3210 Equal Education, Nondiscrimination and Sex

Legal Reference:

20 5 314, MCA Reciprocal attendance agreement with adjoining

state or province

20 5 320, MCA Attendance with discretionary approval

20 5 321, MCA Attendance with mandatory approval tuition and

transportation

20 5 322, MCA Residency determination notification appeal for

attendance agreement

20 5 323, MCA Tuition and transportation rates

ARM Out of District Attendance Agreements

10.55.712, ARM Class Size Elementary

10.55.713, ARM Teacher Load and Class Size High School

© MTSBA 2017 18 31411 page 2 of 22 3
4 Policy
5 Policy
6 Policy
7 Equity8
§
9
10 §
11 §
12
13 §
14
15 §
16 10.10.301B,
17
18
19 20 21 22 23

Adopted

the policy of the Board to recognize the benefits from foreign exchange students in the

The Board does not, however, sponsor foreign exchange programs or provide financial

to any foreign exchange students. The Board assumes no responsibility or control

items such as travel, living

of the sponsor and/or student.

funding, insurance, etc., which remain the

visa holders (students sponsored by an approved foreign exchange organization) are eligible

attend either elementary or secondary school. Any sponsoring organization must have a local

representative, be a nonprofit organization, and be approved by the Council on Standards for

Education Travel. F 1 visa holders (individual foreign students sponsored by

relatives or friends)

not attend the District.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 3145 STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Foreign Exchange Students12 13 It is
14 District.
15 contributions
16 over
accommodations,
17 responsibility
18 19 J 1
20 to
21
22 International
23
may
24 25 26 27 Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. 221, et seq. Foreign and Exchange Students28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

on: 8/10/21

student

semester.

decision

be appealed

in a requested class;

staff member;

section of a course to be created.

to enroll in the same

is needed for a regular, full

priority for the position beginning with the

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed on:4 3150 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 8 The District will review requests for part time enrollment of students for purposes of academic9 courses on a case by case basis, with a building principal making a preliminary
10 pursuant to the criteria set forth in this Policy. Denial of part time enrollment may
11 pursuant to policy 1700.12 13 Criteria for accepting students for part time enrollment are the following:14 15 1. Accepting a student will not create excess student enrollment
16 2. Accepting a student will not create need for an additional
17 3. Accepting a student will not cause a new
18 19 The District will accept on a first come, first served basis students wishing
20 course. Whenever the enrollment position of a part time student
21 time
during the year, a full time student has
22 next
23 24 Participation in District Extracurricular Activities by Unenrolled Children25 26 This policy does not restrict or limit the ability of unenrolled children to seek to participate in27 extracurricular activities in accordance with Policy 3510 The District may secure ANB for28 unenrolled children participating in identified extracurricular activities in accordance with Policy29 312130 31 Cross References: Policy 3510 School Sponsored Activities32 Policy 3121 Enrollment and Attendance33 34 Legal Reference: § 20 9 311(a), MCA Calculation of average number belonging (ANB)35 3 year averaging36 Chapter 297 2021 General Legislative Session37 Chapter 269 2021 General Legislative Session38 39 40

on:

on: 02/20/2018

District recognizes fully that all students are entitled to enjoy the rights protected under

and state constitutions

others.

law for persons of their age and maturity in a school setting.

students to exercise these rights

District

impose

or violate District policies or rules.

Searches and Seizure

and to avoid violating the rights

students violate the rights of

20 4 302, MCA Discipline and punishment of pupils definition of

corporal punishment penalty defense

20 5 201, MCA Duties and sanctions

v. Des Moines Ind. Sch. Dist., 89 S.Ct. 733 (1969)

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
9/20093 Reviewed
4 3200 STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Student Rights and Responsibilities12 13 The
14 federal
and
15 The District expects
reasonably
16 of
The
may
disciplinary measures whenever
17 others
18 19 20 21 Cross Reference: 3231
22 3310 Student Discipline23 24 Legal Reference: §
25
26 §
27 Tinker
28 29 30

Alberton

School District

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018

Education, Nondiscrimination

District will make equal educational

for all students without regard to race,

color, national origin, ancestry, sex, ethnicity, language barrier, religious belief, physical or mental

handicap or disability, economic or social condition, actual or potential marital or parental status No

be denied equal access to programs, activities, services, or benefits or be limited in the

exercise of any right, privilege, or advantage, or denied equal access to educational and extracurricular

and activities.

regarding discrimination or intimidation should be directed to the District Title IX Coordinator.

individual may file a complaint alleging violation of this policy, Policy 3200 Student Rights and

Policy

Sexual Harassment/Intimidation of Students, or Policy 3226

following those policies or Policy 1700 Uniform Complaint

District, in compliance with federal regulations, will notify annually all students, parents, staff, and

community members of this policy and the designated coordinator to receive inquiries. This annual

notification will include the name and location of the coordinator and will be included in all handbooks.

District will not tolerate hostile or abusive treatment, derogatory remarks, or acts of violence against

students, staff, or volunteers with disabilities. The District will consider such behavior as constituting

discrimination on the basis of disability, in violation of state and federal law.

Harassment/Intimidation

1681,

© MTSBA 2017 18
Joint
#21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3210 - R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Equal
and Sex Equity7 8 The
opportunities available
9
10
11 student will
12
13 programs
14 15 Inquiries
16 Any
17 Responsibilities,
3225
18 Bullying/Harassment/Intimidation/Hazing by
19 Procedure20 21 The
22
23
24 25 The
26
27
28 29 30 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure31 3200 Student Rights and Responsibilities32 3225 Sexual
of Students33 3226 Bullying/Harassment/Intimidation/Hazing34 35 Legal Reference: Art. X, Sec. 7, Montana Constitution Nondiscrimination in education36 § 49 2 307, MCA Discrimination in education37 24.9.1001, et seq., ARM Sex Discrimination in Education38 Title IX of the Educational Amendments, 20 U.S.C. §
et seq.39 34 CFR Part 106 Nondiscrimination on the basis of sex in40 education programs or activities receiving41 Federal financial assistance42 43 44

Adopted on:

on: 02/20/2018

sponsored publications and productions

for general student use.

part of the curriculum and are not a public

may edit or delete material which is

with the School District's educational mission. All student media shall comply with

the ethics and rules of responsible journalism. Text that is libelous, obscene, invades the privacy

others, conflicts with the basic educational mission of the school, socially inappropriate or

due to the maturity level of the students, or is materially disruptive to the

process will not be tolerated. The author's name will accompany personal opinions

editorial statements. An opportunity for the expression of differing opinions from those

will be provided within the same media.

in school of written material

is

libelous, invades the privacy of others,

cause substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school

school activities, or advocates conduct otherwise inconsistent with shared values of a civilized

social order is prohibited. Distribution in school includes distribution on school property or at

school related activities. Students who distribute such material or who write or publish such

material for distribution engage in gross disobedience and misconduct and will be disciplined in

with Board policy.

groups

posting of materials, and/or

to students.

governmental agencies, parent and student organizations not sponsored by the

and community organizations,

bulletin board and/or table

to display their materials on a centrally

for the displaying of materials. The District

reasonable time period prior to the

by the District, the

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
9/20093 Reviewed
4 3221 STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 Publications, Distribution or Posting of Materials8 9 School Sponsored Publications10 11 School
are
12 forum
School authorities
13 inconsistent
14
15 of
16 inappropriate
17 educational
18 and
19 published/produced
20 21 Non School Sponsored Publications22 23 Distribution
that
obscene,
24 will
25 or
26
27
28
29 accordance
30 31 Distribution and Posting of Materials32 33 To facilitate the distribution of materials with information about student activities, each school34 building may maintain a centrally located bulletin board for the
35 maintain a table available to groups for placing approved materials.36 37 School sponsored
are permitted to distribute materials directly
Outside38 groups, including
39 school,
are permitted
40 located
available
may41 require that the group submit the materials within a
42 distribution or display to ensure the material is appropriate.43 44 The District has the discretion to require that materials from outside groups contain the following45 disclaimer: “These materials are neither sponsored nor endorsed
46 Superintendent, or this school.”47 48

others,

by the school

with the

a health or safety hazard for students,

safety, and decency.

Students attending public

to honor their American Indian heritage

the display of culturally significant tribal regalia at a public event sponsored by the

district. Any item that promotes drug use, weapon use, threats of violence, sexual

bullying, or other intimidation,

not be worn at a public event

published annually

violates another district policy, state, or federal

by the school district. Specific regulations

handbooks.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on:4 3224 STUDENTS Revised on: 02/20/20185 6 7 8 9 10 11 Student Dress12 13 Students' dress and grooming must not disrupt the educational process, interfere
14 maintenance of a positive teaching/learning climate, create
15 staff, or
or compromise reasonable standards of health,
16 17 Building administrators shall establish procedures for the monitoring of student dress and18 grooming in school or while engaging in extracurricular activities.
19 events sponsored
district are permitted
20 through
21 school
22 harassment,
or
23 law may
sponsored
24 shall be
in student
25 26 27 Cross Reference: Policy 2333 Participation in Commencement Exercises28 29 30 Legal Reference: SB 319-Chapter 229 Tribal regalia and objects of cultural significance31 allowed at public events32 33 34 35 36

Adopted on:

on:

harassment is a form of sex discrimination

student

in sexual

is prohibited. An employee, District agent,

that individual makes unwelcome advances,

sexual favors, or engages in other verbal, non verbal, or physical conduct of a sexual or

nature,

on the basis of

Denies or limits the provision of educational aid, benefits, services, opportunities, or

or that makes such conduct a condition of a student’s academic status; or

the purpose or effect of:

Substantially interfering with a student’s educational environment;

an intimidating, hostile, or offensive educational environment;

Depriving a student of educational aid, benefits, services, opportunities, or

treatment;

submission to or rejection of such unwelcome conduct the basis for

decisions affecting a student.

“intimidating,” “hostile,” and “offensive” include conduct that has the effect of

embarrassment, or discomfort. Examples of sexual harassment include but are not

to unwelcome touching, crude jokes or pictures, discussions of sexual experiences,

for sexual activity, intimidation by words, actions, insults, or name calling, teasing

to sexual characteristics, and spreading rumors related to a person’s alleged sexual

activities.

who believe that they may have been sexually harassed or intimidated should consult a

teacher, Title IX coordinator, or administrator, who will assist them in the complaint

Supervisors or teachers who knowingly condone or fail to report or assist a student to

take action to remediate such behavior of sexual harassment or intimidation may themselves be

subject

subject

is

who is determined,

investigation, to have engaged in sexual

to and including discharge. Any student of

have engaged in sexual

to suspension and expulsion

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
02/20/20183 Reviewed
4 3225 - R STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 Page 1 of 27 8 Sexual Harassment/Intimidation of Students9 10 Sexual
and
11 or
engages
harassment whenever
12 requests
13 sex based
imposed
sex, that:14 15 1.
16 treatment,
17 18 2. Has
19 20 a.
21 22 b. Creating
23 24 c.
25
or26 27 d. Making
28 academic
29 30 The terms
31 humiliation,
32 limited
33 pressure
34 related
35
36 37 Students
38 counselor,
39 process.
40
41
to discipline.42 43 Any District employee who
determined, after an
44 harassment will be
to disciplinary action up
45 the District
after an investigation, to
harassment will46 be subject to disciplinary action, including but not limited
consistent47

the District’s discipline policy. Any person who knowingly makes a false accusation

regarding sexual harassment likewise will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including

discharge with regard to employees or suspension and expulsion with regard to students.

District will make every effort to ensure that employees or students accused of sexual

or intimidation are given an appropriate opportunity to defend themselves against

such accusations.

the greatest extent possible, the District will treat complaints in a confidential manner. The

realizes that limited disclosure may be necessary in order to complete a thorough

Retaliation against persons who file a complaint is a violation of law prohibiting

discrimination and will lead to disciplinary action against an offender.

individual seeking further information should consult the Superintendent for the name of the

current Title IX Coordinator for the District. The Superintendent will ensure that student and

employee handbooks include the name, address, and telephone number of an individual

responsible for coordinating District compliance efforts.

individual with a complaint alleging a violation of this policy should follow the Uniform

Complaint Procedure.

Reference:

Complaint

References: Art. X, Sec. 1, Montana Constitution Educational goals and duties

49 3 101, et seq., MCA Montana Human Rights Act

of the Educational Amendments, 20 U.S.C. § 1681, et seq.

on the basis of sex in

education programs or activities receiving

financial assistance

Board of Trustees

Protection

© MTSBA 2017 18 32251 Page 2 of 22 3 with
4
5
6 7 The
8 harassment
9
10 11 To
12 District
13 investigation.
14
15 16 Any
17
18
19
20 21 An
22
23 24 25 26 Cross
1700 Uniform
Procedure27 28 Legal
29 §§
30 Title IX
31 34 CFR Part 106 Nondiscrimination
32
33 Federal
34 10.55.701(1)(f), ARM
35 10.55.719, ARM Student
Procedures36 10.55.801(1)(a), ARM School Climate37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 3225F STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 Harassment Reporting Form for Students7 8 School ______________________________________________ Date ___________________9 10 Student’s name _11 (If you feel uncomfortable leaving your name, you may submit an anonymous report, but12 please understand that an anonymous report will be much more difficult to investigate.13 We assure you that we’ll use our best efforts to keep your report confidential.)14 15 a) Who was responsible for the harassment or incident(s)? ______________________________16 17 18 b) Describe the incident(s).19 20 21 22 c) Date(s), time(s), and place(s) the incident(s) occurred. _______________________________23 24 25 26 d) Were other individuals involved in the incident(s)? c yes c no27 If so, name the individual(s) and explain their roles. ______________28 29 30 31 e) Did anyone witness the incident(s)? c yes c no32 If so, name the witnesses. ______33 34 35 36 37 f) Did you take any action in response to the incident? c yes c no38 If yes, what action did you take? ________39 40 41 42 g) Were there any prior incidents? c yes c no43 If so, describe any prior incidents. ________________________44 45 46 47 Signature of complainant _____________________________________________48 49 Signatures of parents/legal guardians _______________________________________________50

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 10/8/13, 9/8/15, 02/20/2018

Bullying/Harassment/Intimidation/Hazing

will strive to provide a positive and productive learning and working environment. Bullying,

or hazing, by students, staff, or third parties, is strictly prohibited and shall not

tolerated.

a) “Third parties” include but are not limited to coaches, school volunteers, parents, school visitors,

service contractors or others engaged in District business, such as employees of businesses or

organizations participating in cooperative work programs with the District, and others not directly

subject to District control at inter district and intra District athletic competitions or other school

events.

b) “District” includes District facilities, District premises, and non District property if the student or

employee is at any District sponsored, District approved, or District related activity or function,

such as field trips or athletic events, where students are under the control of the District or where

the employee is engaged in District business.

c) “Hazing” includes but is not limited to any act that recklessly or intentionally endangers the

mental or physical health or safety of a student for the purpose of initiation or as a condition or

precondition of attaining membership in or affiliation with any District sponsored activity or

grade level attainment, including but not limited to forced consumption of any drink, alcoholic

beverage, drug, or controlled substance, forced exposure to the elements, forced prolonged

exclusion from social contact, sleep deprivation, or any other forced activity that could adversely

affect the mental or physical health or safety of a student; requires, encourages, authorizes, or

permits another to be subject to wearing or carrying any obscene or physically burdensome

article, assignment of pranks to be performed, or other such activities intended to degrade or

humiliate.

"Bullying" means any harassment, intimidation, hazing, or threatening, insulting, or demeaning

gesture or physical contact, including any intentional written, verbal, or electronic communication

or threat directed against a student that is persistent, severe, or repeated, and

that substantially interferes with a student’s educational benefits, opportunities, or performance,

that takes place on or immediately adjacent to school grounds, at any school sponsored activity,

on school provided transportation, at any official school bus stop, or anywhere conduct may

be considered to be a threat or an attempted intimidation of a student or staff member

an interference with school purposes or an educational function, and that has the effect of:

harming a student or damaging a student’s property;

Knowingly placing a student in reasonable fear of physical harm to the student or

damage to the student’s property;

a hostile educational environment,

Substantially and materially disrupts the orderly operation of a school.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3226 - R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27
8 9 The Board
10 harassment, intimidation,
11 be
12 13 Definitions14
15
16
17
18
19 20
21
22
23
24 25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35 36 d)
37
38 (“cyberbullying”)
39
40
41
42 reasonably
43 or
44 a. Physically
45 b.
46
47 c. Creating
or;48 d.
49

“Electronic communication device” means any mode of electronic communication,

but not limited to computers, cell phones, PDAs, or the internet.

complaints about behavior that may violate this policy shall be promptly investigated. Any

student, employee, or third party who has knowledge of conduct in violation of this policy or

feels he/she has been a victim of hazing, harassment, intimidation, or bullying in violation of this

policy is encouraged to immediately report his/her concerns to the building principal or the

District Administrator, who have overall responsibility for such investigations. A student may

also report concerns to a teacher or counselor, who will be responsible for notifying the

appropriate District official. Complaints against the building principal shall be filed with the

Superintendent. Complaints against the Superintendent or District Administrator shall be filed

with the Board.

complainant shall be notified of the findings of the investigation and, as appropriate, that

remedial action has been taken.

Exhaustion of administrative remedies

person alleging violation of any form of harassment, intimidation, hazing, or threatening,

insulting, or demeaning gesture or physical contact, including any intentional written, verbal, or

electronic communication, as stated above, may seek redress under any available law, either civil

or criminal, after exhausting all administrative remedies.

District Administrator shall be responsible for ensuring notice of this policy is provided to

staff, and third parties and for the development of administrative regulations, including

needed.

whose behavior is found to be in violation of this policy will be subject to discipline up

to and including expulsion.

whose behavior is found to be in violation of this policy will be

subject to discipline up to and including dismissal. Third parties whose behavior is found to be in

of this policy

officials.

be subject to appropriate sanctions as determined and imposed by the

Administrator or the Board. Individuals may also be referred to law enforcement

Retaliation and Reprisal

complaint,

any person who reports or is thought to have reported a violation,

in an investigation or inquiry. Such retaliation shall be

whether or not a complaint is substantiated. False

will result in disciplinary action or other

© MTSBA 2017 18 32261 Page 2 of 22 3 e)
4 including
5 6 Reporting7 All
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 The
18
19 20
21 22 A
23
24
25
26 27 Responsibilities28 The
29 students,
30 reporting and investigative procedures, as
31 32 Consequences33 Students
34
Staff
35
36 violation
shall
37 District
38
39 40
41 Retaliation is prohibited against
42 files a
or otherwise participates
43 considered a serious violation of Board policy,
44 charges shall also be regarded as a serious offense and
45 appropriate sanctions.46 47 Cross Reference: 3225F Harassment Reporting Form for Students48 Legal Reference: 10.55.701(1)(g), ARM Board of Trustees49 10.55.719, ARM Student Protection Procedures50 10.55.801(1)(d), ARM School Climate51

Adopted on:

on:

on: 02/20/2018

goal of search and seizure with respect to students is meeting the educational needs of

and ensuring their security. The objective of any search and/or seizure is not the

eradication of crime in the community. Searches may be carried out to recover stolen property,

to detect illegal substances or weapons, or to uncover any matter reasonably believed to be a

threat to the maintenance of an orderly educational environment. The Board authorizes school

authorities to conduct reasonable searches of school property and equipment, as well as of

students and their personal effects, to maintain order and security in the schools.

search of a student, by authorized school authorities, is reasonable if it is both: (1) justified

at its inception, and (2) reasonably related in scope to the circumstances which justified the

interference in the first place.

School authorities are authorized to utilize any reasonable means of conducting searches,

including but not limited to the following:

A “pat down” of the exterior of the student’s clothing;

A search of the student’s clothing, including pockets;

A search of any container or object used by, belonging to, or otherwise in the possession

or control of a student; and/or

Devices or tools such as breath test instruments, saliva test strips, etc.

“pat down” or “search’ of a student, if conducted, will be conducted by a school official or

of the same gender as the student

searched.

of

including their use

searches of lockers, desks, parking lots, and

or other illegal or

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3231 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 27 Searches and Seizure8 9 The
10 children
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 The
18
19
20 21
22
23 24 1.
25 2.
26 3.
27
28 4.
29 30 The
31 employee
being
32 33 School Property and Equipment and Personal Effects of Students34 35 School authorities may inspect and search school property and equipment owned or controlled36 by the District (such as lockers, desks, and parking lots).37 38 The Superintendent may request the assistance
law enforcement officials,
39 of specially trained dogs, to conduct inspections and
40 other school property and equipment for illegal drugs, weapons,
dangerous41 substances or material.42 43 44 45 46 47

School officials may search any individual student, his/her property, or District property under

his/her control, when there is a reasonable suspicion that the search will uncover evidence that

he/she is violating the law, Board policy, administrative regulation, or other rules of the District

or the school. Reasonable suspicion shall be based on specific and objective facts that the search

will produce evidence related to the alleged violation. The types of student property that may be

searched by school officials include but are not limited to lockers, desks, purses, backpacks,

student vehicles parked on District property, cellular phones, or other electronic communication

devices.

Students may not use, transport, carry, or possess illegal drugs or any weapons in their vehicles

on school property. While on school property, vehicles may be inspected at any time by staff, or

by contractors employed by the District utilizing trained dogs, for the presence of illegal drugs,

drug paraphernalia, or weapons. In the event the school has reason to believe that drugs, drug

paraphernalia, or weapons are present, including by alert trained dogs, the student’s vehicle will

be searched, and the student expressly consents to such a search.

by parking in the school parking lots, the student consents to having his/her vehicle

searched if the school authorities have any other reasonable suspicion to believe that a violation

of school rules or policy has occurred.

a search

policies or rules,

action

evidence

evidence

be taken.

appropriate,

violated or is violating either a law or

and impounded by school authorities and

evidence may be transferred to law

U.S.

v. Plumas, (9th Cir. 1999)

Redding, 557 U.S. 364, 129 S.Ct.

F.3d 1260

© MTSBA 2017 18 32311 Page 2 of 22 3 Students4 5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 14
15
16
17
18
19
20 21 Also,
22
23
24 25 Seizure of Property26 27 When
produces
that a student has
28 District
such
may be seized
29 disciplinary
may
As
such
30 enforcement authorities.31 32 33 34 Legal Reference: Safford Unified School Dist. No. 1 v.
35 2633 (2009)36 Terry v. Ohio, 392
1, 20 (1968)37 B.C.
192
38 39 40

on:

rules shall apply to any searches and the seizure of any property by school

Superintendent, principal, and the authorized

of either shall be authorized

to conduct any searches or to seize property on school premises, as further provided in

procedure.

the authorized administrator has reasonable suspicion to believe that any locker, car, or

other container of any kind on school premises contains any item or substance which

constitutes an imminent danger to the health and safety of any person or to the property

of any person or the District, the administrator is authorized to conduct a search of any

car, locker, or container and to seize any such item or substance of any kind on school

without notice or consent.

student shall hinder, obstruct, or prevent any search

by this procedure.

circumstances allow, any search or seizure authorized in this procedure shall

conducted in the presence of at least one (1) adult witness, and a written record of the

time, date, and results shall be made by the administrator. A copy shall be forwarded to

Superintendent as soon as possible.

any instance where an item or substance is found which would appear to be in

violation of the law, the circumstance shall be reported promptly to the appropriate law

agency.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Promulgated
02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 3231P STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 8 Searches and Seizure9 10 The following
11 personnel:12 13 h) The
assistants
14
15 this
16 17 i) If
18
19
20
21
22 premises
23 24 3. No
authorized
25 26 4. Whenever
27 be
28
29 the
30 31 5. In
32
33 enforcement
34 35 36
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on:4 3233 STUDENTS Revised on: 02/20/2018, 8/10/215 6 7 Student Use of Buildings: Equal Access8 9 Non curricular groups of students not previously recognized as curricular student organization10 under Policy 3510 or 3550 may gather on school premises under the following guidelines11 without restriction on the basis of the religious, political, philosophical, or other content of the12 meeting. Students wishing to form curricular groups or organizations recognized by the school13 administration may do so in accordance with policy 3510 or 3550.14 15 The following guidelines must be met:16 17 1. The meeting is voluntary and student initiated.18 19 2. There is no sponsorship of the meeting by the school district, or its agents or employees.20 21 3. The meeting must occur during non instructional time on regular school days.22 23 4. Employees or agents of the school district are present only in a capacity outside of their24 official duties.25 26 5. The meeting does not materially and substantially interfere with the orderly conduct of27 educational activities within the school.28 29 6. Non school persons may not direct, conduct, control, or regularly attend activities.30 31 Although the school assumes no sponsorship of these kinds of meetings, all meetings held on32 school premises must be scheduled and approved by the principal.33 34 This policy pertains to student meetings. The school has the authority, through its agent or35 employees, to maintain order and discipline on school premises and to protect the well being of36 students and faculty.37 38 Cross Reference: Policy 3510 School Sponsored Activities39 Policy 3222 Distribution and Posting Materials40 Policy 4331 Use of School Property for Posting Notices41 42 Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. 4071 Equal Access Act43 Board of Education v. Mergens, 110 S.Ct. 2356 (1990)44 45

on: 9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018

Board authorizes the use of video cameras on District property to ensure the health, welfare,

and safety of all staff, students, and visitors to District property and to safeguard District

grounds, and equipment. The Superintendent will approve appropriate locations for

cameras.

Superintendent will notify staff and students, through staff and student handbooks or by

other means that video surveillance may occur on District property. A notice will also be posted

the main entrance of all District buildings, and on all buses, indicating the use of video

surveillance.

District may choose to make video recordings a part of a student’s educational record or of a

staff member’s personnel record. The District will comply with all applicable state and federal

related to record maintenance and retention.

not include audio

by law.

specific notice is given as

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 3235 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 Video Surveillance8 9 The
10
11 buildings,
12 video
13 14 The
15
16 at
17
18 19 The
20
21 laws
22 23 The video surveillance will
recordings unless
24 required
25 26 27 28 Cross Reference: 3600 Student Records29 30 31

Adopted on:

on:

on: 02/20/2018

Board recognizes that every student is entitled to due process

the exclusion of a student

that are provided by law.

attending individual classes or school and

in school activities for an initial period not exceed ten (10) school days. An

order

of a student.

procedure set forth below will be followed when a proposed punishment of a student is to include

denial of the right of school attendance from any single class or from a full schedule of classes for at least

(1) day.

any suspension is ordered, a building administrator will meet with a student to explain charges of

misconduct, and the student will be given an opportunity to respond to the charges.

a student’s presence poses a continuing danger to persons or property or poses an ongoing threat of

disruption to the educational process, a pre suspension conference will not be required, and an

administrator may suspend a student immediately. In such cases, a building administrator will provide

notice of and schedule a conference as soon as practicable following the suspension.

building administrator will report any suspension immediately to a student’s parent or legal guardian.

administrator will provide a written report of suspension that states reasons for a suspension,

including any school rule that was violated, and a notice to a parent or guardian of the right to a review of

a suspension. An administrator will send a copy of the report and notice to the Superintendent.

Superintendent will conduct a review of any suspension on request of a parent or legal guardian. A

student and parent or legal guardian may meet with the Superintendent to discuss suspension. After the

meeting and after concluding a review, the Superintendent will take such final action as appropriate. The

decision of the Superintendent is final and may not be appealed to the Board.

a finding by a school administrator

the immediate return to school by a student would be

to the health, welfare, or safety of others or would be disruptive of the educational process, a

be suspended for one (1) additional period not to exceed ten (10) school days, if the student

an informal hearing with the school administrator prior to the additional suspension, and if the

to impose the additional suspension does not violate the Individuals with Disabilities Education

(IDEA) or Rehabilitation Act.

class

have the right to make up any work

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
9/20093 Reviewed
4 3300 - R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 37 8 Suspension and Expulsion Corrective Actions and Punishment9 10 The
rights
11 12 Suspension13 14 • “Suspension” means
from
15 participating
16 administrator may
suspension
17 18 The
19
20 one
21 22 Before
23
24 25 When
26
27
28
29 30 A
31 An
32
33
34 35 The
36
37
38
39 40 Upon
that
41 detrimental
42 student may
43 is granted
44 decision
45 Act
46 47 Students who are suspended from any
or from school entirely
48 missed according to the student handbook.49 50

“Expulsion” is any removal of a student for more than twenty (20) school days without the

provision of educational services. Expulsion is a disciplinary action available only to the Board.

The Board, and only the Board, may expel a student from school and may do so only after following due

process procedures set forth below.

The Board will provide written notice to a student and parent or legal guardian of a hearing to consider a

recommendation for expulsion, which will be sent by registered or certified mail at least five (5) school

days before the date of the scheduled hearing. The notice will include time and place of hearing,

information describing the process to be used to conduct the hearing, and notice that the Board intends to

conduct the hearing in closed session unless a parent or legal guardian waives the student’s right to

privacy.

Within the limitation that a hearing must be conducted during a period of student suspension, a hearing to

consider expulsion may be rescheduled when a parent or legal guardian submits a request showing good

cause to the Superintendent at least two (2) school days before a hearing date as originally scheduled.

The Superintendent will determine if a request shows good cause to reschedule a hearing.

The student has the right to be present for the duration of the hearing. At hearing the student may be

represented by counsel and ask questions, present perspectives, and provide witnesses or documentation.

The Board is not bound by formal rules of evidence in conducting the hearing.

Each school shall maintain a record of any disciplinary action that is educationally related, with

explanation, taken against the student. When the Board of Trustees takes disciplinary action against a

student, the Board must keep a written record of the action taken, with detailed explanation, even if the

disciplinary action is decided during a closed session. A disciplinary action that is educationally related is

an action that results in the expulsion or out of school suspension of the student. This record must be

maintained/destroyed consistent with Montana Local Government Records Schedule 7, and is subject to

transfer to a local educational agency, accredited school, or nonpublic school pursuant to 20 1 213, MCA.

Procedures for Suspension and Expulsion of Students With Disabilities

District will comply with provisions of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) and

Rehabilitation Act when disciplining students. The Board will not expel any special education student

when the student’s particular act of gross disobedience or misconduct is a manifestation of the student’s

disability. The Board may expel pursuant to its expulsion procedures any special education student

whose gross disobedience or misconduct is not a manifestation of the student’s disability. A disabled

student will continue to receive education services as provided in the IDEA or Rehabilitation Act during a

period of expulsion.

building administrator may suspend a child with a disability from the child’s current placement for not

more than ten (10) consecutive school days for any violation of school rules, and additional removals of

not more than ten (10) consecutive school days in that same school year for separate incidents of

misconduct, as long as those removals do not constitute a change of placement under 34 CFR 300.519(b),

whether or not a student’s gross disobedience or misconduct is a manifestation of a student’s disabling

condition.

special education student who has exceeded or who will exceed ten (10) days of

© MTSBA 2017 18 33001 Page 2 of 32 3 Expulsion4 5 •
6
7 8
9
10 11
12
13
14
15
16
17 18
19
20
21
22 23
24
25
26 27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34 35
36 37 The
38
39
40
41
42
43
44 45 A
46
47
48
49
50
Any
51

suspension may temporarily be excluded from school by court order or by order of a hearing officer, if the

District demonstrates that maintaining the student in the student’s current placement is substantially likely

to result in injury to the student or to others. After a child with a disability has been removed from his or

her placement for more than ten (10) school days in the same school year, during any subsequent days of

removal the public agency must provide services to the extent required under 34 CFR 300.121(d).

An administrator may remove from current placement any special education student who has carried a

weapon to school or to a school function or who knowingly possesses or uses illegal drugs or sells or

solicits the sale of a controlled substance while at school or a school function or inflicts serious bodily

injury on another person while at school on school premises, or at a school function under the

jurisdiction. A serious bodily injury is one that involves a substantial risk of death; extreme physical

pain; protracted and obvious disfigurement; or protracted loss or impairment of the function of a bodily

member, organ or faculty The District will place such student in an appropriate interim alternative

educational setting for no more than forty five (45) school days in accordance with the IDEA or

Rehabilitation Act.

Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. 1400, et seq. Individuals with Disabilities Education Act

34 CFR 300.519 521 Procedural Safeguards

§ 20 1 213, MCA Transfer of School Records

§ 20 4 302, MCA Discipline and punishment of pupils definition

of corporal punishment penalty defense

§ 20 4 402, MCA Duties of district superintendent or county high

§ 20 5 105, MCA Attendance officer powers and duties

§ 20 5 106, MCA Truancy

§ 20 5 201, MCA Duties and sanctions

§ 20 5 202, MCA Suspension and expulsion

10.16.3346 Aversive Treatment Procedures

10.55.910 Student Discipline Records

Goss v. Lopez, 419 US 565 (1975)

© MTSBA 2017 18 33001 Page 3 of 32 3
4
5
6
7
8 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18 19 20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30 ARM
31 ARM
32
33 Section 504 IDEA34 35 36 37 38 39

Adopted on:

Reviewed on:

on:

Restraint,

Aversive Techniques for Students

of Employees Directed Toward Students

use by appropriately trained District personnel towards or directed at any student of any form of

or seclusion as defined in this policy, is prohibited except in circumstances where proportional

restraint or seclusion of a student is necessary when a student’s conduct creates a reasonable belief in the

of a District employee, that the conduct of the student has placed the student, the employee, or

any other individual in imminent danger of serious bodily harm.

The employee or any employee who is a witness to this event shall immediately seek out the assistance of

the school’s administration or, if such administrator is not available, a certified or classified employee

with special training in seclusion and restraint, if available. Upon the arrival of such individual, the

administrator or if no administrator is available, the most senior trained individual on seclusion or

shall take control over the situation.

Seclusion or restraint of a student shall immediately be terminated when it is decided that the student is no

longer an immediate danger to him or herself or to any other third person or if it is determined that the

student is exhibiting extreme distress or at such time that appropriate administrative personnel have taken

custody of the child or upon such time that the parent/legal guardian of the child has retaken custody of

the child.

© 2022 MTSBA Alberton Joint School District #21
8/9/222
3 3305 STUDENTS Revised
4 5 Page 1 of 36 Use of
Seclusion, and
7 8 Conduct
9 10 The
11 restraint
12
13 perspective
14
15 16
17
18
19
20 restraint
21 22
23
24
25
26
27 28 Regardless of employee training status, no District personnel shall use any form of aversive technique or29 corporal punishment against any student. All seclusion will be in compliance with a student’s IEP or30 Section 504 Plan.31 32 If a situation occurs where a properly trained District employee must use acts of restraint or seclusion33 against a school student, the following shall occur:34 35 1. The employee shall immediately report to their building principal, in writing, the following36 information:37 A. The date the event occurred;38 B. The circumstances leading to the event;39 C. The student involved; and40 D. Other witnesses or participants to the event.41 42 2. The building principal shall notify the Superintendent’s office of the event, providing the43 Superintendent’s office with a copy of the report of events.44 45 3. The building principal shall ascertain if any of the school’s video equipment captured the46 event on a recording. If such event was captured on recording, the principal shall take all47 48 49

to maintain a

Office for the Superintendent’s

of the recording

provide such to the Superintendent’s

records of the event.

Superintendent or designee shall ascertain the special needs status of the student

in the seclusion or restraint and shall ascertain and maintain documentation as to

or not such events were consistent with or contraindicated due to the student’s

medical, or physical condition(s).

5. The Superintendent or designee of the Superintendent shall notify the parent or legal

guardian of the subject student of the situation and the event of restraint or seclusion via

telephone and provide the parent/legal guardian with the name and telephone contact

of the building principal where the parent may obtain additional information

the event.

Superintendent or designee of the Superintendent shall provide the parent/legal

guardian of the student with written notice of the event of restraint or seclusion of their

student.

Superintendent’s office shall maintain documentation as to events of restraint and

seclusion

shall prepare any and all necessary reports to legal entities upon whom

reports are or may become due pursuant to State and federal regulations.

teacher, and in

© 2022 MTSBA 33051 Page 2 of 32 3 best efforts
copy
and
4
official
5 6 4. The
7 involved
8 whether
9 psychiatric,
10 11
12
13
14 information
15 regarding
16 17 6. The
18
19
20 21 7. The
22
and
23 such
24 25 Training of School Personnel26 27 As part of the training and preparation of each certified administrator, certified
28 building classified employee of the District, the following shall occur:29 30 1. Training to personnel as to proper situations and events leading to student seclusion and31 intervention, including possible preventative alternatives to seclusion and restraint, safe32 physical escort, de escalation of student crisis situations, and positive behavioral33 intervention techniques and supports;34 35 2. Training of personnel in crisis/conflict management and emergency situations which may36 occur in the school setting, including examples and demonstrations of proper activities37 and techniques and trainers observing employee use of proper activities and techniques in38 the training setting;39 40 3. Techniques to utilize to limit the possibility of injury to the student, the employee and41 any other third party in the area;42 43 4. Information as to the school’s student seclusion areas in each respective school building44 to which the employee is assigned; and45 46

of the employee with a copy of this policy.

Employees authorized to engage in seclusion and restraint will also be trained in CPR and basic

first aid.

is a goal that all new employees are trained in the area of student restraint and seclusion during

their first week of employment. However, this may not be possible due to realities of the

operation of a school district. If an employee has not yet undergone training and a situation

necessitating student restraint or seclusion occurs, and another properly trained employee of the

District is present at the event, the properly trained employee shall take the lead in addressing the

student crisis.

Designated

school building for which students are present must have a building designated location for

student seclusion. It is the responsibility of the building’s principal, or designee of the principal,

to assure that the building’s designated seclusion location is a safe and clean location and that

such location has appropriate supervision when any student has been placed into seclusion

pursuant to this policy. All seclusion will be in compliance with a student’s IEP or Section 504

Appropriate supervision shall include an adult in the seclusion location which has

visual observation of the secluded student.

of this policy,

The immobilization or reduction of a student’s freedom of movement for the purpose

of preventing harm to students or others through chemical, manual method, physical, or

device, material, or equipment.

Seclusion: Involuntary confinement in a room or other space during which a student is prevented

from leaving or reasonably believes that the he or she can leave or be prevented from leaving

through manually, mechanically, or electronically locked doors that, when closed, cannot be

opened from the inside; blocking or other physical interference by staff; or coercive measures,

as the threat of restraint, sanctions, or the loss of privileges that the student would otherwise

have, used for the purpose of keeping the student from leaving the area of seclusion.

method of redirecting or

© 2022 MTSBA 33051 Page 3 of 32 3 5. Provision
4 5
6
7 8 It
9
10
11
12
13
14 15
Locations16 17 Each
18
19
20
21
22 Plan
23 continuous
24 25 Definitions26 27 For the purposes
the following definitions shall apply:28 29 Restraint:
30
31 mechanical
32 33
34
35
36
37 such
38
39 40 Aversive Technique: Physical, emotional, or mental distress as a
41 controlling behavior including by not limited to corporal punishment42 43

Alberton Joint School

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 8/2011, 02/20/2018, 8/9/22

Student Discipline

Board grants authority to a teacher or principal to hold a student to strict accountability for disorderly

conduct in a school building, on property owned or leased by a school district, on a school bus, on the

way to or from school, or during intermission or recess.

Disciplinary action may be taken against any student guilty of gross disobedience or misconduct,

including but not limited to instances set forth below:

• Using, possessing, distributing, purchasing, or selling tobacco products, and alternative nicotine

and vapor products as defined in 16 11 302, MCA.

• Using, possessing, distributing, purchasing, or selling alcoholic beverages, including powdered19 alcohol. Students who may be under the influence of alcohol will not be permitted to attend20 school functions and will be treated as though they had alcohol in their possession.

• Using, possessing, distributing, purchasing, or selling drug paraphernalia, illegal drugs,22 marijuana, controlled substances, or any substance which is represented to be or looks like a23 narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana, alcoholic beverage,24 stimulant, depressant, or intoxicant of any kind, including such substances that contain chemicals25 which produce the same effect of illegal substances including but not limited to Spice and K2.

Students who may be under the influence of such substances will not be permitted to attend

school functions and will be treated as though they had drugs in their possession.

• Using, possessing, controlling, or transferring a firearm or other weapon in violation of Policy

3311

• Using, possessing, controlling, or transferring any object that reasonably could be considered or

used as a weapon as referred to in Policy 3311

• Disobeying directives from staff members or school officials or disobeying rules, violating state

or federal law, or not honoring regulations governing student conduct.

• Using violence, force, noise, coercion, threats, intimidation, fear, or other comparable conduct

toward anyone or urging other students to engage in such conduct.

• Causing or attempting to cause damage to, or stealing or attempting to steal, school property or

another person’s property.

• Engaging in any activity that constitutes an interference with school purposes or an educational

function or any other disruptive activity.

• Unexcused absenteeism. Truancy statutes and Board policy will be utilized for chronic and

habitual truants.

• Intimidation, harassment, sexual harassment, sexual misconduct, hazing or bullying; or retaliation

alleged

Policy 3225 or 3226 or participated in an

3225 or 3226.

furniture, equipment, or book

© MTSBA 2022
District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3310 R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 page 1 of 37
8 9 The
10
11
12 13
14
15 16
17
18
21
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43 against any person who alleged misconduct under
44 investigation into
misconduct under Policy
45 • Defaces or damages any school building, school grounds,
46 belonging to the district.47 48 49

any

intended

attempting to authorize any document

with the operation of a school.

Records or causes to be recorded a conversation by use of a hidden electronic or

human conversation

Engaging in academic

of

include any combination of audio or video that reproduces

the knowledge of all parties to the conversation

may include but is not limited to: cheating,

graded assignment work; plagiarism,

without authorization to complete assigned

and any other act designed to give unfair academic advantage to the student.

a student’s conduct is

including but not limited to the circumstances

school grounds before, during, or

being used by a school group.

school hours or at any other time when school

school grounds at a school sponsored activity or event or any activity or event that

a reasonable relationship to school.

Travel to and from school or a school activity, function, or event.

Anywhere conduct

to be a threat or an attempted

or student, or an interference with school

© MTSBA 2022 33101 page 2 of 32 3 • Forging
signature or making any false entry or
4 used or
to be used in connection
5 •
6 mechanical device which may
7 a
without
8 •
misconduct which
9 unauthorized sharing
exam responses or
10 accessing websites or electronic resources
11 coursework,
12 13 These grounds stated above for disciplinary action apply whenever
14 reasonably related to school or school activities,
15 set forth below:16 17 • On
after
18 is
19 • Off
20 bears
21 •
22 •
may reasonably be considered
23 intimidation of bullying of a staff member
24 purposes or an educational function.25 26 Disciplinary Measures27 28 Disciplinary measures include but are not limited to:29 • Expulsion30 • Suspension31 • Detention, including Saturday school32 • Clean up duty33 • Loss of student privileges34 • Loss of bus privileges35 • Notification to juvenile authorities and/or police36 • Restitution for damages to school property37 38 No District employee or person engaged by the District may inflict or cause to be inflicted39 corporal punishment on a student. Corporal punishment does not include reasonable force40 District personnel are permitted to use as needed to maintain safety for other students, school41 personnel, or other persons or for the purpose of self defense.42 43 Non-Disciplinary Measures44 45 The Superintendent or designee is authorized to assign a student to non disciplinary offsite46

instruction pending the results of an investigation or for reasons related to the safety or well

being of students and staff. During the period of non disciplinary offsite instruction, the student

will be permitted to complete all assigned schoolwork for full credit. The assignment of non

disciplinary offsite instruction does not preclude the Superintendent or designee from

disciplining a student who has, after investigation, been found to have violated a School District

policy, rule, or handbook provision.

Delegation of Authority

The Board grants authority to any teacher and to any other school personnel to impose on

students under their charge any disciplinary measure, other than suspension or expulsion,

corporal punishment, or in school suspension, that is appropriate and in accordance with policies

and rules on student discipline. The Board authorizes teachers to remove students from

classrooms for disruptive behavior.

Cross Reference: 3300 Suspension and Expulsion

Sexual Harassment of Students

Bullying, Harassment

Bullying, Harassment

Legal Reference:

16 11 302(1)(7), MCA

20 4 302, MCA Discipline and punishment of pupils

definition of corporal punishment penalty

20 5 202, MCA Suspension and expulsion

45 8 361, MCA Possession or allowing possession of

weapon in school building exceptions

seizure and forfeiture or return

definitions

637, MCA Possession or consumption of tobacco

products, alternative nicotine products, or

vapor products by persons under 18 years of

age is prohibited unlawful attempt to

purchase penalties

U.S.C.

in

of

Regulation

© MTSBA 2022 33101 page 3 of 32 3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
11 12
13
14
15
16
17 18
19 3225
20 3226
21 5015
22 23
§
Definitions24 §
25
26 defense27 §
28 §
29
30 penalties
31 authorized
32 § 45 5
33
34
35
36
37 29
§ 701 Rehabilitation Act
197338 § 45 8 213, MCA Privacy
communications39 Title 16, Chapter 12 MCA Montana Marijuana
and40 Taxation41 42

Promulgated on: 9/2009

on: 02/20/2018

Student commits code of conduct violation for which the disciplinary consequence would result in removal from the student’s placement for ten (10) consecutive school days or less.

School personnel may assign the consequence applicable to non disabled students for a similar period of time, not to exceed ten (10) consecutive school days. Reg. 300.520(a)(1)(i).

During the first (1st) ten (10) cumulative school days in one (1) school year, the school does not have to provide any services to the student if non disabled students would not receive services. Reg. 300.121(d)(1).

School personnel may continue to remove the student for disciplinary reasons for up to ten (10) school days at a time throughout the same school year for separate incidents of misconduct, so long as the removals do not constitute a change of placement under Reg. 300.519(b) and are those which would be applied to non disabled students. Reg. 300.520(a)(1)(i).

A series of disciplinary removals, each for ten (10) consecutive school days or less, may result in a change of placement if they cumulate to more than ten (10) school days in one (1) school year. School personnel should analyze the length of each removal, the proximity of the removals to each other, and the total amount of time the child is removed. Reg. 300.519(b). If a removal would result in a change of placement, a manifestation determination review (MDR) must first be done. Reg. 300.523(a).

Beginning with the eleventh (11th) day of disciplinary removals in a school year, educational services must be provided. Reg. 300.520(a)(1)(ii); Reg. 300.121(d)(2)(i)(A). If the removal does not result in a change of placement, school personnel, in consultation with the student’s special education teacher, determine the services to be provided. Reg. 300.121(d)(3)(i).

The educational services to be provided must meet the standard of enabling the student to appropriately progress in the general curriculum and appropriately advance toward achieving the goals in the IEP. Reg. 300.121(d)(2)(i)(A).

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3310P - R STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 page 1 of 87 Discipline of Students With Disabilities8 9 Code of Conduct Violations by Students With Disabilities, Resulting10 in Disciplinary Consequences of Ten (10) School Days or Less11 12 13 14 15 16 ↓17 18 19 20 21 ↓22 23 24 25 26 27 ↓28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 ↓37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 ↓45 46

Beginning with the eleventh (11th) day of disciplinary removals in a school year, the IEP Team must address behavioral issues. If the removal does not result in a change of placement, the IEP Team must meet within ten (10) business days of first removing the student for more than ten (10) school days in a school year, to develop a plan to conduct a functional behavioral assessment, if one was not conducted before the behavior that resulted in the removal. Reg. 300.520(b)(1)(i).

After the functional behavioral assessment is completed, the IEP Team meets as soon as practicable to develop a behavioral intervention plan to address the behavior and implement the plan. Reg. 300.520(b)(2).

If the student is assigned subsequent disciplinary removals in a school year for ten (10) days or less that do not result in a change of placement, the IEP Team members (including the parent) informally review the behavior intervention plan and its implementation to determine if modifications are necessary. Reg. 300.520(c)(2).

If the student’s IEP already includes a behavior intervention plan, within ten (10) business days of first removing the student for more than ten (10) school days in a school year, the IEP Team must meet to review the behavior interven tion plan and its implementa tion, and modify the plan and its implementation as necessary to address the behavior. Reg. 300.520(b)(1)(ii).

If one or more team members believe modifications are needed, the IEP Team must meet to modify the plan and its implementation to the extent the IEP Team deems necessary. Reg. 300.520(c)(2).

Student violates code of conduct, and the recommended disciplinary consequence would result in a removal from the current educational placement for more than ten (10) consecutive school days (alternate placement, expulsion). This constitutes a change of placement. Reg. 300.519(a).

The recommended disciplinary consequence may be for a removal from the current educational placement for less than ten (10) consecutive school days, but may constitute a change of placement because the student has already been removed for disciplinary reasons for ten (10) or more school days in the current school year, and the length of each removal, their proximity to each other, and the total amount of time the student has been removed result in a change of placement. Reg. 300.519(b).

© MTSBA 2017 18 3310P1 page 2 of 82 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ↓12 13 14 15 16 17 ↓18 19 20 ← ←21 22 23 24 ↓25 26 27 28 29 30 Code of Conduct Violations by Students With Disabilities for Which Recommended31 Disciplinary Consequences Would Result in Change of Placement for More32 Than Ten (10) School Days (Excluding Drug and Weapon Offenses)33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 ↓42 43

School personnel may remove from current educational placement for ten (10) school days or less (Reg. 300.520(a)(1)(i)) and recommend further discipline according to the code of conduct. (The ten (10) day or less alternative must be one equally applicable to non disabled. See pp. 1 2 for educational services to be provided during a short removal.) If a criminal act has been committed, charges may be filed, and law enforcement authorities to whom the crime was reported must be provided special education and disciplinary records to the extent disclosure is permitted by FERPA. Sec. 1415(k)(9). Reg. 300.529.

At the time the decision is made to take this action, school personnel must notify parent of decision and provide procedural safeguards notice in Reg. 300.504. Sec. 1415(k)(4)(A)(i); Reg. 300.523(a)(1).

Within ten (10) business days, IEP Team and other qualified personnel must meet and review relationship between disability and the behavior subject to disciplinary action (manifestation determination review MDR). Sec. 1415(k)(4)(A); Reg. 300.523(a)(2), (b). If there has been no previous functional behavioral assessment and creation of a behavior intervention plan, the IEP Team must develop an assessment plan. Reg. 300.520(b)(1)(i). As soon as practicable after the assessment, the IEP Team must meet again to develop and implement the behavior intervention plan. Reg. 300.520(b)(2). If the IEP contains a behavior intervention plan, the IEP Team reviews the plan and its implementation and modifies them as necessary to address the behavior. Reg. 300.520(b)(1)(ii).

For the MDR, the IEP Team must look at all information relevant to the behavior subject to discipline, such as evaluation and diagnostic results, including such results and other relevant information from the parent, observation of the student, and the student’s IEP and placement. The misbehavior is not a manifestation of the disability, if the IEP Team finds that in relationship to the misbehavior subject to discipline:

• The IEP and placement were appropriate;

• Consistent with the content of the student’s IEP and placement, special education services, supplementary aids, and behavior intervention strategies were actually provided;

• The disability did not impair the ability of the student to understand the impact and consequences of the misbehavior; and

• The disability did not impair the ability of the student to control the misbehavior. Sec. 1415(k)(4)(C); Reg. 300.523(c).

If the IEP Team determines any of the standards were not met, the misbehavior was a manifestation of the disability, and no punishment may be assessed. Reg. 300.523(d). If IEP Team identified deficiencies in IEP, placement, or implementation, it must take immediate steps to remedy Reg. 300.523(f).

© MTSBA 2017 18 3310P1 page 3 of 82 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ↓13 14 15 16 17 ↓18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 ↓26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 ↓37 38 39 40 41 ↓42 43

If the IEP Team determines the misbehavior was not a manifestation of the disability, regular disciplinary consequences may be applied to the student, except that the student must continue to be provided a free appropriate public education. Sec. 1415(k)(5)(A); Sec. 1412 (a)(1)(A); Reg. 300.121(a); Reg. 300.524(a). The campus must ensure that special education and disciplinary records are transmitted for consideration by the school district person making the final determination regarding the disciplinary action. Sec. 1415(k)(5)(B); Reg. 300.524(b).

Parent may appeal a finding that the misbehavior was not a manifestation of the disability. The hearing is expedited before a special education hearing officer, who applies the same standards as the IEP Team. Sec. 1415(k)(6); Reg. 300.525(a), (b).

Parent may appeal decision to place student in forty five (45) day interim placement. The hearing is expedited before a special education hearing officer, who applies the standards regarding a dangerous student in Reg. 300.521 Sec. 1415(k)(6)(B)(ii); Reg. 300.525(b)(2).

When a parent requests a hearing in a drug or weapon case to challenge the interim alternative placement or the manifestation determination, student remains in interim placement until decision of hearing officer or forty five (45) days expires, whichever comes first, unless the parent and school agree otherwise. Reg. 300.526(a). Then student returns to current placement (defined as placement prior to interim alternative educational setting). School can ask for expedited hearing before special education hearing officer to prevent this return, if the student is substantially likely to injure self or others. Reg. 300.526(b), (c). The hearing officer applies the standards in Reg. 300.121 Reg. 300.526(c). Hearing officer can order another placement for up to forty five (45) days. Reg. 300.526(c)(3). This procedure may be repeated as necessary. Sec. 1415(k)(7); Reg. 300.526(c)(4).

The standard the educational services must meet is to enable the child to appropriately progress in the general curriculum and appropriately advance toward achieving the goals in the IEP. Reg. 300.121(d)(2)(i)(B); Reg. 300.524(a). The IEP Team must determine what services are necessary to meet this standard. Reg. 300.121(d)(3)(ii).

Weapon Offenses by Students With Disabilities

Student carries weapon to school, or possesses, uses, sells, or solicits sale of illegal or controlled substance on school property or at a school function.

Illegal drug controlled substance. Excludes legally used and possessed prescription drugs. Sec. 1415(k)(10)(B); Reg. 300.520(d)(2).

Controlled substance drug or substance in 21 U.S.C. § 812(c), Schedules I V. Sec. 1415(k)(10)(A); Reg. 300.520 (d)(1).

Weapon A firearm and more. Something used for or readily capable of causing death or serious bodily injury. Excludes pocket knife with blade of 2½ inches or less. Sec. 1415(k)(10)(D); Reg. 300.520(d)(3).

© MTSBA 2017 18 3310P1 page 4 of 82 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Drug and
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 ↓42 43

School personnel may remove from current educational placement for ten (10) school days or less, and recommend further discipline according to the code of conduct. Sec. 1415(k)(1)(A)(i); Reg. 300.520(a)(1)(i). (The ten (10) day or less alternative must be one equally applicable to non disabled students. See pp. 1 2 for education services to be provided during a short removal.) If a criminal act has been committed, charges may be filed, and special education and disciplinary records will be transmitted to law enforcement authorities to whom the crime was reported, to the extent disclosure is permitted by FERPA Sec. 1415(k)(9); Reg. 300.529.

At time decision is made to take this disciplinary action, school personnel must notify parent of decision and provide procedural safeguards notice in Reg. 300.504. Sec. 1415(k)(4)(A)(i); Reg. 300.523(a)(1).

The forty five (45) day alterna tive interim placement must:

• Enable student to progress in general curriculum, although in another setting;

• Enable student to continue to receive those services and modifications, includ ing those described in the student’s IEP, that will enable the student to meet the goals set out in that IEP; and

Within ten (10) business days, IEP Team must meet and may extend the removal by placing student in appropriate interim alternative educational setting applicable to non disabled student for same amount of time non disabled student would be assigned, but not more than forty five (45) calendar days. Sec. 1415 (k)(1)(A)(ii) and (3)(A); Reg. 300.520(a)(2); Reg. 300.522(a). IEP Team must review the behavior intervention plan, if one exists, and its implementation and modify, as necessary, to address behavior. Reg. 300.520(b)(1)(ii). If there has been no previous functional behavioral assessment and creation of behavior intervention plan, IEP Team must develop assessment plan. Sec. 1415(k)(1)(B); Reg. 300.520(b)(1)(i). As soon as practicable after the assessment, the IEP Team must meet again to develop and implement the behavior intervention plan. Reg. 300.520(b)(2). The IEP Team and other qualified personnel must review the relationship between disability and the behavior subject to disciplinary action (manifestation determination review MDR). Sec. 1415(k)(4)(A); Reg. 300.523 (a)(2)(b).

• Include services and modifications designed to address the drug or weapon offense so that it does not recur. Sec. 1415(k)(3)(B); Reg. 300.522; Reg. 300.121 (d)(2)(ii).

Comments to regulations: Students may be subject to multiple forty five (45) day interim placements for separate drug and weapon offenses. The forty five (45) day interim placement may be completed even if drug or weapon offense was manifestation of disability. If misbehavior was not a manifestation of disability, regular disciplinary consequence can be applied in addition to forty five (45) day interim placement.

© MTSBA 2017 18 3310P1 page 5 of 82 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ↓14 15 16 17 18 19 ↓20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 ↓39 40

For the MDR, the IEP Team must look at all information relevant to the behavior subject to discipline, such as evaluation and diagnostic results, including such results and other relevant information from the parent, observation of the student, and the student’s IEP and placement. The misbehavior is not a manifestation of the disability if the IEP Team finds that, in relationship to the misbehavior subject to discipline:

• The IEP and placement were appropriate;

• Consistent with the content of the student’s IEP and placement, special education services, supplementary aids and services, and behavior intervention strategies were actually provided;

• The disability did not impair the ability of student to understand the impact and consequences of the misbehavior;

• The disability did not impair the ability of the student to control the misbehavior.

Sec. 1415(k)(4)(C); Reg. 300.523(c).

If the IEP Team determines any of the standards were not met, the misbehavior was a manifestation of the disability, and no punishment may be assessed. Reg. 300.523(d). If IEP Team identifies deficiencies in IEP, placement, or implementation, it must take immediate steps to remedy. Reg. 300.523(f).

Parent may appeal a finding that the misbehavior was not a manifestation of the disability. The hearing is expedited before a special education hearing officer, who applies the same standards as the IEP Team. Sec. 1415(i)(6); Reg. 300.525 (a), (b).

If IEP Team finds no manifestation and changes placement to comply with the disciplinary recommendation, parent may appeal the placement decision. The hearing is expedited before a special education hearing officer. Sec. 1415(k)(6)(A); Reg. 300.525(a)(2).

If the IEP Team determines the misbehavior was not a manifestation of the disability, regular disciplinary consequences may be applied to the student, except that the student must continue to be provided a free appropriate public education. Sec. 1415(k)(5)(A); Sec. 1412(a)(1)(A). Reg. 300.121(a). Reg. 300.524(a). The campus must ensure that special education and disciplinary record are transmitted for consideration by the school district person making the final determination regarding the disciplinary action. Sec. 1415(k)(5)(B); Reg. 300.524(b).

During appeals, stay put applies. Reg. 300.524(c). If child is substantially likely to injure self or others in the current placement, the school can request an expedited hearing and request the hearing officer to remove to an interim alternative educational place ment for up to forty five (45) days. Standards to be met are those in Sec. 1415(k)(2) and Reg. 300.521 The standard the education services must meet is to enable the child to appropriately progress in the general curriculum and appropriately advance toward achieving the goals in the IEP. Reg. 300.121 (d)(2)(i)(B); Reg. 300.524(a). The IEP Team must determine what services are necessary to meet this standard. Reg. 300.121 (d)(3)(ii).

© MTSBA 2017 18 3310P1 page 6 of 82 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 ↓20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 or28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
and

Dangerous to Self or Others

or weapon offense, the penalty for which would result in expulsion

IDEA discipline procedures are followed for a non

removal from

student’s

more than ten (10) school days.

IEP Team meets, determines no manifestation and recommends discipline proceed. Parent disagrees and requests a due process hearing. Stay put applies, and child stays in the current placement, unless school acts to change the placement. Reg. 300.524.

School requests hearing officer to change the placement during the pendency of the hearing because of the likelihood of injury to self or others. Sec. 1415(k)(2); Reg. 300.521.

Hearing officer holds expedited hearing to consider request. School has burden of proof to show by more than a preponderance of the evidence that maintaining the child in the current placement is substantially likely to result in injury to self or others. Sec. 1415(k)(2)(A), (10)(D); Reg. 300.521(a). Hearing officer must also:

• Consider the appropriateness of the current placement.

• Consider whether the school has made reasonable effort to minimize the risk of harm in the current placement, including the use of supplemental aids and services.

• Determine that the interim alternative setting proposed by the school personnel, in consultation with special education teacher:

o Enables the student to participate in the general curriculum, although in another setting;

o Enables the student to continue to receive those services and modifications, including those described in the student’s current IEP, that will enable the student to meet the goals set out in the IEP; and

o Include services and modification designed to address the behavior so that it does not recur.

Sec. 1415(k)(2); Reg. 300.521(b), (c), (d); Reg. 300.522(b); Reg. 300.121(d)(2)(ii)(B).

If all requirements are met, hearing officer may order a change of placement to the interim alternative educational setting for up to forty five (45) days. Sec. 1415(k)(2); Reg. 300.521.

If parent appeals forty five (45) day interim alternative placement by IEP Team in drug or weapon case, hearing officer applies these standards in expedited hearing. Sec. 1415(k)(6)(B)(ii); Reg. 300.525 (b)(2).

© MTSBA 2017 18 3310P1 page 7 of 82 3 Students
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ↓12 13 14 15 ↓16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 ↓39 40 41 42 43 ↓44 45
drug
or
the
placement for

Student returns to his or her current placement (the placement prior to the interim alternative educational setting) at end of forty five (45) days, if no decision has been issued by hearing officer in pending due process hearing. If school believes it would be dangerous for student to return to current placement while hearing is still pending, school may request another expedited hearing to again place student in forty five (45) day interim placement while hearing continues to be pending. Reg. 300.526(b), (c)(4). Hearing officer holds same type of hearing initially held when hearing officer ordered first forty five (45) day interim placement. Sec. 1415(k)(7); Reg. 300.526. Any subsequent forty five (45) day interim setting must meet the standards in Reg. 300.522.

© MTSBA 2017 18 3310P1 page 8 of 82 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Promulgated on:

District may establish a risk assessment team for students whose behavior may pose a risk to

the safety of school staff or students.

shall:

guidance to students, faculty, and staff regarding recognition of threatening or

aberrant behavior that may represent a risk to the community, school, or self;

persons with expertise in counseling, instruction, school administration, and law

Identify members of the school community who should be informed of behavior;

Implement school board policies for the assessment of and intervention with students

plans;

behavior poses a risk to the safety of school staff or students including response

Utilize available forms and procedures.

District employees, volunteers, and contractors are required to report any expressed risks or

behavior that may represent a risk to the community, school, or self. In cases determined to be

appropriate, teams shall follow established procedures for referrals to community services,

boards, or health care providers for evaluation or treatment when appropriate.

Upon a preliminary determination that a student poses a risk of violence or physical harm to self

or others, a risk assessment team shall immediately report its determination to the superintendent

or designee. The superintendent or designee shall immediately attempt to notify the student’s

parent or legal guardian. Nothing in this policy shall prevent a District employee from acting

to address an imminent risk

The superintendent may establish a committee charged with oversight of the risk assessment

teams. An existing committee may be designated to assume the oversight responsibility;

any such team shall include individuals with expertise in human resources, education,

school administration, mental health, and law enforcement.

Regardless of risk assessment activities, disciplinary action and referral to law enforcement are

to occur as required by school board policy and Montana law. The District may, in accordance

with the provisions in Policy 3600P, release student records or information in connection with an

emergency, without parental consent, if the knowledge of such information is necessary to

protect the health or safety of the student or other persons.

© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
8/9/223 Reviewed on:4 3310P1 STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 Student Risk Assessments8 9 The
10
11 12 Each team
13 1. Provide
14
15 2. Include
16 enforcement.17 3.
18 4.
19 whose
20
and21 5.
22 23 All
24
25
26
27 28
29
30
31
32 immediately
33 34
35
36 however,
37
38 39
40
41
42
43
44 45

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

on:

on:

It is the policy of the School District to comply with the federal Gun Free Schools Act of 1994

and Section 20 5 202 (2), MCA, pertaining to students who bring a firearm to, or possess a

firearm at, any setting that is under the control and supervision of the school district.

The District does not allow students to possess firearms on District property or at any setting that

is under the control and supervision of the District. In accordance with Section 20-5-202 (3),

MCA, a teacher, superintendent, or a principal shall suspend immediately for good cause a

student who is determined to have brought a firearm to, or possess a firearm at, any setting that is19 under the control and supervision of the District. The Policy does not govern conduct in a20 student's home, a locked vehicle, a parking lot, or a commercial business when the student is

participating in an online, remote, or distance learning setting. In accordance with Montana law,

a student who is determined to have brought a firearm to, or possess a firearm at, any setting that23 is under the control and supervision of the school district must be expelled from school for a

period of not less than 1 year.

For the purposes of the firearms section of this policy, the term “firearm” means (A) any weapon

(including a starter gun) which will or is designed to or may readily be converted to expel a

projectile by the action of an explosive; (B) the frame or receiver of any such weapon; (C) any

firearm muffler or firearm silencer; or (D) any destructive device pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 921 (4)

term does not include an antique firearm pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 921 (16).

on a case by case basis, the Board of Trustees will convene a hearing to review the

circumstances and, in the discretion of the Board, may authorize the school

to modify the requirement for expulsion of a student

a disability who has been expelled pursuant

section

be made in accordance with the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act.

holding a hearing to determine if a student has violated this Policy, the Board shall, in a

timely manner, notify the student if the student is an adult or notify the parent or

guardian of a student if the student is a minor that the student may waive the student's privacy

hearing.

requesting that the hearing be held in public and invite other individuals to attend the

expelling a student

hold a due process hearing that

presentation of a summary of the information leading to the allegations and an

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3311 - R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 37 Firearms and Other Weapons8 9 Firearms10 11
12
13
14 15
16
17
18
21
22
24
25 26
27
28
29
30 Such
31 32 However,
33 underlying
34 administration
35 36 A decision to change the placement of a student with
37 to this
must
38 39 Before
40 clear and
41
42 interest by
43
44 45 Before
under this Policy, the Board shall
46 includes
47

opportunity for the student to respond to the allegations. The student may not be expelled unless

the trustees find that the student knowingly, as defined in Section 1 1 204, MCA, brought a

firearm to school or possessed a firearm at school.

When a student subject to a hearing is found to have not violated this Policy, the student's school

record must be expunged of the incident.

The provisions of this Policy do not require the Board to expel a student who has brought a

firearm to school or possesses a firearm at school if the firearm is secured in a locked container

approved by the school district or in a locked motor vehicle the entire time the firearm is at

school, except while the firearm is in use for a school sanctioned instructional activity.

Possession of Weapons other than Firearms

The District does not allow students to possess other weapons on District property or at any

setting that is under the control and supervision of the District. Any student found to have

possessed, used or transferred a weapon on school property will be subject to discipline in

accordance with the District’s discipline policy. For purposes of this section, “weapon” means

any object, device, or instrument designed as a weapon or through its use is capable of

threatening or producing bodily harm or which may be used to inflict self injury, including but

not limited to air guns; pellet guns; BB guns; fake (facsimile) weapons; all knives; blades; clubs;

metal knuckles; numchucks (also known as nunchucks); throwing stars; explosives; fireworks;21 mace or other propellants; stun guns; ammunition; poisons; chains; arrows; and objects that have22 been modified to serve as a weapon.

No student shall possess, use, or distribute any object, device, or instrument having the25 appearance of a weapon, and such objects, devices, or instruments shall be treated as weapons,26 including but not limited to weapons listed above which are broken or non functional, look alike27 guns; toy guns; and any object that is a facsimile of a real weapon. No person shall use articles28 designed for other purposes (i.e., lasers or laser pointers, belts, combs, pencils, files, scissors,29 etc.) to inflict bodily harm and/or intimidate, and such use will be treated as the possession and30 use of a weapon.

Definitions, Exceptions and Referral to Law Enforcement

The District may refer to law enforcement for immediate prosecution any student who possesses,

carries, or stores a weapon in a school building as specified in Section 45 8 361, MCA. In

addition the District will refer for possible prosecution a parent or guardian of any minor

violating this policy on grounds of allowing a minor to possess, carry, or store a weapon in a

school building. For the purposes of this section of the policy, “school property” means within

school buildings, in vehicles used for school purposes, or on owned or leased school land or

grounds. “Building” specifically means a combination of any materials, whether mobile,

portable, or fixed, to form a structure and the related facilities for the use or occupancy by

persons or property owned or leased by a local school district that are used for instruction or for

student activities as specified in Section 50 60 101(2), MCA and Section 45 8 361, MCA. The

term is construed as though followed by the words "or part or parts of a building" and is

considered to include all stadiums, bleachers, and other similar outdoor facilities, whether

or permanently fixed.

© MTSBA 2017 18
1
2
3 4
5
6 7
8
9
10
11 12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
23 24
31 32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45 temporary
46

The Board of Trustees may grant persons and entities advance permission to possess, carry, or

store a weapon in a school building. All persons who wish to possess, carry, or store a weapon

in a school building must request permission of the Board at a regular meeting. The Board has

sole discretion in deciding whether to allow a person to possess, carry, or store a weapon in a

school building.

This section does not apply to a law enforcement officer acting in the officer’s official capacity

or an individual previously authorized by the Board of Trustees to possess a firearm or weapon

in a school building.

The Board of Trustees shall annually review this policy and update this policy as determined

necessary by the trustees based on changing circumstances pertaining to school safety.

Cross Reference: 3310 Student Discipline

4332 Conduct of School Property

5332 Personal Conduct

Legal Reference: § 20 5 202, MCA Suspension and expulsion

§ 45 8 361, MCA Possession or allowing possession of

a weapon in a school building

20 U.S.C. § 7151, et seq. Gun Free Schools Act of 1994

18 U.S.C. § 921 Definitions

ESSA, Section 4141 Gun Free Requirements

© MTSBA 2017 18 1
2
3
4
5
6 7
8
9
10 11
12
13 14 15
16
17
18 19
20
21
22
23
24
25 26 27

Adopted on:

Reviewed on:

on: 02/20/2018

Curricular Participation Code

co curricular activities in District schools are organized to allow for the fullest possible

participation for those students willing to make a definite commitment to co curricular activities.

Participating in co-curricular activities is viewed by the District as a worthwhile endeavor to

enhance adolescent development Co curricular means all activities, inclusive, offered by the

District in addition to the curricular offerings. The important goals of the co curricular activities

are to offer participants direction in developing healthful living habits, discipline, leadership,

teamwork, citizenship skills, and respect for structure, rules, and responsibilities. It is to these

ends that a “Code” is established for those students choosing to take part in the co curricular

activities program. Every student who chooses or is chosen to be a participant in a co curricular

activity will be offered the opportunity to practice, and whenever possible, to participate in

events, contests and activities relative to their demonstrated abilities.

Specific eligibility and conduct rules are provided to each student participating in any co

curricular activity by means of the Student Activity Handbook. Students and/or parents will be

required to acknowledge receipt of the Student Activity Handbook and a permission slip

acknowledging the risks inherent in participation.

References: § 20 5 201, MCA Duties of pupils sanctions

ARM Board of Trustees

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3
4 3340 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 Co
8 9 The
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20 21
22
23
24
25 26 27 28 Legal
29 10.55.701,
30 31 32

Adopted on:

may arrange each year

include but not be

be provided to all students. Such services

of procedures at each building for isolation and temporary care of students

become ill during the school day;

services of a

Scoliosis

staff, students, and parents;

as provided by the Department of Public Health and Human Services.

will receive written notice of any screening result which indicates a condition that

might interfere or tend to interfere with a student’s progress.

general the District will not conduct physical examinations of a student without parental consent to

do so or by court order, unless the health or safety of the student or others is in question. Further,

will be notified of the specific or approximate dates during the school year when screening

by the District is conducted as well as notification of requirements of the District’s

policy on physical examinations and screening of students, at least annually at the beginning of the

school year and within a reasonable period of time after any substantive change in the policy, which

as a condition of attendance.

Administered by the school and scheduled by the school in advance.

to

the immediate health and safety of the student or other students.

submit to

in

follow the rules of

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 3410 STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 Student Health/Physical Screenings/Examinations8 9 The Board
for health services to
10 may
limited to:11 12 1. Development
13 who
14 2. Consulting
qualified specialist for
15 3. Vision and hearing screening;16 4.
screening;17 5. Immunization
18 19 Parents/guardians
20
21 22 In
23
24 parents
25 administered
26
27
28 is:29 1. Required
30 2.
31 3. Not necessary
protect
32 33 Parents or eligible students will be given the opportunity to opt out of the above described34 screenings.35 36 Students who wish to participate in certain extracurricular activities may be required to
a37 physical examination to verify their ability to participate in the activity. Students participating
38 activities governed by the Montana High School Association will be required to
39 that organization, as well as other applicable District policies, rules, and regulations.40 41 Legal Reference: § 20 3 324(20), MCA Powers and duties42 20 U.S.C. 1232h(b) General Provisions Concerning Education43 44 45

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

on:

on: 8/10/21

Student Immunization

The Board requires all students to present evidence of their having been immunized against the

following diseases: varicella, diphtheria, pertussis (whooping cough), poliomyelitis, measles

(rubeola), mumps, rubella, and tetanus in the manner and with immunizing agents approved by

the department. Haemophilus influenza type “b” immunization is required for students under

age five (5). Upon initial enrollment, an immunization status form shall be completed by the

student’s parent or guardian. The certificate shall be made a part of the student’s permanent

record.

A student who transfers into the District may photocopy immunization records in the possession

of the school of origin. The District will accept the photocopy as evidence of immunization.

thirty (30) days after a transferring student ceases attendance at the school of origin, the

school shall retain a certified copy for the permanent record and send the original immunization

records for the student to the school district to which the student transfers.

Exemptions from one or more vaccines shall be granted for medical reasons upon certification by

a licensed or certified health care provider in a manner provided by Section 20 5 405, MCA.

Exemptions for religious reasons must be filed in a manner provided by Section 20-5-405, MCA.

The statement for an exemption shall be maintained as part of the student’s immunization record

in accordance with FERPA as specified in Policy 3600P.

students who are enrolled under an exemption and have a disease listed in this Policy, have

been exposed to a disease listed in this Policy, or may be exposed to a disease listed in this

while attending school may be excluded from the school by the local health officer or the

DPHHS until the excluding authority is satisfied that the student no longer risks contracting or

that disease.

administrator may allow the commencement of attendance in school by a student who has

not been immunized against each disease listed in Section 20 5 403, MCA, if that student has

received one or more doses of varicella, polio, measles (rubeola), mumps, rubella, diphtheria,

pertussis, and tetanus vaccine, except that Haemophilus influenza type “b” vaccine is required

only for children under 5 years of age.

District shall exclude a student for noncompliance with the immunization laws and properly

notify the parent or guardian. The local health department may seek an injunction requiring the

parent to submit an immunization status form, take action to fully immunize the student, or file

for personal or medical

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3413 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7
8 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17
18
19 Within
20
21
22 23
24
25
26
27
28 29 All
30
31 Policy
32
33 transmitting
34 35 The
36
37
38
39
40 41 The
42
43
44 an exemption
reasons.45 46

This policy does not apply to or govern vaccinations against COVID 19. The Board does not

require immunization against COVID 19 in order to enroll in the District in accordance with

Montana law. District officials shall not inquire about the COVID 19 vaccination status of

students, employees, or visitors. District officials shall not make decisions regarding access to

District services for students, employees, or visitors based upon an individual’s COVID 19

vaccination status. Students enrolled in dual credit courses in accordance with District policies

be subject to distinct immunization requirements of the applicable post secondary

institution.

Legal Reference: § 20 3 324(20), MCA Powers and duties

§ 20 5 402 426, MCA Health

20 5 403, MCA

Immunization required release and

acceptance of immunization records

20 5 405, MCA Exemptions

418

General Legislative Session

© MTSBA 2017 18
1
2
3
4 5
6
7 may
8
9 10
11
12 §
13
14 §
15 Chapter
2021
16 17

Exemption Statement

Form HES 101A Montana Schools

questions, contact the Montana Department of Immunizations at (406) 444 5580

A prospective student seeking to enroll in a Montana school is not required to receive any immunizations for which they are medically contraindicated. The Medical Exemption Statement, may be completed by a qualifying healthcare provider and utilized as an exemption. In lieu of this form, a written and signed statement from a qualifying healthcare provider will also be accepted under the conditions outlined in ARM 37.114.715.

Pursuant to HB 334 (Ch. 294, L. 2021), a qualifying healthcare provider means a person who: (1) is licensed, certified, or authorized in any U.S. State or Canada to provide health care; (2) is authorized within the person’s scope of practice to administer the immunization(s) to which the exemption applies; and (3) has previously provided health care to the student or has administered a vaccine to which the student has had an adverse reaction. Once completed, this form should be filed at the student’s school along with their most current immunization record.

Student Name: Parent/Guardian Name:

Student Address: Student Date of Birth:

(Measles, Mumps,

Rubella)

For
Select the vaccine(s) needing medical exemption, then provide a brief description of the contraindication or precaution for each vaccine: □ DTaP (Diphtheria, Tetanus, and Pertussis) □ MMR
and
□ Tdap (Diphtheria, Tetanus, and Pertussis) □ IPV (Polio) □ Varicella (Chickenpox) □ Other: □ Hib (Haemophilus influenzae type b) Contraindication/Precaution: A complete list of medical contraindications and precautions can be found on the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s website: https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/hcp/acip-recs/general-recs/contraindications.html Duration of exemption: Provider’s Name (print): Title: Phone: Address: Provider’s Signature: Date: Montana Code Annotated Administrative Rules of Montana 20 5 403: MT School Immunization Requirements, Immunization Records 37.114.701 721: Immunization of K 12, Preschool, and Post Secondary Schools 20 5 405: MT School Immunization Requirements, Exemptions Medical
3413F1

Affidavit of Exemption on Religious Grounds

(406)

Sex

If student is under 18, name of parent,guardian, or other person

address

city:

for student’s care andcustody:

I, the undersigned, declare under penalty of perjury thatimmunization against the following is contraryto my religious tenets andpractices(checkallthat apply):

Diphtheria, Pertussis, Tetanus (DTaP, DT, Tdap)

Measles, Mumps and Rubella (MMR)

Haemophilus Influenzae type b (Hib)

I

understandthat:

(chickenpox)

to section 20 5 405, MCA, in the eventof an outbreak of one of the diseases listed above, the above exemptedstudent may be excluded from school by the local health officer or the Departmentof Public Health and Human Services until the student is no longer atrisk for contracting or transmitting thatdisease.

Signature of parent, guardian, or other person

for the abovestudent’s careand custody;orof the student,if 18 or older.

Notary

State

Student's Full Name Birth Date Age
School: ____________________________________________________________________________________
responsible
Street
and
_______________________________________________________________________ Telephone: _________________________________________________________________________________
Polio
Varicella
Other: ____________
also
Pursuant
Date responsible
Subscribed andsworn to before me this _______dayof_________,__________. Signature:
Public for the State of Montana Print Name:Notary Public forthe
of Montana Residing in _________________________ My commission expires _______________ Seal HES 113 revised07/2021
Form HES 113 Montana Schools For questions, contacttheMontanaDepartmentofImmunizationsat
444 5580 3413F2

Alberton Joint School District

in

activities. The Board

when a concussion or head injury

competitive sport athletic

Adopted on: 9/2013

on:

on: 02/20/2018

that concussions and head injuries are

adolescents who participate in sports and other

the risk of catastrophic injuries or death is

not properly evaluated and managed. Therefore,

in the District will be identified by the

with guidelines provided by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services,

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the National Federation of High School (NFHS) and

the Montana High School Association (MHSA), the District will utilize procedures developed by

the MHSA and other pertinent information to inform and educate coaches, athletic trainers,

officials, youth athletes, and their parents and/or guardians of the nature and risk of concussions

head injuries, including the dangers associated with continuing to play after a concussion or

head injury. Resources are available on the Montana High School Association Sports Medicine

page at www.mhsa.org; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services page at: www.hhs.gov;

and; the Centers for Disease and Prevention page at www.cdc.gov/concussion/sports.index.html.

© MTSBA 2017 18 1 Alberton Joint School District #22 3
4 Reviewed
5 3415 R STUDENTS Revised
6 7 Management of Sports Related Concussions8 9 The
#2 recognizes
10 commonly reported injuries
children and
11 recreational
acknowledges
12 significant
is
13 all K 12
activities
14 administration.15 Consistent
16
17
18
19
20 or
21
22
23
24 25 Annually, the district will distribute a head injury and concussion information and sign off sheet26 to all parents and guardians of student athletes in competitive sport activities prior to the student27 athlete's initial practice or competition.28 29 All coaches, athletic trainers, officials, including volunteers participating in organized youth30 athletic activities, shall complete the training program at least once each school year as required31 in the District procedure. Additionally, all coaches, athletic trainers, officials, including32 volunteers participating in organized youth athletic activities will comply with all procedures for33 the management of head injuries and concussions.34 35 Reference: Montana High School Association, Rules and Regulations36 Section 4, Return to Play37 Legal Reference: Dylan Steigers Protection of Youth Athletes Act38 20 7 1301, MCA Purpose39 20 7 1302, MCA Definitions40 20 7 1303, MCA Youth athletes concussion education requirements41 20 7 1304, MCA Youth athletes removal from participation42 following concussion medical clearance required43 before return to participation44 45 Cross Reference: 3415F Student Athlete & Parent/Legal Custodian Concussion Statement46 47

School

Adopted on: 9/2013

on:

on: 02/20/2018

of Sports Related Concussions

Athletic Director or Administrator in Charge of Athletic Duties:

1. Updating: Each spring, the athletic director, or the administrator in charge of athletics if there

is no athletic director, shall review any changes that have been made in procedures required

for concussion and head injury management or other serious injury by consulting with the

MHSA or the MHSA Web site, U.S. DPHHS, and CDCP web site. If there are any updated

procedures, they will be adopted and used for the upcoming school year.

2. Identified Sports: Identified sports include all organized youth athletic activity sponsored by16 the school or school district.

B. Training: All coaches, athletic trainers, and officials, including volunteers shall undergo training18 in head injury and concussion management at least once each school year by one of the following

means: (1) through viewing the MHSA sport specific rules clinic; (2) through viewing the20 MHSA concussion clinic found on the MHSA Sports Medicine page at www.mhsa.org; or by the21 district inviting the participation of appropriate advocacy groups and appropriate sports

governing bodies to facilitate the training requirements

C. Parent Information Sheet: On a yearly basis, a concussion and head injury information sheet24 shall be distributed to the student athlete and the athlete's parent and/or guardian prior to the

student athlete's initial practice or competition. This information sheet may be incorporated into

the parent permission sheet which allows students to participate in extracurricular athletics and

should include resources found on the MHSA Sports Medicine page at www.mhsa.org, U.S.

DPHHS, and CDCP websites.

D. Responsibility: An athletic trainer, coach, or official shall immediately remove from play,

practice, tryouts, training exercises, preparation for an athletic game, or sport camp a student

athlete who is suspected of sustaining a concussion or head injury or other serious injury.

E. Return to Play After Concussion or Head Injury: In accordance with MHSA Return to Play

Rules and Regulations and The Dylan Steigers Protection of Youth Athletes Act a student athlete

who

been removed from play, practice, tryouts, training exercises, preparation for an athletic

game, or sport camp may not return until the athlete is cleared by a licensed health care

(registered, licensed, certified, or otherwise statutorily recorgnized health care

The health care provider may be a volunteer.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint
District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3415P - R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 Management
8 9 A.
10
11
12
13
14
15
17
19
22
23
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
has
35
36 professional
37 professional).
38 39 40 41

Alberton Joint School District

Adopted on: 9/2009

Reviewed on:

on: 02/08/10, 02/20/2018, 8/9/22

Administering Medication

prescribed drugs and medical devices that are controlled by the U.S. Food and Drug

and are ordered by a healthcare provider. It includes over the counter medications

through a standing order by authorized physician or prescribed by the student’s healthcare

provider.

Except in an emergency situation, only a qualified healthcare professional may administer a drug or a

prescription drug to a student under this policy. Diagnosis and treatment of illness and the prescribing of

drugs are never the responsibility of a school employee and should not be practiced by any school

personnel.

Administering Medication

Board shall permit administration of medication to students in schools in its jurisdiction. A school

nurse or other employee who has successfully completed specific training in administration of

medication, pursuant to written authorization of a physician or dentist and that of a parent, an individual

who has executed a caretaker relative educational authorization affidavit, or guardian, may administer

medication to any student in the school or may delegate this task pursuant to Montana law.

Emergency Administration of Medication

the event of an emergency, a school nurse or trained staff member, exempt from the nursing license

requirement under § 37 8 103(1)(c), MCA, may administer emergency medication to any student in need

thereof on school grounds, in a school building, at a school function, or on a school bus according to a

standing order of an authorized physician or a student’s private physician. In the event that emergency

administered to a student, the school nurse or staff member shall call emergency responders

notify the student’s parents/guardians. A building administrator or school nurse shall enter any

individual student medication record and retain the

Assisting Students with Self Administration of Medication

© MTSBA 2022
#21
2
3 3416 STUDENTS Revised
4 5 Page 1 of 56
to Students7 8 “Medication” means
9 Administration
10 prescribed
11
12 13
14
15
16
17 18
19 20 The
21
22
23
24
25 26
27 28 In
29
30
31
32 medication is
33 and
34 medication to be administered in an emergency on an
35 documentation36 37
38 39 A building principal or other school administrator may authorize, in writing, any school employee:40 41 To assist in self administration of any drug that may lawfully be sold over the counter without a42 prescription to a student in compliance with the written instructions and with the written consent43 of a student’s parent or guardian; and44 45 To assist in self administration of a prescription drug to a student in compliance with46 47 48 49

instructions or standing order of an authorized physician or a student’s private

physician and with the written consent of a student’s parent or guardian.

school employee authorized, in writing, assist students with self administration of

medications, may only rely on the following techniques:

• Making oral suggestions, prompting, reminding, gesturing, or providing a written guide

for self-administering medications;

• Handing to a student a prefilled, labeled medication holder or a labeled unit dose

container, syringe, or original marked and labeled container from a pharmacy;

• Opening the lid of a container for a student;

• Guiding the hand of a student to self-administer a medication;

• Holding and assisting a student in drinking fluid to assist in the swallowing of oral

medications;

• Assisting with removal of a medication from a container for a student with a physical

disability that prevents independence in the act.

• Other guidance or restrictions previously provided in writing to the school by a student’s

parent, an individual who has executed a caretaker relative educational authorization

affidavit, or guardian is on file.

Self-Administration or Possession of Asthma, Severe Allergy, or Anaphylaxis Medication

with allergies or asthma may be authorized by the building principal or Superintendent,

in consultation with medical personnel, to possess and self administer emergency medication

during the school day, during field trips, school sponsored events, or while on a school bus. The

shall be authorized to possess and self-administer medication if the following conditions

been met:

• A written and signed authorization from the parents, an individual who has executed a

caretaker

educational authorization affidavit, or guardians for self administration

medication, acknowledging that the District or its employees are not liable for injury

that results from the student self administering the medication.

• The student shall have the prior written approval of his/her primary healthcare provider.

written notice from the student’s primary care provider shall specify the name and

purpose of the medication, the prescribed dosage, frequency with which it may be

administered, and the circumstances that may warrant its use.

• Documentation that the student has demonstrated to the healthcare practitioner and the

nurse,

available, the skill

to use and administer the medication.

of a doctor formulated written treatment plan for managing asthma,

allergies, or anaphylaxis

of the student and for medication use by the

© MTSBA 2022 34161 Page 2 of 52 3 written
4
5 6 A
7
8 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
and17
18
19
20
21
22 23
24 25 Students
26
27
28 student
29 have
30 31
32
relative
33 of
34
35
36 The
37
38
39
40 school
if
level necessary
41
Documentation
42 severe
episodes
43 student during school hours.44 45 Authorization granted to a student to possess and self administer medication shall be valid for46

current school year only and shall be renewed annually. A student’s authorization to possess

and self administer medication may be limited or revoked by the building principal or other

personnel.

provided by the parent, an individual who has executed a caretaker relative educational

authorization affidavit, or guardian, and in accordance with documentation provided by the

student’s doctor, backup medication shall be kept at a student’s school in a predetermined

or locations to which the student has access in the event of an asthma, severe allergy, or

anaphylaxis

after using epinephrine during school hours, a student shall report to the school

nurse or other adult at the school who shall provide follow up care, including making a call to

of Other

District shall permit students who are able to self administer specific medication to do so

that all of the following have occurred:

A physician, dentist, or other licensed health care provider provides a written order for

self administration of said medication;

Written authorization for self administration of medication from a student’s parent, an

individual who has executed a caretaker relative educational authorization affidavit, or

guardian is on file;

A principal and appropriate teachers are informed that a student is self administering

prescribed medication.

of Glucagons

employees may voluntarily agree to administer glucagons to a student pursuant to § 20 5

MCA, only under the following conditions: (1) the employee may administer glucagon to a

student only in an emergency situation; (2)the employee has filed the necessary

and acceptance documentation with the District, as required by § 20 5 412(2), MCA,

(3) the employee has filed the necessary written documentation of training with the District,

required by § 20 5 412(4), MCA. Designation of staff is to be made by a parent, and individual

has executed a caretaker relative authorization affidavit, or guardian of a diabetic student, and

employees are under no obligation to agree to designation. Glucagon is to be provided by the

parent or guardian.

Handling and Storage of Medications

that all

delivered by

shall be kept on file.

for keeping by students for

individual who has executed a caretaker

© MTSBA 2022 34161 Page 3 of 52 3 the
4
5 administrative
6 7 If
8
9
10 location
11
emergency.12 13 Immediately
14
15 emergency responders16 17 Self Administration
Medication18 19 The
20 provided
21 22 •
23
24 •
25
26
and27 •
28
29 30 Administration
31 32 School
33 412,
34 diabetic
35 designation
36 and
37 as
38 who
39 school
40
All documentation
41 42
43 44 The Board requires
medications, including those approved
45 self medication, be first
a parent, an
46

relative educational authorization affidavit, or other responsible adult to a nurse or employee

assisting with self administration of medication. A nurse or assistant:

• Shall examine any new medication to ensure it is properly labeled with dates, name of

student, medication name, dosage, and physician’s name;

• Shall develop a medication administration plan, if administration is necessary for a

student, before any medication is given by school personnel;

• Shall record on the student’s individual medication record the date a medication is

delivered and the amount of medication received;

• Shall store medication requiring refrigeration at 36° to 46° F;

• Shall store prescribed medicinal preparations in a securely locked storage compartment;

and

• Shall store controlled substances in a separate compartment, secured and locked at all

times

• All non emergency medication shall be kept in a locked, nonportable container, stored in18 its original container with the original prescription label. Epinephrine, naloxone, and19 student emergency medication may be kept in portable containers and transported by the20 school nurse or other authorized school personnel.

• Food is not allowed to be stored in refrigeration unit with medications.

• Shall notify the building administrator, school district nurse, and parent or guardian of23 any medication error and document it on the medication administration record.

The District shall permit only a forty-five-(45)-school-day supply of a medication for a student to

be stored at a school; and all medications, prescription and nonprescription, shall be stored in27 their original containers.

District shall limit access to all stored medication to those persons authorized to administer

medications or to assist in the self-administration of medications. The District requires every

school to maintain a current list of those persons authorized by delegation from a licensed nurse

to administer medications.

District may maintain a stock supply of auto injectable epinephrine to be administered by a

school nurse or other authorized personnel to any student or nonstudent as needed for actual or

perceived anaphylaxis. If the district intends to obtain an order for emergency use of epinephrine

in a school setting or at related activities, the district shall adhere to the requirements stated in

law.

District may maintain a stock supply of an opioid antagonist to be administered by a school

nurse or other authorized personnel to any student or nonstudent as needed for an actual or

perceived opioid overdose. A school that intends to obtain an order for emergency use of an

opioid antagonist in a school setting or at related activities shall adhere to the requirements in

law.

© MTSBA 2022 34161 Page 4 of 52 3
4
5 6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
21
22
24 25
26
28 29 The
30
31
32
33 34 The
35
36
37
38
39 40 The
41
42
43
44
45 46

Disposal of Medication, Medical Equipment, Personal Protective Equipment

The District requires school personnel either to return to a parent, an individual who has

executed a caretaker relative educational authorization affidavit, or guardian or, with permission

of the parent, an individual who has executed a caretaker relative educational authorization

affidavit, or guardian, to destroy any unused, discontinued, or obsolete medication. A school

nurse, in the presence of a witness, shall destroy any medicine not repossessed by a parent or

guardian within a seven (7) day period of notification by school authorities.

Medical sharps shall be disposed of in an approved sharps container. Building administrators

should contact the school nurse or designated employee when such a container is needed. Sharps

containers are to be kept in a secure location in the school building. Disposal of sharps container,

medical equipment, and personal protective equipment is the responsibility of the school nurse or

designated employee in accordance with the Montana Infectious Waste Management Act and the

manufacture guidelines specific to the container or equipment

Legal Reference:

20 5 412, MCA Definition parent designated adult

administration of glucagons training

20 5 420, MCA Self administration or possession of asthma,

severe allergy, or anaphylaxis medication

20 5 421, MCA Emergency use of epinephrine in school

setting

37-8-103(1)(c), MCA Exemptions limitations on authority

24.159.1601, et seq Delegation of Nurse Duties

20 5 426, MCA Emergency use of an opioid antagonist in

school setting limit on liability

75 10 1001, et seq Infectious Waste Management Act

Safety Requirements

of Trustees

© MTSBA 2022 34161 Page 5 of 52 3
4 5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12
13
14
15
16
17
18 19
§
20
21 §
22
23 §
24
25 §
26 ARM
27 §
28
29 §
30 37.111.812, ARM
31 10.55.701(s), ARM Board
32 33 34

Montana Authorization to Possess or Self-Administer

Asthma, Severe Allergy, or Anaphylaxis Medication

this student to possess or self administer asthma, severe allergy, or anaphylaxis medication while in school,

while at a school sponsored activity, while under the supervision of school personnel, before or after normal school

as while in before school or

from school or school sponsored activities,

physician assistant/advanced practice

a caretaker

Date:

educational

school care on school operated property), or while in transit to or

nurse,

be fully completed by: 1) the prescribing physician/

an authorizing parent, an individual who has executed

affidavit, or legal guardian.

Year:

above named student has

used under the

and

administer the following

or special circumstances):

confirm that this student has been instructed in the proper use of this medication and is able to self administer this

medication without school personnel supervision. I have formulated and provided to the parent/guardian or

caretaker relative a written treatment plan for managing asthma, severe allergies, or anaphylaxis episodes and for

medication use by this student during school hours and school activities.

of Physician/PA/APRN

Number

by Parent, an individual who has executed a caretaker relative educational or medical

authorization affidavit, or Guardian

the parent, individual who has executed a caretaker relative educational or medical authorization affidavit, or30 guardian of the above named student, I confirm that this student has been instructed by his/her health care provider

on the proper use of this/these medication(s). He/she has demonstrated to me that he/she understands the proper use32 of this medication. He/she is physically, mentally, and behaviorally capable to assume this responsibility. He/she

has my permission to self medicate as listed above, if needed. If he/she has used epinephrine during school hours,34 he/she understands the need to alert the school nurse or other adult at the school who will provide follow up care,

including making a 9 1 1 emergency call.

acknowledge that the school district or nonpublic school and its employees and agents are not liable as a result of

any injury arising from the self administration of medication by the student, and I indemnify and hold them

harmless for such injury, unless the claim is based on an act or omission that is the result of gross negligence, willful

and wanton conduct, or an intentional tort.

agree to work with the school in establishing a plan for use and storage of backup medication. This will include a

location to keep backup medication to which my child has access in the event of an asthma, severe

or anaphylaxis emergency. I have provided the following backup medication:

in the event the medication

“self administration form” must be completed,

or the health care provider may rewrite the order on his/her prescription pad, and I, the parent/caretaker

sign the new form

assure the new order is attached.

is my responsibility to pick up any

that is not picked up will be disposed of.

at the end of the school year, and the

school personnel and classroom

and

Mont.

Ann.

© MTSBA 2017 18 3416F1
2
3 For
4
5 activities (such
after
6
this form must
7
registered
and 2)
8
relative
or medical authorization
9 10 Student’s Name:_______________________________ School: ____________________________________11 Sex: (Please circle) Female/Male City/Town: _________________________________12 Birth
_____/_____/_____ School
_________(Must be renewed annually)13 Physician’s Authorization:14 The
my authorization to carry
self
medication:15 Medication: (1) ______________________________ Dosage: (1) ________________________________16 (2) ______________________________ (2) _____________________________17 Reason for prescription(s): _______________________________________________________________________18 Medication(s) to be
following conditions (times
______________19 20 I
21
22
23
24 25 Signature
Phone
Date26 27 Authorization
28
29 As
31
33
35
36 I
37
38
39
40 I
41 predetermined
42 allergy,
__________________43 _________________________________________.44 I understand that
dosage is altered, a new
45
46 relative/guardian, will
and
47 I understand it
unused medication
48 medication
49 I authorize the school administration to release this information to appropriate
50 teachers.51 52 Parent/Guardian, Caretaker Relative Signature: _____________________________ Date:53 54 (Original signed authorization to the school; a copy of the signed authorization to the parent/guardian
health55 care provider) See, generally,
Code
§ 20 5 420.56

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

on:

on:

Communicable

: For purposes of this policy, the term “communicable disease” refers to the diseases identified in

37.114.203, ARM, Reportable Diseases, with the exception of common colds and flu.

In all proceedings related to this policy, the District will respect a student’s right to privacy.

the District is required to provide educational services to all school age children who reside

within its boundaries, it may deny attendance at school to any child diagnosed as having a communicable

disease that could make a child’s attendance harmful to the welfare of other students. The District also

may deny attendance to a child with suppressed immunity in order to protect the welfare of that child

when others in a school have an infectious disease, which, although not normally life threatening, could16 be life threatening to a child with suppressed immunity.

The Board recognizes that communicable diseases that may afflict students range from common

childhood diseases, acute and short term in nature, to chronic, life threatening diseases such as human

immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection. The District will rely on advice of the public health and

medical communities in assessing the risk of transmission of various communicable diseases to determine22 how best to protect the health of both students and staff.

The District will manage common communicable diseases in accordance with Montana Department of

Public Health and Human Services guidelines and communicable diseases control rules. The District may

temporarily exclude from school attendance a student who exhibits symptoms of a communicable disease

that is readily transmitted in a school setting.

who complain of illness at school may be referred to a school nurse or other responsible person

by the Board and may be sent home as soon as a parent or person designated on a student’s

medical authorization form has been notified. The District reserves the right to require a

statement from a student’s primary care provider authorizing a student’s return to school.

a student is afflicted with a serious

notify a school nurse or other

measures to be taken to protect

staff health and safety.

school nurse or other responsible person designated by the Board,

consultation with and on advice of public health officials, will determine which additional staff

any,

need to know of the affected student’s condition.

it

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3417 STUDENTS Revised
5 6
Diseases7 Note
8
9 10
11 Although
12
13
14
15
17 18
19
20
21
23 24
25
26
27
28 29 Students
30 designated
31 emergency
32
33 34 When information is received by a staff member or a volunteer that
35 communicable disease, the staff member or volunteer will promptly
36 responsible person designated by the Board to determine appropriate
37 student and
A
38 after
39 members, if
have
40 41 Only those persons with direct responsibility for the care of a student or for determining appropriate42 educational accommodation will be informed of the specific nature of a condition, if
is determined that43 such individuals need to know this information.44 45 The District may notify parents of other children attending a school that their children have been exposed46 to a communicable disease without identifying the particular student who has the disease.47 48 Legal Reference: 37.114.101, et seq., ARM Communicable Disease Control49 50

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

on:

on:

The Board recognizes its responsibility to all students enrolled in the Alberton Schools to

provide a safe and healthy environment in which they may attend school. One inhibitor to a

healthy environment is the head louse (Pediculus capitis). Head lice infestations must be

addressed in public schools if a healthy environment is to be maintained. Every attempt will be

made to educate students and parents on the prevention and eradication of head lice before and

after infestation is detected.

innocent desire of children to be social and the communicable nature of lice requires

preventive measures by the school district and the public health agency to contain infestations.

Alberton School will work cooperatively with the public health agency to insure that

infestations of head lice are contained and eradicated in the school.

the interest of health and welfare of students enrolled in Alberton, no student will be permitted

to attend classes with the general population if they are infested with head lice.

avoid embarrassment and to contain the infestation, whole classrooms will be checked for

head lice upon the report of possible infestation by a classroom teacher. The administrator,

his/her designee, school nurse or another qualified professional will examine the child in

question and their classmates. Siblings of students found with lice and their classmates will also

be checked if there is suspicion that infestation may exist.

student found with head lice is to be kept out of school until he/she is treated and hair is free

of lice and eggs. Although eggs (nits) cannot spread to other children, they may hatch in 2 3

days and would immediately become communicable. A child may return to school after being

successfully treated so that no live lice are present.

or guardians will be informed of lice infestation by a letter that explains the problem,

lists the procedures for treatment and requirements for reentering school. Every attempt will be

made to contact parents or guardians immediately upon discovery of head lice. Parents will be

asked to come to school to pick up the student and begin treatment immediately.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3420 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 Head Lice8 9
10
11
12
13
14
15 16 The
17
18 The
19
20 21 In
22
23 24 To
25
26
27
28
29 30 The
31
32
33
34 35 Parents
36
37
38
39 40 41 42

Adopted on:

recognizes that schools are responsible for providing first aid or emergency treatment

student in case of sudden illness or injury;

of a parent or guardian.

that

of a parent

a student is injured,

further medical attention is the

be reached in case of an emergency.

number where a parent or

provide immediate care and attention until relieved by a

a nurse, or a doctor. The District will employ its normal procedures to address medical

regard to the existence of a do not resuscitate (DNR) request. A principal

designated staff member will immediately call a parent or parental designee so that the parent

arrange for care or treatment of an injured student. A principal or designated staff member

will call a parent or parental designee so that the parent may arrange for care or treatment of an

injured student.

a student develops symptoms of illness

following:

student from other children

parent or guardian

guardian to pick up the child;

at school, a responsible school official will

a room or area segregated for that purpose;

soon as possible about the illness and request the parent or

thereafter

reached

same

to a hospital.

to the hospital

of the District.

the

telephone to a

a health authority cannot be

of a principal or other

injured student

be taken

any mode of transportation is not the

or a guardian is responsible for

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 3431 STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 Emergency Treatment8 9 The Board
10 to a
however,
11 responsibility
12 13 The District requires
every parent or guardian provide a telephone
14 designee
may
15 16 When
staff will
17 superior,
18 emergencies without
19 or
20 may
21
22
23 24 When
while
25 do the
26 27 Isolate the
to
28 29 Inform a
as
30
and31 32 Report each case of suspected communicable disease the same day by
33 local health authority or as soon as possible
if
34
the
day.35 36 When a parent or guardian cannot be reached, and it is
judgment
37 person in charge that immediate medical attention is required, an
may
38 directly
Transportation
by
39 financial responsibility
Once located, a parent
40 continuing treatment or for making other arrangements.41 42 Legal Reference: ARM 37.111.825 Health Supervision and Maintenance43 44 45 46 47
© MTSBA 2017 18 Accident Report 3431F1 2 This form is to be completed by the appropriate employee(s) as soon as possible after an accident occurs.3 Please Print or Type.4 District Name ______________________________________ School Name _______________________5 Principal’s Name ___________________________________ School Phone _______________________6 Date of Accident: ___________ Time: ____ o AM o PM Supervising Employee _______________7 Claimant’s Name ____________________________________ _________________________ _________________ Last Name First Name Middle Initial Claimant’s Address __________________________________________ __________________ ________________ City State ZIP Code Claimant’s SS # _____________________________ Home Phone Number (_____) __________________________ Claimant’s Age _______ Date of Birth ______________________ Sex __________ Grade ____________________ Parent’s Name (if student) _____________________________ Work Phone Number (_____) _ 8 9 Nature of Injury Place of Accident Body Part Injured o Scratch o Concussion o Classroom o Gymnasium o Ankle o Foot o Leg o Fracture o Head Injury o Hallway o Parking Lot o Arm o Face o Nose o Bruise o Sprain/Strain o Bathroom o Sidewalk o Back o Finger o Teeth o Burn o Cut/Puncture o Cafeteria o Stairs o Neck o Hand o Wrist o Dislocation o Bite o Playground o Athletic Field o Eye o Knee o Shoulder o Other _______________ o Other ______________________ o Other ________________________ Describe accident and injury in detail (attach additional description as necessary):10 11 12 Were efforts made to contact the parent/guardian about the accident? o Yes o No13 Was first aid administered? o Yes o No By whom? _______________________________14 Was the student o Sent home o Sent to physician o Sent to hospital15 Is student covered by Student Accident Insurance? o Yes o No If “yes,” please list Company Name,16 address, and phone number ________________________________________________________17 If medical or hospital treatment was required, please complete the following information. (Attach a18 copy of medical bills, if available.)19 Name and address of doctor or hospital ____________________________________________________20 Witnesses (Name, Address, and Phone) _____________________________21 22 23 Signature/Name of Person Completing the Report Date24

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018

of Student during School

its responsibility

with District

a

care of students during a school day. In

authorized person may remove a student from

school grounds, any school building, or school function during a school day. A person seeking

remove a student from school

proper authority to remove the student.

with anyone,

a

to the administrator of

should not excuse a student from class

approved by the administrator.

must exercise a high order of responsibility for the care of students while in school. The

of a student during the school day may be authorized in accordance with the following

enforcement officers, upon proper identification, may remove a student from school

provided in Policies 4410 and 4411.

Any other agencies must have a written administrative or court order directing the

District to give custody to them. However, employees of the Department of Public Health

Human Services may take custody of a student under provisions of § 41-3-301,

MCA, without a court order. Proper identification is required before the student shall be

released.

date

as to custodial rights,

(or guardians) have the

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3440 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 Removal
Day8 9 The Board recognizes
for the proper
10 accordance
procedures, only
duly
11
12 to
must present evidence satisfactory
13 having
A teacher
14 to confer
unless
request is
15 16 Schools
17 removal
18 procedures:19 20 1. Law
21 as
22 23 2.
24
25 and
26
27
28 29 3. A student shall be released to the custodial parent. When in doubt
30 school enrollment records must be relied upon, as the parents
31 burden of furnishing schools with accurate, up to
information.32 33 4. The school should always check with the custodial parent before releasing the student to34 a non custodial parent.35 36 5. Prior written authorization from the custodial parent or guardian is required before37 releasing a student into someone else’s custody, unless an emergency situation justifies a38 waiver.39 40 6. Police should be called if a visitor becomes disruptive or abusive.41 42 43 Cross Reference: 4410 Relations With the Law Enforcement and Child Protective44 Agencies45 4411 Interrogations and Investigations Conducted by School Officials46 47 48

on: 02/20/2018

on:

on: 8/10/21

Student Organizations:

All curricular student clubs

organizations must be approved by the

or clandestine organizations or groups will not be

Bylaws and rules of curricular student clubs or organizations must not be contrary

Board policy or to administrative rules and regulations.

Procedures in curricular student clubs or organizations must follow generally

democratic practices in the acceptance of members and nomination and

of officers.

Student led and initiated non curricular student groups may meet at school in

accordance with District Policy without the sponsorship of the School District

Social Events

Social events must have prior approval of the administration.

Social events must be held in school facilities unless approved by the Board.

events must be chaperoned at all times.

Attendance at high school social events and dances shall be limited to high school

students, and middle school social events shall be limited to middle school

students, unless prior permission is received from the principal.

Extracurricular

and behavior

MHSA rules

student convicted of a criminal offense may, at the discretion of school

such a period of time as the school officials may

establishing an interscholastic

all sports

all sports

Board directs the administration to:

in the District, with an equal

residents of the school district and who is at least 5

and not more than 19 on or before September 10 of the year

extracurricular activities is sought by such child

of this policy.

inventories

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 3510 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 School Sponsored Student Activities8 9 1.
10 11 a.
or
12 administration. Secret
13 permitted.14 b.
15 to
16 c.
17 accepted
18 election
19 d.
20
21 22 2.
23 24 a.
25 b.
26 c. Social
27 d.
28
29
30 31 3.
Activities32 33 j) Academic
eligibility rules are established by
and34 District policy.35 k) Any
36 officials, become ineligible for
37 decide.38 c. In
program, the
39 i. Open
to all students enrolled
40 opportunity for participation.41 ii Open
to
42 years of age
43 in which participation in
44 in accordance with the provisions
45 iii. Recommend sports activities based on interest
completed by46 the students.47

4 Participation in District Extracurricular Activities by Unenrolled Children

a. Any child identified in Section 3.c.ii of this policy who is attending a nonpublic or home

school meeting the requirements of section 20-5-109:

Is eligible to seek to participate in any extracurricular activity of the District that

is offered to pupils of the district who are of the same age.

Is subject to the same standards for participation as those required of full time

pupils enrolled in the school and the same rules of any interscholastic

organization of which the school of participation is a member as specified in

Section 3.a. and 3.b. of this policy and any related student or activity handbook

Will be assessed for purposes of placement, team formation and cuts using the

same criteria as used for full time pupils enrolled in the District

b. In cases where there is more than one school serving the same age group within District15 boundaries, a child under Section 4 of this policy shall be subject to the same school zone

rules applicable to full time pupils of the District. Participation for one school for one

sport and another school for another sport is prohibited.

c. The academic eligibility for extracurricular participation for a student attending a19 nonpublic school as specified under Section 4.a.ii of this policy shall be attested by the20 head administrator of the nonpublic school. No further verification shall be required.

d. The academic eligibility for extracurricular participation for a student attending a home

school as specified under Section 4 a ii shall be attested in writing by the educator

providing the student instruction with verification by the school principal for the school

of participation. The verification may not include any form of student assessment.

e. Students participating in extracurricular activities under Section 4 of this policy may be

considered part time enrollees for purposes of ANB in accordance with Policy 3150,

3121, and 3121P

of Athletic

athletic teams

who are biologically

designated as one of the

MHSA rules, this Policy,

of Chapter 405 (2021):

States

of

of

100.8(c) due to the enforcement of

© MTSBA 2017 18 1
2 3
4
5 i.
6
7 ii.
8
9
10
11 provisions12 iii.
13
14
16
17
18
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28 29 30 5. Designation
Teams31 32 Unless otherwise prohibited by Policy 3210 or federal law, District sponsored
or33 sports designated for females, women, or girls may not be open to students
34 of the male sex District sponsored athletic teams or events may be
35 following based on biological sex in accordance with applicable
36 federal law, Policy 3210, or the provisions of Section 6
37 38 a. males, men, or boys;39 b. females, women, or girls; or40 c. coed or mixed.41 42 This section of this Policy is void 21 days after the date the United
Secretary
Education43 files a written report with the proper committees of the United States House
Representatives44 and the United States Senate as required by 34 CFR
Chapter45 405 (2021).46

3150 Part Time Attendance

3121 3121P Enrollment and Attendance

3233 Student use of Buildings Equal Access

3550

2332

Clubs

and Religious Activities

3222 Distribution and Posting Materials

3233 Student Use of Buildings Equal Access

4331 Use of School Property for Posting Notices

297

269

405

CFR 100.8(c)

General Legislative Session

General Legislative Session

General Legislative Session

for Effecting

v. Clayton County Georgia, 140 S.Ct. 1731 (2020)

© MTSBA 2017 18 1 Cross Reference: Policy
2 Policy
3 Policy
4 Policy
Student
5 Policy
Religion
6 Policy
7 Policy
8 Policy
9 10 Legal Reference: Chapter
2021
11 Chapter
2021
12 Chapter
2021
13 34
Procedure
Compliance14 Bostock
15 16 17 18 19

Adopted on: 9/2009

Reviewed on:

Revised on: 02/20/2018, 2/11/20

Student Fees and Fines

Within the concept of free public education, the District will provide an educational program for students

as free of costs as possible.

The Board may require fees for actual cost of breakage and for excessive supplies used in commercial,

industrial arts, music, domestic science, science, or agriculture courses. The Board may also charge a

student a reasonable fee for any course or activity not reasonably related to a recognized academic and

educational goal of the District or for any course or activity taking place outside normal school functions.

The Board may waive fees in cases of financial hardship.

The Board delegates authority to the Superintendent to establish appropriate fees and procedures

governing collection of fees and asks the Superintendent to make annual reports to the Board regarding

fee schedules. The Board also may require fees for actual cost of breakage and for excessive supplies

used in commercial, industrial arts, music, domestic science, science, or agriculture courses.

Fines

The District holds a student responsible for the cost of replacing materials or property that are lost or25 damaged because of negligence. A building administrator will notify a student and parent regarding the

nature of violation or damage, how restitution may be made, and how an appeal may be instituted.

Withholding and Transferring Records for Unpaid Fines or Fees

District may not refuse to transfer files to another district because a student owes fines or fees. The

District may not withhold the school schedule of a student because the student owes fines or fees. The

district may withhold the grades, diploma, or transcripts of a current or former student who is responsible

for the cost of school materials or the loss or damage of school property until the student or the student’s

parent or guardian pays the owed fines or fees.

the event a student who owes fines or fees

to another school district in the state and the

District has decided to withhold the student’s grades, diploma, or transcripts from the student and the

student’s parent or guardian, the District

upon receiving notice that the student has transferred to another school district in the state, notify

the 's student’s parent or guardian in writing that the school district to which the has transferred

requested to withhold the student’s grades, diploma, or transcripts until any obligation has

been satisfied;

forward appropriate grades or transcripts to the school district to which the student has

at the same time, notify the school district to which the student has transferred of any financial

obligation of the student and request the withholding of the student’s grades, diploma, or

until any obligations are

the student or the student’s parent or guardian satisfies the obligation, inform the school

district

which the student

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3
4 3520 - R STUDENTS
5 6
7 8
9
10 11 Fees12
13
14
15
16
17 18
19
20
21
22 23
24
26
27 28
29 The
30
31
32
33
34 35 In
transfers
36
37
shall:38 1.
39
40 will be
41
42 2.
43 transferred;44 3.
45
46 transcripts
met;47 4. when
48
to
has transferred49 50

student or parent may appeal the imposition of a charge for damages to the Superintendent and to the

Board.

Legal reference: § 20 1 213 (3), MCA Transfer of school records

20 5 201(4), MCA Duties and sanctions

20 7 601, MCA Free textbook provisions

20 9 214, MCA Fees

© MTSBA 2017 18 A
1
2 3
4 §
5 §
6 §
7 8 9

Adopted

on: 8/10/21

schools and supports their

The Superintendent or designee

Curricular Student Clubs

use District

team name

directly relate to the body of

that are recognized by the District are

the District’s name, a District school’s name, or a District

the District, and raise and deposit funds with the

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
on: 2/11/203 Reviewed on:4 3550 - R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Student Clubs7 8 The Board recognizes that student clubs are a helpful resource for
9 formation. Student clubs must complete an application process.
10 is delegated the authority to approve or deny club applications.11 12
13 14 The Board of Trustees authorize the administration to approve and recognize curricular student15 clubs or organizations in a manner consistent with this policy and administrative procedure16 Curricular Student clubs are those approved student clubs that
17 courses offered by the school Curricular student clubs
18 permitted to
facilities, use
19 school’s
or any logo attributable to
20 District21 22 In order for the administration to approve and recognize a curricular student club the group must23 submit an application to the building administrator containing the following:24 25 1. The organization’s name and purpose.26 27 2. The portion of the curriculum that forms the basis of the club The portion of the28 curriculum that forms the basis of the club or the course offered at the school enhanced29 by the club’s functions. This step is required for consideration as a curricular club.30 Applications that do not satisfy this step may be permitted to meet at the school as a non-31 curricular student group.32 33 3. The staff employee designated to serve as the group’s advisor.34 35 4. The rules and procedures under which it operates.36 37 5. A statement that the membership will adhere to applicable Board policies and38 administrative procedures.39 40 The administration will report to the Board when new curricular student clubs have been41 approved and recognized42 43 Upon approval of a new curricular student club, the administration will notify the District clerk44 so the group may have any funds raised for its operations so designated in accordance with the45 District’s financial practices.46 47

Approved curricular student clubs will appear in the student handbook and other appropriate

district publications. Advisors of new student clubs may be eligible for a stipend in accordance

with applicable collective bargaining agreement provisions and available district resources

curricular student clubs may also have limited access as designated by the

administration to distribute messages through official communications of the district (e g

intercom announcements, district newsletters, group emails, etc.).

Student led and initiated groups of similar interests that do not meet the requirements to be an

curricular student club as outlined in this policy shall be designated as noncurricular

student groups. Noncurricular student groups include any student group that does not directly

relate to the body of courses offered by the District but has a regular meeting schedule and

established operational structure. District employees that are present at meetings in a supervisory

capacity are not eligible for a stipend. Student meetings must be supervised by an adult.

or agents of the District that are present at student group meetings must only serve in

supervisory capacity.

District approves a limited open forum, within the meaning of that term as defined U.S.

Code § 4071, for non curricular student groups to meet on school premises during non

instructional time. Noncurricular student groups wishing to conduct a meeting within this

limited forum are subject to the following fair opportunity criteria, which shall be uniformly

administered consistent with 20 U.S. Code § 4071:

All such meetings must be voluntary and student initiated;

There shall be no sponsorship of the meeting by the District or its agents or employees;

Employees or agents of the District that are present at religious meetings must be only in

nonparticipatory capacity;

All meetings must not materially and substantially interfere with the orderly conduct of

educational activities within the District;

Nonschool persons may not direct, conduct, control, or regularly attend activities of the

non curricular student groups.

defined

a gathering of a group of

engaging in group operations.

with

name,

part of their group’s

school’s

the purposes of discussing group

that does not meet this definition will be

of District

Policy and Procedure.

accordance with

3222.

by the board to have the name of the school to

to the school or District, the District’s

used by

© MTSBA 2017 18 1 35502 Page 2 of 33 4
5
6
7 Approved
8
9
10 11 Non Curricular Student Groups12 13
14 approved
15
16
17
18
19 Employees
20 a
21 22 The
23
24
25
26
27 1.
28 2.
29 3.
30 a
31 4.
32
and33 5.
34
35 36 Meeting is
as
students for
37 beliefs or
An event
38 required to comply
the Community Use
Facilities
39 Fundraising40 41 Noncurricular student groups may post notice of gatherings in
Policy
42 Noncurricular student groups may be authorized
43 appear as
name. A logo attributable
44
or the
team name or mascot may not be
a45 46

of the group by the District.

use the school name does not

name, or a District school’s team name

other

deposit funds with the District.

in accordance with

4331.

in accordance with Policy 3233.

to use the District’s name, a District school’s

mascot, or any logo attributable to the District, and

student gatherings may not post notices or

3222 but may request to post items in accordance with

the District

public funds

to applicable District policies

by recognized curricular student clubs that are

placed in a District account. All public funds

monitored in accordance with state law. Deposits must be reviewed to ensure

appropriateness under district policy.

should be preapproved

© MTSBA 2017 18 1 35502 Page 3 of 33 4 noncurricular group. The permission to post notice of gatherings or
5 constitute sponsorship
6 7 Informal Gatherings8 9 Students are permitted to informally gather at the school
10 Informal gatherings of students are not permitted
11
or
12 raise and
Informal
13
materials
Policy
14 Policy
15 16 Financial Operations17 18 All funds raised by recognized curricular student clubs are subject
19 regarding financial management. All funds raised
20 donated to
become
when
21 must be
22 compliance with equity rules, amateur rules and
23 24 Funds spent by the District will be done in accordance with District purchase order policy and25 spending limits regardless of the source of the donation. All expenditures
26 to ensure equity and auditing standards are met.27 28 The administration is authorized to develop procedures to implement this policy.29 30 Cross Reference: 2332 Religion and Religious Activities31 3210 Equal Education and Nondiscrimination32 3222 Distribution and Posting Materials33 3233 Student Use of Buildings Equal Access34 4331 Use of School Property for Posting Notices35 36 Legal Reference: 20 U.S. Code § 4071 Denial of equal access prohibited37 Section 20 5 203, MCA Secret Organization Prohibited38 39

ALBERTON SCHOOL DISTRICT STUDENT CLUB APPLICATION POLICY 3550F

application is for a new club

This application is to renew an existing club

application is to request approval of a student club at Public Schools. The application must be fully

completed for the application to be considered. Incomplete or incorrectly prepared applications will not be

considered. All applications will be considered in accordance with District Policy 3550 and District guidelines.

of the policy and guidelines can be obtained at: ______. Approved clubs that violate District Policy,

law or federal law are subject to suspension or termination.

Step

General Club Information and Bylaws, Charter, or Statement of Purpose

Proposed Club Name:

Club Supervisor Name:

supervisors do not sponsor or participate in non curricular clubs; however, an adult supervisor must be

present.

Step

Club’s bylaws, charter, or statement of purpose.

attach any documents outlining the rules and procedures under which the club will operate. These documents

may include but are not limited to bylaws, membership expectations, or a national charter. If the documents are not

yet available, drafts may be attached, or a detailed statement of purpose can be provided until documents are

available.

Step

Basis for Curriculum Related Status (For consideration as a curricular club. Groups that do not satisfy this26 step may be permitted to operate as a non curricular student group.)

be approved as a curricular club, the club must be based upon an aspect of the school’s curriculum or the

functions of the club must enhance a course offered at the school. Please attach a description of why the proposed

club should be designated as a curricular club providing specific facts supporting such status.

Step

Time, frequency, location, and notice of anticipated club meetings and functions

attach a statement of the proposed use of school facilities, including at the specific areas or facilities of the

which use is requested and

Step

Attach or describe any

invite

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2 ___ This
___
3 4 This
5
6
7 Copies
8 Montana
9 10
1.
11 12
_________________________13 14 Proposed
_______________________15 16 Faculty
17
18 19
2.
20 Please
21
22
23
24 25
3.
27 To
28
29
30 31
4.
32 Please
33 school for
the proposed nature of the use of those facilities.
34 examples of materials which the club plans to use to tell students about the club's existence or to
students to35 join.36 37
5. Submission and Acknowledgement38 By signing this application form the students and advisor acknowledge that the club’s members and operations will39 adhere to applicable Board policies and administrative procedures governing curricular clubs.40 41 42 Requesting Student Date Proposed Supervisor Date43 44 FOR SCHOOL DISTRICT USE ONLY45 46 Application Received By: _____________________________ ________ Date: ________________47 48 Approved as Curricular Club By:________________________ ______ Date: ______49 50 Operating as Non Curricular Student Group By:___________________________ Date: ________________51 52 NOTES:53 54 The administration will retain all records related to this application. The administration will report to the55 requesting students, advisor, and Board of Trustees when new curricular student clubs have been approved56 57

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

on:

student records are confidential, and information from them will not be released other

than as provided by law. State and federal laws grant students and parents certain rights,

including the right to inspect, copy, and challenge school records.

District will ensure information contained in student records is current, accurate, clear, and

relevant. All information maintained concerning a student receiving special education services

be directly related to the provision of services to that child. The District may release

information as permitted by law, but parents will have the right to object to release of

information regarding their child. Military recruiters and institutions of higher education may

request and receive the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all high school students,

unless the parent(s) notifies the school not to release this information.

Superintendent will implement this policy and state and federal law with administrative

procedures. The Superintendent or designee will inform staff members of this policy and inform

students and their parents of it, as well as of their rights regarding student school records.

student’s permanent file, as defined by the board of public education, must be permanently

kept in a secure location. Other student records must be maintained and destroyed as provided in

1 212, MCA.

Reference:

Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 34 C.F.R.

MCA

of records by school officer.

Duties

MCA Access to records by parent

of 2001, P.L.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3600 STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 Student Records8 9 School
10
11
12 13 The
14
15 will
16 directory
17
18
19
20 21 The
22
23
24 25 Each
26
27 20
28 29 Legal
Family
30 9931 § 20 1 212,
Destruction
32 § 20 5 201, MCA
and sanctions33 § 40 4 225,
34 10.55.909, ARM Student Records35 No Child Left Behind Act
107 33436 37

Promulgated

on:

8/12/13, 10/08/13,

is educationally

in

to

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
on: 9/20093 Reviewed
4 3600P STUDENTS Revised on: 4/13,
5 02/20/20186 7 Student Records8 9 Maintenance of School Student Records10 11 The District maintains two (2) sets of school records for each student a permanent record and a12 cumulative record.13 14 The permanent record will include:15 16 Basic identifying information17 Academic work completed (transcripts)18 Level of achievement (grades, standardized achievement tests)19 Immunization records (per § 20 5 406, MCA)20 Attendance record21 Statewide student identifier assigned by the Office of Public Instruction22 Record of any disciplinary action taken against the student, which
related23 24 Each student’s permanent file, as defined by the board of public education, must be permanently kept
a25 secure location.26 27 The cumulative record may include:28 29 Intelligence and aptitude scores30 Psychological reports31 Participation in extracurricular activities32 Honors and awards33 Teacher anecdotal records34 Verified reports or information from non educational persons35 Verified information of clear relevance to the student’s education36 Information pertaining to release of this record37 Disciplinary information38 Camera footage only for those students directly involved in the incident39 40 Information in the permanent record will indicate authorship and date and will be maintained in41 perpetuity for every student who has been enrolled in the District. Cumulative records will be maintained42 for eight (8) years after the student graduates or permanently leaves the District. Cumulative records43 which may be of continued assistance to a student with disabilities, who graduates or permanently44 withdraws from the District, may, after five (5) years, be transferred to the parents or
the student if the45 student has succeeded to the rights of the parents.46 47 The building principal will be responsible for maintenance, retention, or destruction of a student’s48 permanent or cumulative records, in accordance with District procedure established by the49 Superintendent.50

Access to Student Records

District will grant access to student records as follows:

The District or any District employee will not release, disclose, or grant access to information

found in any student record except under the conditions set forth in this document.

2. The parents of a student under eighteen (18) years of age will be entitled to inspect and copy

information in the child’s school records. Such requests will be made in writing and directed to

the records custodian. Access to the records will be granted within fifteen (15) days of the

District’s receipt of such request. Parents are not entitled to records of other students. If a record

contains information about two students, information related to the student of the non requesting

parent will be redacted from the record.

In situations involving a record containing video footage, a parent of a student whose record

contains the footage is allowed to view the footage contained in the record but is not permitted to

receive a copy unless the parents of the other involved students provide consent The footage is

not a record of students in the background of the image or not otherwise involved in the

underlying matter.

Where the parents are divorced or separated, both will be permitted to inspect and copy the

student’s school records, unless a court order indicates otherwise. The District will send copies

of the following to both parents at either one’s request, unless a court order indicates otherwise:

Academic progress reports or records;

Health reports;

Notices of parent teacher conferences;

School calendars distributed to parents/guardians; and

Notices about open houses and other major school events, including student parent

student that attains the age of legal majority is an “eligible student” under FERPA. An eligible

student has the right to access and inspect their student records. An eligible student may not

prevent their parents from accessing and inspecting their student records if they are a dependent

of their parents in accordance with Internal Revenue Service regulations.

not be granted to the parent or the student to confidential letters and

admission to a post secondary educational institution, applications

for employment, or receipt of an honor or award, if the student has waived his or her right of

access

being advised of his or her right to obtain the names of all persons making such

letters or statements.

District may grant access to or release information

to school officials

a

student records without prior written

interest in the information. A school

a person employed by the District in an administrative, supervisory, academic, or

support staff position (including, but not limited to administrators, teachers, counselors,

include

service

coaches, and bus drivers), and the board of trustees. A school official may also

volunteer or contractor

employed by the District but who performs an educational

which the District

otherwise use its own employees and who is

© MTSBA 2017 18 1
2 3 The
4 5 1.
6
7 8
9
10
11
12
13
14 15
16
17
18
19
20 21
22
23
24 25 a.
26 b.
27 c.
28 d.
29 e.
30 interaction.31 32 A
33
34
35
36 37 Access will
38 recommendations concerning
39
40
after
41 confidential
42 43 3. The
from
44 consent
with
legitimate educational
45 official is
46
47 paraprofessionals,
48
a
not
49
or function for
would
50

the direct control of the District with respect to the use and maintenance of personally

identifying information from education records, or such other third parties under contract with the

District to provide professional services related to the District’s educational mission, including,

but not limited to, attorneys and auditors. A school official has a legitimate educational interest

in student education information when the official needs the information in order to fulfill his or

her professional responsibilities for the District. Access by school officials to student education

information will be restricted to that portion of a student’s records necessary for the school

official to perform or accomplish their official or professional duties.

4. The District may grant access to or release information from student records without parental

consent or notification to any person, for the purpose of research, statistical reporting, or

planning, provided that no student or parent can be identified from the information released, and

the person to whom the information is released signs an affidavit agreeing to comply with all

applicable statutes and rules pertaining to school student records.

5 The District may grant release of a child’s education records to child welfare agencies without the

prior written consent of the parents.

The District will grant access to or release information from a student’s records pursuant to a

court order

7. The District will grant access to or release information from any student record, as specifically

required by federal or state statute.

8. The District will grant access to or release information from student records to any person

possessing a written, dated consent, signed by the parent or eligible student, with particularity as

to whom the records may be released, the information or record to be released, and reason for the

release. One (1) copy of the consent form will be kept in the records, and one (1) copy will be

mailed to the parent or eligible student by the Superintendent. Whenever the District requests

consent to release certain records, the records custodian will inform the parent or eligible student

of the right to limit such consent to specific portions of information in the records.

District may release student records to the superintendent or an official with similar

in a school in which the student has enrolled or intends to enroll, upon written

request from such official. School

to release of any records or information

released

also include those listed in #3 above.

items 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9, above, the District will

prompt written notice to the parents or eligible student of this intended action. This

include a statement concerning the nature and substance of the records to be

the right to inspect, copy, and challenge the contents.

District may release student records or information in connection with an emergency, without

consent, if the knowledge of such information is necessary to protect the health or safety

the student or other persons.

consideration

make this decision, taking into

nature of the emergency, the seriousness of the threat to the health and safety of

the student or other persons, the need for such records to meet the emergency, and whether the

persons

whom such records are released are in a position to deal with the emergency. The

notify the parents or eligible student, as soon as possible, of the information released,

of the release, the person, agency, or organization to whom the release was made, and the

purpose of the release.

© MTSBA 2017 18 under
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 9
10
11
12
13
14 15
16
17 18 6
19
20 21
22
23 24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31 32 9 The
33 responsibilities
34
officials may
35 36 10 Prior
under
37 provide
38 notification will
39
and
40 41 11 The
42 parental
43 of
The records custodian will
44
the
45
46
to
47 District will
48 date
49
50

District may disclose,

consent, student records or information to the youth

law enforcement authorities, pertaining to violations of the Montana Youth Court Act

criminal laws by the

District will comply with an ex parte order requiring it to permit the U.S. Attorney

or designee to have

the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s).

District

student

precluded

or not

or eligible student,

released

and signature of

to a student’s school records without notice to or consent of

the student’s records. No parent or

of financial hardship.

(including all instances of access

be kept and maintained as part of such records.

of the student record and will be accessible only to the

custodian, or other person. The record of release will include:

custodian.

Name and position of the person obtaining the release or access.

of release or grant of access.

of any consent to such release.

© MTSBA 2017 18 1 12. The
without parental
2 court and
3 or
student.4 5 13. The
6 General
access
7
8 9 14. The
charges a nominal fee for copying information in
10
will be
from copying information because
11 12 15 A record of all releases of information from student records
13 granted, whether
records were copied) will
14 This record will be maintained for the life
15 parent
records
16 17 a. Information
or made accessible.18 b. Name
the records
19 c.
20 d. Date
21 e. Copy
22 23 Directory Information24 25 The District may release certain directory information regarding students, except that parents may26 prohibit such a release. Directory information will be limited to:27 28 Student’s name29 Address30 Telephone listing31 Electronic mail address32 Photograph (including electronic version)33 Date and place of birth34 Major field of study35 Dates of attendance36 Grade level37 Enrollment status (e.g., undergraduate or graduate; full time or part time)38 Participation in officially recognized activities and sports39 Weight and height of members of athletic teams40 Degrees41 Honors and awards received42 Most recent educational agency or institution attended43 44 The notification to parents and students concerning school records will inform them of their right to45 object to the release of directory information. The School District will specifically include information46 about the missing children electronic directory photograph repository permitting parents or guardians to47 choose to have the student's photograph included in the repository for that school year; information about48 the use of the directory photographs if a student is identified as a missing child; and information about49 how to request the student's directory photograph be removed from the repository.50 51

Military Recruiters/Institutions of Higher Education/Government Agencies

Pursuant to federal law, the District is required to release the names, addresses, and telephone

numbers of all high school students to military recruiters and institutions of higher education upon

request.

Montana Superintendent of Public Instruction may release student information to the Montana

Commissioner of Higher Education and Montana Department of Labor and Industry for research purposes

after entering into agreement with Commissioner and Department. If the Superintendent of Public

Instruction offers a statewide assessment that serves as a college entrance exam, the student’s personally

information may be released to colleges, state contracted testing agencies, and scholarship

organizations with student consent.

The notification to parents and students concerning school records will inform them of their right to

object to the release of this information.

Student Record Challenges

The District shall give a parent or eligible student, on request, an opportunity for a hearing to challenge

content of the student’s education records on the grounds that the information contained in the education

records is inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the privacy rights of the student.

The hearing required by 34 C.F.R. 99.21 must meet, at a minimum, the following requirements:

• The District shall hold the hearing within a reasonable time after it has received the request for

the hearing from the parent or eligible student.

• The District shall give the parent or eligible student notice of the date, time, and place, reasonably

in advance of the hearing.

• The hearing may be conducted by any individual including an official of the District who does

not have direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.

• The District shall make its decision in writing within a reasonable amount of time after the

hearing.

• The decision must be based solely on the evidence presented at the hearing, and must include a

summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.

statement

position on

part of the record for as long as

it discloses the portion of the record to

U.S.C.

1232g (2011); 34 C.F.R.

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3
4
5 6 The
7
8
9
10 identifiable
11
12 13
14
15 16
17 18
19
20
21 22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33 34 The parent or eligible student has:35 36 • The right to present evidence and to call witnesses;37 • The right to cross examine witnesses;38 • The right to counsel;39 • The right to a written statement of any decision and the reasons therefor;40 41 The parents may insert a written statement of reasonable length describing their
disputed42 information. The school will maintain the statement with the contested
43 the record is maintained and will disclose the statement whenever
44 which the
relates.45 46 47 Legal Reference: Family Education Rights and Privacy Act, 20
§
48 99 (2011), 34 C.F.R. 99.20 2249 § 20 5 201, MCA Duties and sanctions50

§ 40 4 225, MCA Access to records by parent

41 3 201, MCA Reports

41 5 215, MCA Youth court and department records notification of

20 7 104

school

and public availability of public school

data reporting availability for timely

use to improve instruction.

ARM Student records

ARM Student Discipline Records

250 (2019) Electronic Director Photograph Repository

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 §
2 §
3
4 §
Transparency
5 performance
6
7 10.55.909,
8 10.55.910,
9 Chapter
10 11 12

Student Directory Information Notification

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 Please sign and return this form to the school within ten (10) days of the receipt of this form ONLY if you2 do not want directory information about your child disclosed to third parties in accordance with the3 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). If we receive no response by that date, we will4 disclose all student directory information at our discretion and/or in compliance with law5 6 7 Date8 9 Dear Parent/Eligible Student:10 This document informs you of your right to direct the District to withhold the release of student directory11 information for _______________________________________________.12 Student’s Name13 Following is a list of items this District considers student directory information14 Please review School District Policy 3600P for complete information15 16 NOTE: If information such as a student’s name, grade level, or photograph, and other listed17 information is to be withheld, the student will not be included in the school’s yearbook, program18 events, and similar School District publications or other statewide programs related to student19 safety, research, and scholarship. Please review School District Policy 3600P for complete20 information.21 22 23 Parent/Eligible Student’s Signature Date24 If you do NOT want directory information provided to the following, please check the appropriate box.  Institutions of Higher Education,  Potential Employers,  Armed Forces Recruiters,  Government Agencies  Other Student’s name Enrollment status (e.g., undergraduate or Address graduate; full time or part time) Telephone listing Participation in officially recognized activities Electronic mail address and sports Photograph (including electronic version Weight and height of members of athletic teams Date and place of birth Degrees Major field of study Honors and awards received Dates of attendance Most recent educational agency or institution Grade level attended

a

of parent or legal guardian, date of birth,

standardized tests), immunization

District

in writing or

of

of a permanent or

student to a local

seeks to or intends to enroll within

request. The files to be forwarded

that is, name and address of a student, name

work completed, level of achievement

special education records, and any

taken against a student that are educationally related.

transfer

(5)

(5) day time period.

or

the District will notify a requestor,

and will provide reasons why the District is unable to comply with a

District also will include in that notice the date by which requested

be transferred. The District will not refuse to transfer records because a student owes

© MTSBA 2017 18 1 Alberton Joint School District #22 3 Adopted on: 9/20094 Reviewed on: 02/20/20185 3606 R STUDENTS Revised on:6 7 8 9 10 11 Transfer of Student Records12 13 The District will forward by mail or by electronic means a certified copy
14 cumulative file of any student and a file of special education records
any
15 educational agency or accredited school in which a student
16 five (5) working days after receipt of a written or electronic
17 must include education records in
permanent file
18
academic
19 (grades,
records,
20 disciplinary actions
21 22 When the
cannot
records within five
days,
23
electronically,
24 five
The
25 records will
26 fines
fees.27 28 29 30 Cross Reference: 3413 Student Immunization31 3600 3600P Student Records32 3606F Records Certification33 34 Legal Reference: § 20 1 213, MCA Transfer of school records35 36 37

of

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on: 02/20/20184 3608 - R STUDENTS Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Receipt of Confidential Records12 13 Pursuant to Montana law, the District may receive case records of the Department of Public14 Health and Human Services and its local affiliate, the county welfare department, the county15 attorney, and the court concerning actions taken and all records concerning reports
child abuse16 and neglect. The District will keep these records confidential as required by law and will not17 include them in a student’s permanent file.18 19 The Board authorizes the individuals listed below to receive information with respect to a20 District student who is a client of the Department of Public Health and Human Services:21 • Superintendent22 • Principal23 • Counselor24 25 When the District receives information pursuant to law, the Superintendent will prevent26 unauthorized dissemination of that information.27 28 29 30 Cross Reference: 3600 3600P Student Records31 32 Legal Reference: § 41 3 205, MCA Confidentiality disclosure exceptions33 34 35

Adopted on: 9/2009

on: 02/20/2018

on: 10/08/2013, 8/9/22

District makes Internet access and interconnected computer systems and equipment available to

students and faculty. The District provides equipment and electronic networks, including access

the Internet, as part its instructional program and to promote educational excellence by facilitating

sharing, innovation, and

District expects all students to take responsibility for appropriate and lawful use of this access,

including good behavior online. The District may withdraw student access to its equipment, network and

to the Internet when any misuse occurs. District teachers and other staff will make reasonable efforts to

supervise use of equipment, network, and Internet access; however, student cooperation is vital in

exercising and promoting responsible use of this access.

of District equipment and electronic networks will be consistent with the curriculum adopted by the

District, as well as with varied instructional needs, learning styles, abilities, and developmental levels of

students, and will comply with selection criteria for instructional materials and library materials. Staff

members may use the Internet throughout the curriculum, consistent with the District’s educational goals.

Educational Purposes Only. All use of the District’s equipment and electronic network must be:

in support of education and/or research, and in furtherance of the District’s stated educational

or (2) for a legitimate school business purpose. Use is a privilege, not a right. Students

and staff members have no expectation of privacy in any materials that are stored, transmitted, or

via the District’s electronic network or District computers. The District reserves the

right to monitor, inspect, copy, review, and store, at any time and without prior notice, any and all

usage of the equipment and computer network, and Internet access and any and all information

received in connection with such usage.

Uses of Equipment and

that violate

law

others

considered

violate the law, including but not

offering for sale or use

use of which is prohibited by the District’s

or

others to violate the law; intruding

© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3612 R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 page 1 of 27 District Provided Access to Electronic Information, Services, Equipment, and Networks8 9 General10 The
11 District
12 to
13 resource
communication.14 15 The
16
17
18
19
20 21 Curriculum22 Use
23
24
25
26 27 Acceptable Uses28 29 1.
30 (1)
31 goals;
32
33 received
34
35
36 transmitted or
37 38 2. Unacceptable
Network. The following are
39 unacceptable uses and constitute a violation of this policy:40 41 A. Uses
the
or encourage
to
42 limited to transmitting offensive or harassing messages;
43 any substance the possession or
44 student discipline policy; viewing, transmitting,
downloading pornographic45 materials or materials that encourage
into46

networks or computers of others; and downloading or transmitting

confidential, trade secret information, or copyrighted materials.

B. Uses that cause harm to others or damage to their property, including but not

limited to engaging in defamation (harming another’s reputation by lies);

employing another’s password or some other user identifier that misleads message

recipients into believing that someone other than you is communicating, or

otherwise using his/her access to the network or the Internet; uploading a worm,

virus, other harmful form of programming or vandalism; participating in

“hacking” activities or any form of unauthorized access to other computers,

networks, or other information.

C. Uses that jeopardize the security of student access and of the computer network or

other networks on the Internet.

D. Uses that are commercial transactions. Students and other users may not sell or

buy anything over the Internet. Students and others should not give information

to others, including credit card numbers and social security numbers.

The District makes no warranties of any kind, express or implied, in connection with its

provision of access to and use of its equipment, computer networks and the Internet provided23 under this policy. The District is not responsible for any information that may be lost, damaged,24 or unavailable when using the equipment, network, or for any information that is retrieved or25 transmitted via the Internet. The District will not be responsible for any unauthorized charges or

fees resulting from access to the Internet. Any user is fully responsible to the District and will27 indemnify and hold the District, its trustees, administrators, teachers, and staff harmless from any

and all loss, costs, claims, or damages resulting from such user’s access to its equipment,

computer network, and the Internet, including but not limited to any fees or charges incurred

through purchase of goods or services by a user. The District expects a user or, if a user is a

minor, a user’s parents or legal guardian to cooperate with the District in the event of its

initiating an investigation of a user’s use of access to its equipment, computer network, and the

Internet.

result in a loss of

may result in other disciplinary or legal

principal will make all decisions regarding whether a user has violated this policy

related rules or regulations

decision

may deny, revoke, or suspend access at any time, with

© MTSBA 2022 36121 page 2 of 22 3 the
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18 19 Warranties/Indemnification20 21
22
26
28
29
30
31
32
33
34 35 Violations36 37 Violation of this policy will
access and
38 action. The
39 and any
and
40 that
being final.41 42 43

STUDENT INTERNET ACCESS AND EQUIPMENT USE CONDUCT AGREEMENT

student, regardless of age,

read

sign

have read, understand, and agree to abide by the terms of the Alberton School District’s policy

District Provided Access to Electronic Information, Services, Equipment, and

(Policy No. 3612). Should I commit any violation or in any way misuse my access to

the District’s equipment, computer network and/or the Internet, I understand and agree that my

privilege

be revoked and school disciplinary action may be taken against me

payment of costs associated with damaged equipment.

or Legal Guardian.

applicant is under 18 years of age, a parent/legal guardian must

also read and sign this agreement.)

the parent or legal guardian of the above named student, I

read, understand, and agree that my child shall comply with the terms of the District’s

policy regarding District-Provided Access to Electronic Information, Services, Equipment, and

Networks for the student’s access to the District’s equipment computer network and/or the

Internet. I understand that access is being provided to the students for educational purposes only.

I also understand that it is impossible for the school to restrict access to all offensive

and controversial materials and understand my child’s responsibility for abiding by the policy. I

signing this Agreement and agree to accept full responsibility for supervision of my child’s

use of his/her equipment and access account

and when such access is not in the school setting.

hereby give my child permission to use the building approved account to access the District’s

computer network and the Internet.

equipment or networks shall

understand any negligence arising out of my student’s use

attributed to me as comparative negligence within the

of Section 27 1 702, MCA.

further accept that

5 201,

costs to repair or replace damages

© MTSBA 2022 3612F1 2
3 4 Every
must
and
below:5 6 I
7 regarding
8 Networks
9
10 access
may
11 including
12 13 User’s Name (Print): ________________________ Home Phone:________________________14 User’s Signature: ___________________ Date: ______________________________15 Address:_________________________________________16 17 Parent
(If
18
As
19 have
20
21
22
23 However,
24
25 am
26
if
27 I
28
I
29 of
be
30 meaning
I
any
31 to equipment or networks in accordance Section 20
MCA32 33 Parent/Legal Guardian (Print): _____________________________________________________34 Signature: _____________________35 Home Phone: ___________________ Address: _______________________36 Date: _____37 38 This Agreement is valid for the _________________ school year only.39

not attempt to

of

to

the purpose of

the District;

Privileges

a right,

(b)

use of

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

on:

on: 8/9/22

Equipment, and Networks

consistent with the District’s goal of promoting

innovation, and communication. These

or proscribed behaviors by users. However, some specific

user

follow these procedures will result in the loss of

legal action.

equipment and electronic networks must be: (a)

and consistent with the educational objectives of

use.

District’s

administrator (and/or

has violated these

decision is final.

and electronic networks is a privilege,

in cancellation of those privileges. The

make all decisions regarding whether or not a

may deny, revoke, or suspend access at any time.

© MTSBA 2022 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3612P R STUDENTS Revised
5 6 Page 1 of 47 District-Provided Access to Electronic Information, Services,
8 All use of equipment and electronic networks shall be
9 educational excellence by facilitating resource sharing,
10 procedures do
state all required
11 examples are provided. The failure
any
to
12 privileges, disciplinary action, and/or appropriate
13 14 Terms and Conditions15 1. Acceptable Use Access
the District’s
16 for
education or research
17
or
for legitimate business
18 19 2.
The
the
equipment
20 not
and inappropriate use will result
21 system
principal) will
22 user
procedures and
23 That
24 25 3. Unacceptable Use The user is responsible for his or her actions and activities involving26 the equipment and network. Some examples of unacceptable uses are:27 28 a. Using the equipment and network for any illegal activity, including violation of29 copyright or other contracts, or transmitting any material in violation of any30 federal or state law;31 32 b. Unauthorized downloading of software, regardless of whether it is copyrighted or33 devirused;34 35 c. Downloading copyrighted material for other than personal use;36 37 d. Using the equipment or network for private financial or commercial gain;38 39 e. Wastefully using resources, such as file space;40 41 f. Hacking or gaining unauthorized access to files, resources, or entities;42 43 g. Invading the privacy of individuals, which includes the unauthorized disclosure,44 dissemination, and use of information of a personal nature about anyone;45 46 h. Using another user’s account or password;47

without his/her consent;

the equipment

or private advertising;

Accessing, submitting, posting, publishing, or displaying any defamatory,

profane,

oriented, threatening, racially

the

to abide

the generally accepted rules of

not limited to the following:

Be polite. Do not become abusive in messages to others.

appropriate language. Do not swear or use vulgarities or any other

not reveal personal information, including the addresses or telephone

of students

Recognize that electronic mail (e

not use the network in

not private. People who operate the

relating to or in support of illegal

way that would disrupt its use by other users.

all communications and information accessible via the network to be

of any kind, whether expressed or

not be responsible for any

from delays, non deliveries,

or the user’s errors or

the Internet is at the user’s own risk.

the accuracy or quality of

© MTSBA 2022 3612P1 page 2 of 42 3 4 i. Posting material authored or created by another,
5 6 j. Posting anonymous messages;7 8 k. Using
or network for commercial
9 10 l.
11 inaccurate, abusive, obscene,
sexually
12 offensive, harassing, or illegal material; and13 14 m. Using
equipment or network while access privileges are suspended or15 revoked.16 17 4. Network Etiquette The user is expected
by
18 network etiquette. These include but are
19 20 a.
21 22 b. Use
23 inappropriate language.24 25 c. Do
26 numbers,
or colleagues.27 28 d.
mail) is
29 system have access to all mail. Messages
30 activities may be reported to the authorities.31 32 e. Do
any
33 34 f. Consider
35 private property.36 37 5. No Warranties The District makes no warranties
38 implied, for the service it is providing. The District will
39 damages the user suffers. This includes loss of data resulting
40 missed deliveries, or service interruptions caused by its negligence
41 omissions. Use of any information obtained via
42 The District specifically denies any responsibility for
43 information obtained through its services.44 45 46

6. Indemnification The user agrees to indemnify the District for any losses, costs, or

damages, including reasonable attorney fees, incurred by the District, relating to or

arising out of any violation of these procedures.

7. Security Network security is a high priority. If the user can identify a security problem

on the Internet, the user must notify the system administrator or building principal. Do

not demonstrate the problem to other users. Keep your account and password

Do not use another individual’s account without written permission from

that individual. Attempts to log on to the Internet as a system administrator will result in

cancellation of user privileges. Any user identified as a security risk may be denied

access to the network.

8. Vandalism Vandalism will result in cancellation of privileges, and other disciplinary

action. Vandalism is defined as any malicious attempt to harm or destroy equipment,

data of another user, the Internet, or any other network. This includes but is not limited

to uploading or creation of computer viruses.

9. Telephone Charges The District assumes no responsibility for any unauthorized charges

or fees, including telephone charges, long distance charges, per minute surcharges, and/

or equipment or line costs.

Copyright Web Publishing Rules Copyright law and District policy prohibit the

republishing of text or graphics found on the Web or on District Websites or file servers,

without explicit written permission.

each republication

a Website or file server) of a graphic or text file that

the bottom of the page

how and when permission was granted.

also include the Web address of the original source.

and staff engaged in producing Web pages must provide library media

mail or

provided.

The absence of a copyright

“fair use”

before the Web pages are

of the status of “public domain” documents must be

be interpreted as permission to copy

the permission.

considered a source

reports in classrooms are less stringent and

© MTSBA 2022 1 3612P2 page 3 of 43 4
5
6
7 8
9
10
11 confidential.
12
13
14
15 16
17
18
19
20 21
22
23
24 25 10.
26
27
28 29 a. For
(on
30 was produced externally, there must be a notice at
31 crediting the original producer and noting
32 If possible, the notice should
33 34 b. Students
35 specialists with e
hard copy permissions
36 published. Printed evidence
37
38 39 c.
notice may not
40 the materials. Only the copyright owner may provide
The41 manager of the Website displaying the material may not be
of42 permission.43 44 d. The
rules governing student
45 permit limited use of graphics and text.46

permission from both the

access is limited to only those “acceptable uses,” as detailed in these procedures.

safety is almost assured if users will not engage in “unacceptable uses,” as

detailed in these procedures, and will otherwise follow these procedures.

Staff members shall supervise students

students are using District Internet access,

ensure that the students abide by the Terms and Conditions for Internet access, as

contained in these procedures.

District computer with Internet access has a filtering device that blocks entry to

visual depictions that are: (1) obscene; (2) pornographic; or (3) harmful or inappropriate

for students, as defined by the Children’s Internet Protection Act and determined by the

or designee.

The district shall provide age appropriate instruction

students regarding appropriate online

instruction shall include, but not be limited to: positive interactions with

online, including on social networking sites and in chat rooms; proper online social

etiquette; protection from online predators and personal safety; and how to recognize and

respond to cyberbullying and other threats.

© MTSBA 2022 1 3612P2 page 4 of 43 4 e. Student work may only be published if there is written
5 parent/guardian and the student.6 7 8 Internet Safety9 10 1. Internet
11 Internet
12
13 14 2.
while
15 to
16
17 18 3. Each
19
20
21 Superintendent
22 23 4.
to
24 behavior. Such
25 others
26
27
28 29 5. The system administrator and principal shall monitor student Internet access.30 31 32 33 Legal Reference: Children’s Internet Protection Act, P.L. 106 55434 Broadband Data Services Improvement Act/Protecting Children in35 the 21st Century Act of 2008 (P.L. 110 385)36 20 U.S.C. § 6801, et seq. Language instruction for limited English37 proficient and immigrant students38 47 U.S.C. § 254(h) and (l) Universal service39 40 41

School

Adopted on: 9/2009

on:

on: 02/20/2018

possession and use of cellular phones, pagers, and other electronic signaling devices on

grounds, at school sponsored activities, and while under the supervision and control of

is a privilege which will be permitted only under the circumstances described

no time will any student operate a cell phone or other electronic device with video

in a locker room, bathroom, or other location where such operation may violate the

right of another person.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint
District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 3630 STUDENTS Revised
5 6 7 Cell Phones and Other Electronic Equipment8 9 10 Student
11 school
12 District employees
13 herein. At
14 capabilities
15 privacy
16 17 18

Alberton Joint School District #2

Adopted on: 2/11/20

School District will comply with the Montana Pupil Online Personal Information Protection

The School District shall execute written agreements with operators who provide online

applications for students and employees in the school district The School District will execute

written agreements with third parties who provide digital educational software or services,

including cloud based services, for the digital storage, management, and retrieval of pupil

The written agreements will require operators and third parties to the School District for

K 12 purposes or the delivery of student or educational services to comply with Montana and

federal law regarding protected student information All pupil records accessed by the operator

or third party during the term of the agreement or delivery of service to the application will

continue to be the property of and under the control of the school district

Operators of Online Applications

Operators providing online applications to the School District shall not target advertising to

students, sell student information, or otherwise misuse student information. Operators shall not

use information to amass a profile about a pupil, except in furtherance of K 12 school

purposes. Operators shall not sell a pupil's information, including protected information unless

authorized by law. Operators shall not disclose protected information unless the disclosure is

made in accordance with School District policy, state or federal law, or with parent consent.

Operators shall implement and maintain reasonable security procedures and practices appropriate

to the nature of the protected information and safeguard that information from unauthorized

access, destruction, use, modification, or disclosure. Operators shall delete a pupil's protected

information if the school or district requests the deletion of data under the control of the school

or district.

Third Parties Providing Software and Services

providing digital education software and services to the School District shall certify

that pupil records will not be retained or available to the third party upon completion of the terms

of the agreement. Furthermore, third parties shall not use any information in pupil records for

any purpose other than those required or specifically permitted by the agreement with the

operator. Third parties shall not use personally identifiable information in pupil records to

engage in targeted advertising.

© MTSBA 2017 18 1 2
3 4
5 Reviewed on:6 3650 STUDENTS Revised on:7 8 9 10 11 Pupil Online Personal Information Protection12 13 Compliance14 The
15 Act.
16
17
18
19 records.
20
21
22
23
24 25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37 38
39 Third parties
40
41
42
43
44
45 46

Third parties providing digital education software and services to the School District shall

provide a description of the means by which pupils may retain possession and control of their

own pupil generated content. Third parties shall provide a description of the procedures by

which a parent, legal guardian, or eligible pupil may review personally identifiable information

in the pupil's records and correct erroneous information. Third parties shall provide a description

of the actions the third party will take, including the designation and training of responsible

individuals, to ensure the security and confidentiality of pupil records. Third parties shall provide

a description of the procedures for notifying the affected parent, legal guardian, or pupil if 18

years of age or older in the event of an unauthorized disclosure of the pupil's records;

Failure to Comply and Legal Review

An operator’s or third party’s failure to honor the law, agreement or School District policy will

result in termination of services. The School District will report any operator who fails to honor

the law to the appropriate authorities for criminal prosecution

All contracts and agreements executed under this agreement will be reviewed by the School

District’s legal counsel.

Cross Reference: Policy 3600 Student Records

3650F Model Agreement

Legal Reference: Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 34 C.F.R.

Montana Pupil Online Personal Information Protection Act, Title 20,

chapter 7, part 13, MCA

© MTSBA 2017 18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
11
12
13
14 15
16
17 18
19 Policy
20 21
22 9923
24
25 26

ALBERTON JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT #2

= required 4000 SERIES COMMUNITY RELATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

R 4120 Public Relations 4210 School Support Organizations 4211 School Name and Imagery

4301 Visitors to Schools

R 4310 Public Complaints and Suggestions 4315 Spectator Conduct and Sportsmanship for Athletic and Co Curricular Events

R 4316 Accommodating Individuals with Disabilities 4320 Contact with Students

R 4330 Community Use of School Facilities

4330F School Facilities Grounds Use and Liability Release Agreement

4331 Use of School Property for Posting Notices

4332 Conduct on School Property

4340 Public Access to District Records

4410 Relations with Law Enforcement and Child Protective Agencies

4411 Interrogation and Investigations Conducted by School Officials

4520 Cooperative Programs with Other Districts and Public Agencies 4550 Registered Sex Offenders

© MTSBA 2017 18
R
1

on:

District will strive to maintain

and staff to

express their needs and

with the public to enable

to the community and provide a means for citizens

the Board and staff.

Superintendent will establish and maintain a communication process within the school

between it and the community.

public

program will provide for

releases at appropriate times, arrange for media coverage of District programs and events,

for regular direct communications between individual schools and the citizens they

serve, and assist staff in improving their skills and understanding in communicating with the

public.

solicit community opinion through parent organizations, parent teacher

open houses, and other events or activities which may bring staff and citizens

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed
02/20/20184 4120 - R COMMUNITY RELATION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Public Relations12 13 The
effective two way communications
14 the Board
interpret schools’ needs
15 to
expectations to
16 17 The
18 system and
Such
information
19 news
20 provide
21
22
23 24 The District may
25 conferences,
26 together.27 28 29 30 Legal Reference: Art. II, Sec. 8, Montana Constitution - Right of participation31 Art. II, Sec. 9, Montana Constitution Right to know32 33 34

on:

on:

on:

are a helpful resource for

parent, teacher, and student

determine District policy, their

they first receive the

permitted to use the District’s

name or any logo attributable to the

approval during a duly constituted Board

Unauthorized use of the District school’s team name, logo, or imagery is strictly

The District reserves the right to seek all available legal remedies for unauthorized

use of the District school’s name, logo, or imagery.

state law and MHSA By Laws,

along with consent

granted if the organization has

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 4210 COMMUNITY RELATION Revised
02/20/20185 6 42107 page 1 of 38 School Support Organizations, Boosters and Fundraising9 10 The Board recognizes that parent, teacher, and student organizations
11 schools and supports their formation and vitality. While
12 organizations have no administrative authority and cannot
13 suggestions and assistance are always welcome.14 15 School Support Organizations16 17 Parent or booster organizations are recognized by the Board and
18 name, a District school’s name, or a District school’s team
19 District, provided
Board’s
20 meeting.
21 prohibited.
22
23 24 In order for the School District to comply with the federal law,
25 Rules and Regulations, Board recognition as a parent or booster organization
26 to use one of the above mentioned names or logos will be
27 approved and submitted bylaws containing the following:28 29 1. The organization’s name and purpose. Acceptable purposes may include enhancement of30 students’ educational experiences, assistance to meet educational needs of students,31 support of academic clubs, or enrichment of extracurricular activities.32 33 2. The rules and procedures under which it operates.34 35 3. A statement that the membership will adhere to applicable Board policies and36 administrative procedures when working on District premises or with District officials or37 programs.38 39 4. A statement that membership is open and unrestricted and the organization will not40 engage in discrimination based on someone’s innate characteristics or membership in a41 protected classification.42 43 5. A statement that the District is not, and will not be, responsible for the organization’s44 business or the conduct of its members.45 46 47

A designation of the organization’s treasurer. A statement that the organization will

maintain finances consistent with General Finance Principles in a manner open to review

by any member of the organization or the school district.

7. A recognition that money given to a school cannot be earmarked for any particular

expense. Booster organizations may make recommendations, but cash or other valuable

consideration must be given to the District to use at its discretion. The Board’s legal

obligation to comply with Title IX by providing equal athletic opportunity for members

both genders will supersede an organizations recommendation.

A recognition that the School District reserves the right to reject any and all donations.

Permission to use one of the above-mentioned names, logos or imagery may be suspended by the

administration and rescinded by the Board for failure to comply with this policy. Authorization

to use one of the above mentioned names, logos, or imagery does not constitute permission to act

as the District’s representative. At no time does the District accept responsibility for the actions

of any parent or booster organization, regardless of whether it was recognized and/or permitted

to use any of the above mentioned names or logos.2 The Superintendent shall designate an

administrative staff member to serve as the liaison to parent or booster organization. The liaison

will serve as a resource person and provide information about school programs, resources,

policies, problems, concerns, and emerging issues. Building staff may be encouraged to

participate in the organizations.

Boosters or Donors

boosters or donors not covered by the bylaws of an organization governed by this

policy may still assist in school operations. The Board encourages the involvement of local

communities in school activities and operations. In order for the School District to comply with

the federal law, state law and MHSA By-Laws, Rules and Regulations, individual boosters or

donors must honor the following provisions:

The individual must have prior approval must be granted by the Board for use of the

District’s name, logo, or imagery.

The School District may not accept booster organization assistance that creates vast gender differences or a school board may face claims that it has violated Title IX. Title IX’s focus is on equal funding opportunities, equal facility availability, similar travel and transportation treatment, comparable coaching, and comparable publicity (34 C.F.R. Part 106).

2 Booster organizations present potential liabilities to a school district beyond loss of funds, because they seldom are properly organized (they generally are not incorporated or otherwise legally recognized), carry no insurance, raise and handle large sums of money, and organization members hold themselves out as agents of the school (after all, no funds could be raised but for the school connection). A disclaimer, such as the one presented here, may not be sufficient. A district may take several actions, after discussion with its attorney, to minimize liability, such as adding a requirement to item 6 above that the organization: (1) operate under the school’s authority (activity accounts); or (2) be properly organized and demonstrate fiscal responsibility by being a 501(c)(3) organization, obtaining a bond, and/or arranging regular audits. Ultimately, the best way to minimize liability is to be sure that the district’s errors and omissions insurance covers parent organizations and booster organizations.

© MTSBA 2017 18 42101 Page 2 of 32 3 6.
4
5
6 7
8
9
10
11 of
112 13 8.
14 15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25 26 Individual
27 28 Individual
29
30
31
32
33 34 1.
35
36 1

procedures when

may not violate federal law, state law, District policy or MHSA By Laws,

Regulations.

individual

individual

that

donors

is not, and will not be, responsible for the

conduct.

cannot be earmarked for any particular

make recommendations, but cash or other

the District to use at its discretion in accordance

laws. The Board’s legal obligation to comply with Title IX by providing

athletic opportunity for members of both genders will supersede any individual’s

the right to

by recognized organizations are subject to applicable School District

management.

endeavors are generally viewed as beneficial

coordinated with district goals, initiatives, and existing plans. The District reserves the

right to reject any and all

by recognized organizations that are donated to the School District become

funds when placed in a School District account. All public funds must be monitored in

with state law. Donations must be reviewed to ensure compliance with equity rules,

rules and appropriateness

law

conditions are in

district policy. Donations may be conditional under

order

should be

© MTSBA 2017 18 42101 Page 3 of 32 3 2. The individual must comply with Board policies and administrative
4 submitting donations.5 6 3. The individual
7 Rules and
8 9 4. The
acknowledges the District
10 individual booster or donor’s business or their
11 12 5. The
acknowledges
donations
13 expense. Individual boosters or
may
14 valuable consideration must be given to
15 with applicable
16 equal
17 recommendation.18 19 6. The District reserves
reject any and all donations.20 21 Fundraising22 23 All donations completed
24 policies regarding financial
Funding
25 when
26
donations.27 28 All funds raised
29 public
30 accordance
31 amateur
under
32 state
if
compliance.33 34 Funds spent by the School District will be done in accordance with District purchase
policy35 and spending limits regardless of the source of the donation. All expenditures
36 preapproved to ensure equity and auditing standards are met.37 38 39 Legal Reference: § 20 6 601, MCA Power to accept gifts40 § 2 2 103 2(3)., MCA Definitions41 § 2 2 104, MCA Rules of conduct for public officers,42 legislators, and public employees43 44 45

of the District’s name, a District school’s name, or a District school’s team name or mascot

logo or imagery

to the District by any group, individual, business, entity, or

occur only after securing the Board’s written approval as documented during a

constituted Board meeting.

logo, or imagery

use of the District school’s team name, mascot,

District reserves the right to seek all available legal

unauthorized use of the District school’s name, logo, mascot, or imagery

Policy History:

on:

on:

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton School District1 2 COMMUNITY RELATIONS 42113 4 District and School Name, Logo, Imagery and Colors5 6 Use
7 or any
attributable
8 organization may
9 duly
Unauthorized
10
is strictly prohibited. The
11 remedies for
12 13 14
15 Adopted on: 8/10/2116 Reviewed
17 Revised
18 19 20
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on:4 4301 COMMUNITY RELATION Revised on: 02/20/20185 6 7 8 9 10 11 Visitors to Schools12 13 The District encourages visits by parents and citizens to all District buildings. All visitors shall14 report to the principal’s office on entering any District building. Conferences with teachers15 should be held outside school hours or during the teacher’s conference or preparation time.16 17 18 19 20 21
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 4310 - R COMMUNITY RELATION Revised on:5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Public Complaints and Suggestions12 13 The Board is interested in receiving valid complaints and suggestions. Public complaints and14 suggestions shall be submitted by the Uniform Complaint Procedure to the appropriate level staff15 member or District administrator. Each complaint or suggestion shall be considered on its merits.16 17 Unless otherwise indicated in these policies or otherwise provided for by law, no appeal may be18 taken from any decision of the Board.19 20 21 22 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure23 24 25 26
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 4315 COMMUNITY RELATION Revised on: 12/10/195 6 7 Visitor and Spectator Conduct8 9 Any person, including an adult, who behaves in an unsportsmanlike or inappropriate manner10 during a visit to the school or a school event may be ejected from the event and/or denied11 permission to access school buildings or property or school events as determined by the Board of12 Trustees. Examples of unsportsmanlike or inappropriate conduct include but are not limited to:13 14 • Using vulgar or obscene language or gestures;15 • Possessing or being under the influence of any alcoholic beverage or illegal substance;16 • Possessing a weapon;17 • Fighting or otherwise striking or threatening another person;18 • Failing to obey instructions of a security officer or District employee; and19 • Engaging in any illegal or disruptive activity.20 • Other violations of District Policy.21 22 The Superintendent is authorized to temporarily restrict access to school buildings or property23 and recommend to the Board of Trustees denial of future admission to any person by delivering24 or mailing a notice by certified mail with return receipt requested, containing:25 26 1. Date, time, and place of a Board hearing;27 28 2. Description of the unsportsmanlike conduct; and29 30 3. Proposed time period admission to school buildings or property or school events will be31 denied.32 33 Cross Reference: 4301 Visitors to School34 35 Legal Reference: § 20 1 206, MCA Disturbance of school penalty36 § 20 4 303, MCA Abuse of teachers37 § 45 8 101, MCA Disorderly conduct38 § 45 8 351, MCA Restriction on Local Government Regulation of39 Firearms40 Article X, section 8 Montana Constitution41 42 43 44

Disabilities

on:

individuals with

of a service, program, or

Title II Coordinator and, in

that capacity, is directed to:

District compliance efforts, recommend necessary modifications to the Board,

maintain the District’s final Title II self evaluation document and keep it available

public inspection for at least three (3) years after its completion date (for districts

fifty (50) or more full or part time employees).

plans to

available to any

school-sponsored function, program, or

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on:4 4316 - R COMMUNITY RELATION Revised
02/20/20185 6 7 Accommodating Individuals With Disabilities8 9 Individuals with disabilities will be provided opportunity to participate in all school sponsored10 services, programs, or activities on a basis equal to those without disabilities and will not be11 subject to illegal discrimination.12 13 The District may provide auxiliary aids and services when necessary to afford
14 disabilities equal opportunity to participate in or enjoy the benefits
15 activity.16 17 The Superintendent is designated the Americans with
Act
18
19 20 1. Oversee
21 and
22 for
23 having
24 25 2. Institute
make information regarding Title II protection
26 interested party.27 28 An individual with a disability should notify the Superintendent or building principal if they have29 a disability which will require special assistance or services and what services are required. This30 notification should occur as far as possible before the
31 meeting.32 33 Individuals with disabilities may allege a violation of this policy or of federal law by reporting it34 to the Superintendent, as the Title II Coordinator, or by filing a grievance under the Uniform35 Complaint Procedure.36 37 38 39 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure40 41 Legal Reference : Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 12111, et seq., and 12131,42 et seq.; 28 C.F.R. Part 35.43 44

on:

on:

purposes.

are entrusted to the schools for educational purposes. Although educational purposes

a broad range of experiences, school

must not assume license to allow

contact with students by persons not employed by the District for educational

may arrange for guest speakers

approve school assemblies

appropriate topics relative to the curriculum.

specific educational topics of interest and

to the school program. The District normally does not permit other types of contact by

non school personnel.

authorized by the building administrator or otherwise required by District policy or state

and federal law, the District will not allow access to the schools by outside individuals, entities,

businesses, service providers, or organizations desiring to use the captive audience in a school

information, sales material, special interest purposes or delivery of services to students or

groups of students that are unrelated to District operations.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
2/11/203 Reviewed
4 4320 COMMUNITY RELATIONS Revised on:5 6 7 8 Contact With Students9 10 Students
11 encompass
officials
12 unapproved
13
14 15 Teachers
on
16 Principals may
on
17 relevance
18
19 20 Unless
21
22
23 for
24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31

on: 9/2009

on: 02/20/2018

on: 10/08/2013

Use of School Facilities

Board wishes to make school facilities available to responsible community organizations,

associations, and individuals for appropriate civic, cultural, welfare, educational, or recreational

which do not interfere with the delivery of education and the best interests of the

The Board recognizes the investment that the community has made in the District

and facilities and wishes for such buildings and facilities to be temporarily used under

such provisions and control as the District may see necessary to impose. To the greatest extent

District facilities should be used by citizens of the community, so long as the

educational programs of the District are not hindered. The District shall provide an equal right

of access to the Boy Scouts and other designated patriotic youth groups as provided any other

youth group.

Superintendent will develop procedures to manage community use of school facilities,

which will be reviewed and approved by the Board. Use of school facilities requires the

Superintendent’s approval and is subject to the procedures established by the Superintendent.

Reference: § 20-7-805, MCA Recreational use of school facilities secondary

Chapel v. Center Moriches Union Free School Dist., 113 S.Ct.

20 6 602, MCA Trustee’s power over property

USC

7905 Boy Scouts of America Equal Access Act

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 4330 - R COMMUNITY RELATION Revised
5 6 7 Community
8 9 The
10
11 activities
12 District.
13 buildings
14
15 possible,
16
17
18
19 20 The
21
22
23 24 25 Legal
26 Lamb’s
27 214128 §
29 20
§
30 31 32

alcoholic beverages,

the

Premises and Conditions

or other drugs are sold or consumed on

organization or individual or any of its employees, patrons, agents,

members.

no illegal games of chance or lotteries

be

no functional alteration of the premises or functional changes in the use of such premises

be made without specific written consent of the District.

adequate supervision is provided by the requesting organization or individual to ensure

care and use of District facilities.

presence of weapons, including firearms, must be previously reviewed and approved by the

Board of Trustees in accordance with Montana law.

Rent and Deposit

requesting organization or individual agrees to pay the District, as rent for the premises and

as payment for special services (if any) provided by the District, the sum of $___

and this shall be due _ _ days in advance. The requesting organization or individual shall be27 responsible for the actual cost of repair or replacement, including costs, disbursements, and expenses,

resulting while it has use of the premises.

Indemnification

requesting organization or individual, by signature below, hereby guarantees that the

organization shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the District and any of its employees or agents,

from any liability, expenses, costs (including attorney’s fees), damages, and/or losses arising out of inj ury

or death to any person or persons or damage to any property of any kind in connection with the

organization or individual’s use of the District facility, which are not the result of fraud, willful injury to a

person or property, or willful or negligent violation of a law on the part of the School District. The

undersigned organization or individual accepts and assumes all such risks and hazards and does hereby

release the School District from any and all liability including, but not limited to bodily i njury, personal

injury, and/or property damage which are not the result of fraud committed, willful injury to a person or

property, or willful or negligent violation of a law on the part of the School District.

of the facility shall provide the

liability

and

a certificate of insurance and endorsement to their

and policy

shall name the District as an

for comprehensive general liability

injuries to or death of any person or damage to or loss of property arising out of or in any

from the described use of the facility. The insurance shall provide for amounts not less than

for bodily injury or death to any one person or resulting from any one accident, and

$1,000,000 for property damage in any one accident or the policy may provide a combined single limit

bodily injury and property damage for $1,000,000.

or refuse to

certificate shall contain a provision that the

written notice at least 10 days before the

© MTSBA 2017 18 4330F1 SCHOOL FACILITIES/GROUNDS USE AND LIABILITY RELEASE AGREEMENT2 Alberton Joint School District #23 4 Organization or Individual Requesting Facility Use: _______________5 Facility Requested: ________________________________________6 Date and Hours of Requested Use: ________________________________________________7 Purpose of Use: ______________________________8 Will there be an admission fee? ______ If so, how much? _______________________________9 10
11 Conditions of Facilities Use Use of District facilities is conditioned upon the following covenants:12 1. That no
tobacco, nicotine products,
13 the premises by
requesting
14 or
15 2. That
will
permitted.16 3. That
17 shall
18 4. That
19 proper
20 5. The
21
22 23
24 The
25
____,26
28
29 30
31 The
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41 42 Insurance43 The user
District with
44 property and
policy. Said certificate
endorsement
45 additional insured. The certificate
policy shall show coverage
46 insurance for
47 way resulting
48 $1,000,000
49
50 for
The
51 insurer not cancel
renew without giving the District
52

of the cancellation

Special Events Coverage

The district requires the event holder to purchase a special event liability policy for the event, and to name

the district as an additional insured on the policy. The event holder should provide the district with a

certificate insurance outlining the coverage limits and that the district has been named as an additional

insured on the policy.

be purchased.

coverage limits of $1,000,0000 per occurrence and $2,000,000

Assumption of Risk

The requesting organization agrees to indemnify, release and hold harmless the District, inclusive of its

employees, administration, board of trustees, and insurers form any and all civil liability involving any

and all forms of injury except those that may arise as a result of willful, wanton or reckless conduct by the

District or its agents adding unwarranted danger to participation in such event.

The requesting organization understands that the District will take all reasonable precautions to insure the

risk of injury to individuals accessing the facilities or grounds is minimized. However, even though these

precautions are taken there is still a chance of injury, and in rare instances even severe injury and death.

requesting organization understands the risks involved.

School District DOES NOT provide medical insurance for any individuals who choose to access and

use the facilities.

Non Discrimination

The District will consider requests for use of district facilities for political purposes and activity in

accordance with Montanan law. The requesting organization or individual agrees to abide by non

discrimination clauses as contained in the Montana Human Rights Act and the Governmental Code of

Fair Practices.

District’s Rights

District reserves the right to cancel this Agreement, when it is determined by the District that

the facilities are needed for school purposes.

© MTSBA 2017 18 effective date
or non renewal.1 2
3
4
5
6
Minimum
7 aggregate should
8 9
10
11
12
13
14 15
16
17
18 The
19 20 The
21
22 23
24
25
26
27
28 29
30 The
31
32 33 34 35 DATED this _____ day of _______________, 20__.36 37 __________School District: Requesting Organization or Individual:38 39 By __________________________ By40 Address ___________________________41 Phone42 Additional Obligations ________________________________________________________43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52

have a

standards of this policy.

organization’s

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton School District1 2 COMMUNITY RELATIONS 43313 4 Use of School Property for Posting Notices5 6 Non school related organizations or individuals that are not associated with student curricular clubs7 or student non curricular groups may request permission of the building principal to display posters8 in the area reserved for community posters or to have flyers distributed to students. The building9 principal shall only authorize distribution or posting of information that is determined to
direct10 benefit or relationship to students enrolled in the school and meets the
11 12 Posters and/or flyers must be student oriented and have the sponsoring
name13 prominently displayed. The District will not permit the posting or distribution of any material that14 would:15 16 • Disrupt the educational process;17 18 • Violate the rights of others;19 20 • Invade the privacy of others;21 22 • Infringe on a copyright;23 24 • Violate District policy, procedure, or administrative directive;25 26 • Be obscene, vulgar, or indecent; or27 28 F. Promote violence, discriminatory conduct, the use of drugs, alcohol, tobacco, or certain29 products that create community concerns.30 31 No commercial publication shall be posted or distributed unless the purpose is to further a school32 activity, such as graduation, class pictures, or class rings.33 34 If permission is granted to distribute materials, the organization must arrange to have copies35 delivered to the school. Distribution of the materials will be arranged by administration. Under no36 circumstances shall individuals not employed by the District be given access to the building for the37 purposes of posting notices or distributing information.38 39 All student materials must be reviewed and approved by the Superintendent or designee in40 accordance with Policy 3222.41 42 Cross References: Policy 3222 Distribution and Posting of Student Materials43 44 Policy History:45 Adopted on: 8/10/2146 Reviewed on:47 Revised on:48 49
© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 9/20093 Reviewed on:4 4332 COMMUNITY RELATIONRevised on: 11/8/10, 02/20/218, 12/10/195 6 7 Conduct on School Property8 9 In addition to prohibitions stated in other District policies, no person on school property shall:10 11 • Injure or threaten to injure another person;12 13 • Damage another’s property or that of the District;14 15 • Violate any provision of the criminal law of the state of Montana or town or county ordinance;16 17 • Smoke or otherwise use tobacco or nicotine products, and alternative nicotine and vapor18 products as defined in 16 11 302, MCA, or other similar products;19 20 • Consume, possess, or distribute alcoholic beverages, illegal drugs, or possess weapons21 (as defined in Policy 3310/3311) at any time;22 23 • Impede, delay, or otherwise interfere with the orderly conduct of the District’s educational24 program or any other activity occurring on school property;25 26 • Enter upon any portion of school premises at any time for purposes other than those which are27 lawful and authorized by the Board; or28 29 • Willfully violate other District rules and regulations.30 31 “School property” means within school buildings, in vehicles used for school purposes, or on owned or32 leased school grounds. District administrators will take appropriate action, as circumstances warrant.33 34 Cross Reference: 3310 Student Discipline35 3311 Firearms and Weapons36 37 Legal Reference: Pro Children Act of 1994, 20 U.S.C. § 608138 Smoke Free School Act of 199439 16 11 302, MCA Definitions40 § 20 1 220, MCA Use of tobacco product in public school building or on41 public school property prohibited42 § 20 5 410, MCA Civil penalty43 § 45 8 351, MCA Restriction on Local Government Regulation of44 Firearms45 Article X, section 8 Montana Constitution46 47 48 49

of

records”

individual’s

any writing,

be

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

on:

full access to

of the District. Public access to District

procedures.

photostating, photographing, etc. (including

has been made or received by the District in connection with the

of official business and presented for informative value or as evidence of a

and all other records required by law to be filed with the District. “District records”

include personal notes and memoranda of

which remain in the sole possession of the

which are not generally accessible or revealed to other persons.

Superintendent will serve as the public records

with responsibility and authority

ensuring compliance with the display, indexing, availability, inspection, and copying

of state law

policy.

this

coordinator, the Superintendent will authorize the

and copying of District records only in accordance with the criteria set forth in this

with Title

MCA,

make available for public

those containing the

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 4340 COMMUNITY RELATION Revised on:5 6 Page 1 of 27 Public Access to District Records8 9 Within limits
an
right of privacy, the public will
afforded
10 information concerning administration and operations
11 records shall be afforded according to appropriate administrative
12 13 “District
include
printing,
14 electronic mail), which
15 transaction
16 transaction,
17 do not
staff
18 maker and
19 20 The
coordinator,
21 for
22 requirements
and
policy. As
23 inspection
24
25 26 In accordance
2, Chapter 6,
the District will
27 inspection and copying all District records or portions of records, except
28 following information:29 30 1. Personal information in any file maintained for students. Information in student records31 will be disclosed only in accordance with requirements of the Family Educational Rights32 and Privacy Act of 1974 and adopted District policy.33 34 2. Personal information in files maintained for staff, to the extent that disclosure will violate35 their right to privacy.36 37 3. Test questions, scoring keys, or other examination data used to administer academic tests.38 39 4. The contents of real estate appraisals made for or by the District relative to the40 acquisition of property, until the project is abandoned or until such time as all of the41 property has been acquired, but in no event will disclosure be denied for more than three42 (3) years after appraisal.43 44 4. Preliminary drafts, notes, recommendations, and intra District memoranda in which opinions45 are expressed or policies formulated or recommended, except a specific record46

not be exempt when publicly cited by the District in connection with any District

action.

Records relevant to a controversy to which the District is a party, but which would not be

available to another party under the rules of pretrial discovery, for cases pending

resolution.

or portions of records, the disclosure of which would violate personal rights of

Records or portions of records, the disclosure of which would violate governmental

interests.

If the District denies any request, in whole or in part, for inspection and copying of records, the

District will provide the requesting party with reasons for denial.

If the record requested for inspection and/or copying contains both information exempted from

disclosure and non exempt information, the District shall, to the extent practicable, produce the

record with the exempt portion deleted and shall provide written explanation for the deletion.

District will not provide access to lists of individuals, which the requesting party intends to

use for commercial purposes or which the District reasonably believes will be used for

purposes if such access is provided. However, the District may provide mailing lists

of graduating students to representatives of the U.S. armed forces and the National Guard for

purpose of recruitment.

not

in the public interest

irreparably

to

of records otherwise

it is determined reasonable cause exists to believe disclosure would

substantially or irreparably damage any person or would

© MTSBA 2017 18 43401 Page 2 of 22 3 shall
4
5 6.
6
7
8 9 7. Records
10 privacy.11 12 8.
13
14 15
16
17 18
19
20
21 22 The
23
24 commercial
25
26
27 28 The coordinator is authorized
seek an injunction to prevent disclosure
29 suitable for disclosure, when
30
be
and would
31 substantially or
damage vital governmental functions.32 33 34 35 Legal Reference: Title 20, Ch. 6, MCA School districts36 Title 2, Ch. 6, Part 10, MCA37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

on:

on: 2/11/20

Relations With Law Enforcement and Child Protective Agencies

staff is primarily responsible for maintaining proper order and conduct in the schools. Staff shall be

responsible for holding students accountable for infractions of school rules, which may include minor

violations of the law, occurring during school hours or at school activities. When there is substantial

threat to the health and safety of students or others, such as in the case of bomb threats, mass

with threat of violence, individual threats of substantial bodily harm, trafficking in

prohibited drugs, or the scheduling of events where large crowds may be difficult to handle, the law

agency shall be called upon for assistance. Information regarding major violations of the

law shall be communicated to the appropriate law enforcement agency.

District will strive to develop and maintain cooperative working relationships with the law

enforcement agencies. Procedures for cooperation between law enforcement, child protective, and school

authorities will be established. Such procedures will be made available to affected staff and will be

periodically revised.

County or Regional Interdisciplinary Child Information and School Safety Team

District will participate in the Mineral County Regional interdisciplinary child information and

school safety team established by Section 52 2 211, MCA. This team consists of county level

representatives of the youth court, the county attorney, the department of public health and human

services, the county superintendent of schools, the sheriff, the chief of any police force, the

superintendents of public school districts in the County, and the department of corrections.

purpose of the team

able

“to facilitate the

use

limited to abused

of information

child

neglected

sharing of information that one or more team

of their professions and occupations,

delinquent youth, and youth in need of

of school safety.”

the

students in the School District. The

safety

of

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 4410 COMMUNITY RELATIONS Revised
5 6 7
8 9 The
10
11
12
13 demonstrations
14
15 enforcement
16
17 18 The
19
20
21
22 23
24 25 The
26
27
28
29
30 31 The
is
exchange and
32 members may be
to
in serving a
in the course
33 including but not
or
children,
34 intervention, and
relating to issues
35 36 The Superintendent is authorized to participate in the formation of and request information from
37 interdisciplinary child information and school safety team regarding
38 Superintendent shall utilize this authority on a regular basis to ensure the
and security
the39 District.40 41 Cross Reference: 4313 Disruption of School Operations42 43 Legal Reference: § 20 1 206, MCA Disturbance of school penalty44 § 52 2 211, MCA County Interdisciplinary Child Information and45 School Safety Team46 47 Cross Reference: 4313 Disruption of School Operations48 49 Legal Reference: § 20 1 206, MCA Disturbance of school penalty50 51

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

on:

Interrogation and Investigations Conducted by School Officials

administration has the authority and duty to conduct investigations and to question students

to infractions of school rules, whether or not the alleged conduct is a violation of

criminal law. The administration shall determine when the necessity exists that law enforcement

be asked to conduct an investigation of alleged criminal behavior which jeopardizes the

safety of other people or school property or which interferes with the operation of the schools.

instances when the administration has reasonable suspicion that a violation of district policy or

the student code of conduct has been violated, the administrator will investigate. The

will notify the suspected rule violator(s) or potential witness(es) to the infraction.

suspected student shall be advised orally or in writing of the nature of the alleged offense

and of the evidence against the student. Circumstances may arise where it would be advisable to

have another adult present during questioning of students.

Investigations by Law Enforcement

a student becomes involved with law enforcement officers due to events outside of the

environment and officers must interact with a student, the officer(s) is requested to confer

with the student off school district property when he/she is being investigated for conduct not

under the jurisdiction of the school. If this cannot be arranged the following steps shall be taken

cooperate with the authorities.

The officer shall contact the school principal

his/her

or

principal

student’s

with Law Enforcement

present proper identification in all

the law enforcement officer, school principal or

law enforcement officer, principal or assistant

during any

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 4411 COMMUNITY RELATION Revised on:5 6 Page 1 of 37 8
9 10 The
11 pertaining
12
13 officers
14
15 16 In
17
18 administrator
19 The
20
21
22 23
24 25 When
26 school
27
28
29 to
30 31 a.
and
32 occasions upon
arrival on school premises.33 34 b. Parents
guardians shall be notified by
35 assistant
as soon as possible. The
36 37 c. The
parent or guardian should be present, if practicable,
38 interrogation on school premises.39 40 Cooperation
41 42 Although cooperation with law enforcement officers will be maintained, it is the preference of43 the District that it will not normally be necessary for law enforcement officers to initiate and44 45 46 47

conduct any investigation and interrogation on the school premises, during school hours,4 pertaining to criminal activities unrelated to the operation of the school. It is preferred that only5 in demonstrated emergencies, when law enforcement officers find it necessary, will they conduct6 such an investigation during school hours. These circumstances might be limited to those in7 which delay might result in danger to any person, flight of a person reasonably suspected of a8 crime from the jurisdiction or local authorities, destruction of evidence, or continued criminal9 behavior.

No school official, however, should ever place him/herself in the position of interfering with a12 law enforcement official in the performance of his or her duties as an officer of the law. If the13 law enforcement officials are not recognized and/or are lacking a warrant or court order, the14 building principal shall require proper identification of such officials and the reason(s) for the15 visit to the school. If the principal is not satisfied, he/she shall attempt to notify the16 Superintendent and the officer’s superior, documenting such action.

In all cases, the officers shall be requested to obtain prior approval of the principal or other19 designated person before beginning such an investigation on school premises. The administrator20 shall document the circumstances of such investigations as soon as practical. Alleged behavior21 related to the school environment brought to the Principal’s attention by law enforcement22 officers shall be dealt with under the provisions of the two previous sections.23

Taking a Student into Custody

officials shall not release students to law enforcement authorities voluntarily unless the

student has been placed under arrest or unless the parent or guardians and the student agree to the

release. When students are removed from school for any reason by law enforcement authorities,

every reasonable effort will be made to notify the student’s parents or guardians immediately.

Such effort shall be documented. Whenever an attempt to remove a student from school occurs

without an arrest warrant, court order, or without acquiescence of the parent or guardian, or the

student, the administrator shall immediately notify a superior of the law enforcement officers

involved to make objection to the removal of the student and shall attempt to notify the parent or

guardian of the student. The Superintendent’s office shall be notified immediately of any

removal of a student from school by law enforcement officers under any circumstances.

it is necessary to take a student into custody on school premises and time permits, the law

officer shall be requested to notify the principal and relate the circumstances

necessitating such action. When possible, the principal shall have the student summoned to the

office where the student may be taken into custody. In all situations of interrogations,

or service of subpoenas of a student by law enforcement officers on school premises, all

steps shall be taken to ensure a minimum of embarrassment or invasion of privacy of

student and disruption to the school

© MTSBA 2017 18 44111 Page 2 of 32 3
10 11
17 18
24
25 26 School
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36 37 When
38 enforcement
39
40 principal’s
41 arrest
42 practicable
43 the
environment.44 45 46

enforcement officers may be requested to assist in controlling disturbances of the school

which the Principal or other school administrator has found to be unmanageable by

school personnel and which disturbances have the potential of causing harm to students, other

persons, or school property. Staff members may also notify law enforcement officials.

potential of possible disturbance includes members of the public who have exhibited

or illegal conduct on school premises or at a school event held on school property,

who have been requested to leave by an administrator or staff member, but have failed or

refused to do so.

Legal Reference:

20 1 206, MCA Disturbance of school penalty

20 5 201, MCA Duties and sanctions

45 8 101, MCA Disorderly conduct

© MTSBA 2017 18 44111 Page 3 of 32 3 Disturbance of School Environment4 5 Law
6 environment
7
8
9 10 Such
11 undesirable
12 and
13
14 15 16
§
17 §
18 §
19 20 21 22 23

on: 9/2009

on:

on: 8/2011, 02/20/2018

have

of the Interlocal

educational advantage of the

units of local government, the

an analysis of each cooperative

agreements shall comply with

with assurances that all parties to the agreement

authority to engage in the activities contemplated by the agreement.

District may enter into interlocal agreements with a unit of the Montana University System,

public community college, and/or tribal college, which would allow students enrolled in the 11th

and 12th grades to attend and earn credit for classes not available in the District. Tuition and fees,

if assessed, will be provided for in the interlocal agreement.

District may enter into an

superintendents,

shares a teacher or

providing for the sharing of teachers,

professional persons licensed under Title 37, MCA. If the

with another district(s), the District’s share of such

teacher’s or specialist’s compensation will be based on the total number of instructional hours

expended by the teacher or the specialist in the District.

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted
3 Reviewed
4 4520 COMMUNITY RELATION Revised
5 6 7 Cooperative Programs with Other Districts and Public Agencies8 9 Whenever it appears to the economic, administrative, and/or
10 District to participate in cooperative programs with other
11 Superintendent will prepare and present for Board consideration
12 proposal.13 14 When formal cooperative agreements are developed, such
15 requirements
Cooperation Act,
16
legal
17 18 The
19
20
21
22 23 The
interlocal agreement
24 specialists,
or other
25 District
specialist
26
27
28 29 30 31 Legal Reference: §§ 7 11 101, et seq., MCA Interlocal Cooperation Act32 § 20 3 363, MCA Multidistrict agreements33 §§ 20 7 451 through 456, MCA Authorization to create full service34 education cooperatives35 §§ 20 7 801, et seq., MCA Public recreation36 37 38

Adopted on: 02/20/2018

on:

Registered Sex Offenders

State of Montana has determined that perpetrators of certain sex crimes pose a continuing

threat to society as a whole even after completion of their criminal sentences. Recognizing that

the safety and welfare of students is of paramount importance, the Alberton Joint School District

#2 declares that, except in limited circumstances, Alberton Joint School District #2 should be off

limits to registered sex offenders.

any other Board policy, individuals listed by the State of Montana as registered

sex offenders are ineligible for employment in any position within the Alberton Joint School

#2. However, the Superintendent shall have discretion consistent with other Board

policies to recommend an individual whose name has been expunged from the Sex Offender

Registry.

District hereby declares that no registered sex offender may come on, about, or within any

District owned buildings or property except as otherwise provided in this policy. If an

administrator becomes aware that such a sex offender is on, about, or within school property, the

administrator shall direct the sex offender to immediately leave the area. The Board authorizes

the administrator to request the assistance of the appropriate law enforcement authorities to

secure the removal of any registered sex offender from the area. If a registered sex offender

disregards the terms of this policy or the directives of the school administrator, then the

Superintendent is authorized to confer with counsel and to pursue such criminal or civil action as

may be necessary to enforce compliance with this policy.

policy shall not be construed to impose any duty upon any administrator or any other

of the District to review the Sex Offender Registry or to screen individuals coming on

or within school property to ascertain whether they are on the Registry. This policy shall only

apply when administrators are actually aware that the person in question is on the Sex Offender

and that the offender’s victim was a minor.

of this

from the Registry.

coming on, about, or

that a sex offender’s name should be

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
3 Reviewed
4 4550 COMMUNITY RELATION Revised on:5 6 Page 1 of 27
8 9 The
10
11
12
13
14 15 Employment16 17 Notwithstanding
18
19 District
20
21
22 23 School Off Limits24 25 The
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34 35 This
36 employee
37
38
39 Registry
40 41 The provisions
policy prohibiting a registered sex offender from
42 within school property shall not apply in the event
43 expunged
44 45 46 47

In the event that a registered sex offender whose victim was a minor has a child attending the

District, the administrator of the school where the child attends shall be authorized to modify this

policy’s restrictions to permit the parent to drop off and pick up the child from school and to

come onto campus to attend parent teacher conferences. However, the parent may not linger on

or about school property before or after dropping off his or her child, and the parent is prohibited

from being in any part of the school building except the main office.

policy does not impose a duty upon the administrator of any school or any other employee

of the District to review the Sex Offender Registry and the school system’s directory information

to ascertain whether a registered sex offender may have a child attending school in the District.

The provisions of this policy shall apply only if an administrator actually becomes aware that a

parent of a student at the school is a registered sex offender.

To facilitate voluntary compliance with this policy, administrators are encouraged to speak with

any affected parents upon learning of their status as registered sex offenders to communicate the

restrictions of this policy. At all times, the administrator shall endeavor to protect the privacy of

the offender’s child.

In the event of a truly exceptional situation such as graduation, a parent on the Sex Offender

may ask the Superintendent for a waiver of this policy to permit the parent to attend

these special events. It is the intent of the Board, however, that these special circumstances be

truly unusual and infrequent occurrences.

© MTSBA 2017 18 45501 Page 2 of 22 3 Rights of Parents on the Sex Offender Registry4 5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12 This
13
14
15
16
17 18
19
20
21
22 23
24 Registry
25
26
27 28 29 30 Legal Reference: § 46-23-501, MCA Sexual or Violent Offender Registration Act31 www.doj.mt.gov/svor/ Sexual or Violent Offender Registry32 33 34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

R

R

Reassignments, Transfers

Administrative

ALBERTON JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT #2 R = required 5000 SERIES PERSONNEL
5002 Accommodating Individuals with Disabilities R 5010 Equal Employment Opportunity and Non Discrimination R 5012 Sexual Harassment/Sexual Intimidation in the Workplace 5015 Bullying/Harassment/Intimidation 5120 5120P 5120F Hiring Process and Criteria 5121 Applicability of Personnel Policies 5122 Fingerprints and Criminal Background Investigations 5122F Applicant Rights and Consent to Fingerprint 5125 Whistle Blowing and Retaliation 5130 Staff Health 5140 Classified Employment and Assignment 5210 Assignments,
5220 Prohibition on Aiding Sexual Abuse
5222 Evaluation of Non
Staff 5223 Personal Conduct 5224 Political Activity 5226 Drug Free Workplace R 5228-5228P Transportation Drug Testing 5231 5231P Personnel Records 5232 Abused and Neglected Child Reporting 5250 Termination from Employment/Non Renewal of Employment 5254 Payment of Employer Contributions and Interest on Previous Service 5255 Disciplinary Action 5314 Substitutes 5321 5321P Leaves of Absence 5322 Military Leave R 5325 Breastfeeding Workplace R 5328 Family Medical Leave 5329 5329P Long Term Illness/Temporary Disability 5330 Maternity Leave 5331 Insurance Benefits for Employees 5333 Holidays 5334 5334P Vacations R 5336 Fair Labor Standards Act 5430 Volunteer Agreement Form 5450 Employee use of Electronic Mail, Internet, Networks, and District Equipment
5450F 5450P Acceptable Use of Electronic Networks 5500 Payment of Wages Upon Termination R 5510 HIPAA 5630 Employee Use of Mobile Devices

Adopted

regard to

compensation,

Disabilities Act

keep

modifications, and

available for public

Title

of the

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 5002 - R PERSONNEL Revised on:5 6 7 Accommodating Individuals With Disabilities and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 19738 9 It is the intent of the District to ensure that qualified employees with disabilities under Section 504 of the10 Rehabilitation Act of 1973 are identified, evaluated, and provided with appropriate accommodations or11 other positive actions in assistance.12 13 The District will not discriminate against a qualified individual on the basis of disability in
job14 application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee
job15 training, or other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment.16 17 The Superintendent is designated the Section 504 and Americans with
Title II18 Coordinator and, in that capacity, is directed to:19 20 1. Oversee District compliance efforts, recommend to the Board necessary
21 maintain the District’s final Title II self evaluation document and
it
22 inspection.23 24 2. Make information regarding Title II protection available to any interested party.25 26 3. Coordinating and monitoring the district’s compliance with Section 504 and
II
ADA,27 as well as state civil rights requirements regarding discrimination and harassment based on28 disability.29 30 4. Overseeing prevention efforts to avoid Section 504 and ADA violations by necessary actions,31 including by not limited to, scheduling Section 504 meetings, implementing and monitoring32 Section 504 plans of accommodation and providing information to employees and supervisors.33 34 5. Implementing the district’s discrimination complaint procedures with respect to allegations of35 Section 504/ADA violations, discrimination based on disability, and disability harassment; and36 37 6. Investigating complaints alleging violations of Section 504/ADA, discrimination based on38 disability, and disability harassment.39 40 The District’s procedure for resolution of complaints alleging violation of this policy is set forth in Policy41 1700.42 43 44 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure45 46 Legal Reference: Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 12111, et seq., and 12131, et seq.;47 28 C.F.R. Part 35.48 49

Joint School District

Adopted on: 9/2009

Reviewed on:

Revised on: 10/08/13,

School District will provide equal employment opportunities to all persons regardless of race, creed,

religion, color, or national origin or because of age, physical or mental disability, marital status, or sex

the reasonable demands of the position do not require an age, physical or mental disability.

The District will make reasonable accommodation for an individual with a disability known to the

District, if the individual is otherwise qualified for the position, unless the accommodation would impose

undue hardship on the District.

who believe they have not received equal employment opportunity or have been retaliated against

should report their claims to the Superintendent through the Uniform Complaint Procedure. Claims of

sex or disability discrimination will be handled thorough the District’s Title IX, Section 504, or ADA

Grievance Procedures. All other claims will be handled through the Uniform Complaint Procedure. No

employee or applicant will be discriminated against because he or she initiated a complaint, was a

witness, supplied information, or otherwise participated in an investigation or proceeding involving an

alleged violation of this policy or State or federal laws. The District reserves the right to take action

against any individual who knowingly false accusations or knowingly provides false information.

complaints about behavior that may violate this policy shall be promptly investigated.

District shall not retaliate against an employee

the denial of

other

complaining about not receiving equal

practices, participating in a proceeding

otherwise opposing discrimination.

Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 621, et seq.

with Disabilities Act, Title I, 42 U.S.C. §§ 12111, et seq.

Pay Act, 29 U.S.C.

206(d)

Reform and Control Act, 8 U.S.C. §§ 1324(a), et seq.

Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. §§ 791, et seq.

VII of the Civil Rights Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000(e), et seq.; 29 C.F.R.,

of the Education Amendments, 20 U.S.C. §§ 1681, et seq.;

Constitution, Art. X,

goals and

Rights Act

in

governmental units

of state

local government

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton
#21 2
3
4 5010 - R PERSONNEL
5 02/20/20186 7 Equal Employment Opportunity and Non Discrimination8 9 The
10
11 when
12 13
14
15
16 17 Persons
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25 26 All
27 28 The
for
29 employment opportunities or
unlawful discriminatory
30 regarding
equal employment opportunities, or
31 32 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure33 34 Legal Reference: Age Discrimination in Employment
35 Americans
36 Equal
§
37 Immigration
38 Rehabilitation
39 Title
40 Part 160141 Title IX
3442 C.F.R., Part 10643 Montana
§ 1 Educational
duties44 § 49 2 101, et seq, MCA Human
45 § 49 2 303, MCA Discrimination
Employment46 § 49 3 102, MCA What local
affected47 §49-3-201, MCA Employment
and
48 personnel.49 50

will strive to provide

Adopted on:

on:

on: 12/11/11, 02/20/2018

of unwelcome sexual advances,

or communications constituting sexual

state and federal law.

conduct of a sexual nature

Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an

Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as a basis for employment

affecting that individual;

conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s work

or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment.

harassment prohibited by this

includes electronic, verbal or physical conduct. The terms

“intimidating,” “hostile,” or “offensive” include but are not limited to conduct that has the effect of

humiliation, embarrassment, or discomfort. The District will evaluate sexual harassment in light of all

circumstances.

of this policy

result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination of

person who knowingly makes false accusation regarding sexual harassment will

likewise be subject to disciplinary action,

to and including termination of employment.

in filing a complaint. An

Complaint

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2
9/20093 Reviewed
4 5012 - R PERSONNEL Revised
5 6 7 Sexual Harassment/Sexual Intimidation in the Workplace8 9 The District
employees a work environment free
10 requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct
11 harassment, as defined and otherwise prohibited by
12 13 The District prohibits its employees from engaging in any
when:14 15 •
16 individual’s employment;17 •
18 decisions
or19 • Such
20 performance
21 22 Sexual
policy
23
24
25
26 27 A violation
may
28 employment. Any
29
up
30 31 Employees who believe they may have been sexually harassed or intimidated should contact the Title IX32 Coordinator, building principal or Superintendent, who will assist them
33 individual with a complaint alleging a violation of this policy shall follow the Uniform
34 Procedure.35 36 Cross Reference: 1700 Uniform Complaint Procedure37 38 Legal Reference: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000(e), 29 C.F.R.39 § 1604.1140 Title IX of the Education Amendments, 20 U.S.C. §§ 1681,41 Montana Constitution, Art. X, § 1 Educational goals and duties42 § 49 2 101, MCA Human Rights Act43 Harris v. Fork Lift Systems, 114 S.Ct. 367 (1993)44 45 46

Bullying/Harassment/Intimidation

strive to provide a

be tolerated.

parties”

but are not limited

environment. Bullying,

by third parties, are strictly prohibited and

or intimidation via electronic

coaches, school volunteers, parents, school

contractors, or others engaged in District business, such as employees of

or organizations participating in cooperative work programs with the District,

others not directly subject to District control at inter district and intra District athletic

or other school events.

“District” includes District facilities, District premises, and non-District property if the

employee is at any District sponsored, District approved, or District related activity or

function, such as field trips or athletic events, where the employee is engaged in District

business.

“Harassment, intimidation, or bullying” means any act that substantially interferes with

employee’s opportunities or work performance, that takes place on or immediately

to school grounds, at any school-sponsored activity, on school-provided

or anywhere such conduct may reasonably be considered to be a threat or

attempted intimidation of a staff member or an interference with school purposes or an

educational function, and that has the effect of:

of

harm to the

of this

or

violation of this policy

or the District

he/she

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton Joint School District #21 2 Adopted on: 02/20/20183 Reviewed on:4 5015 PERSONNEL Revised on:5 6 Page 1 of 27
8 9 The Board will
positive and productive working
10 harassment, or intimidation between employees or
11 shall not
This includes bullying, harassment,
12 communication devices.13 14 Definitions15 16 • “Third
include
to
17 visitors, service
18 businesses
19 and
20 competitions
21 22 •
23
24
25
26 27 •
28 an
29 adjacent
30 transportation,
31 an
32
33 34 a. Physically harming an employee or damaging an employee’s property;35 b. Knowingly placing an employee in reasonable fear
physical
36 employee or damage to the employee’s property; or37 c. Creating a hostile working environment.38 39 Reporting40 41 All complaints about behavior that may violate this policy shall be promptly investigated. Any42 employee or third party who has knowledge of conduct in violation
policy
feels
43 has been a victim of harassment, intimidation, or bullying in
is44 encouraged to immediately report his/her concerns to the building principal
45 Administrator, who have overall responsibility for such investigations. Complaints against the46

principal shall be filed with the Superintendent. Complaints against the Superintendent

District Administrator shall be filed with the Board, via written communication to the Board

may be provided a summary of the findings of the investigation and, as

appropriate, that remedial action has been taken.

be responsible for ensuring that notice of this policy is provided

staff and third parties.

whose behavior is found to be in violation of this policy will be subject to discipline up to

including termination of employment. Third parties whose behavior is found to be in

of this policy shall be subject to appropriate sanctions as determined and imposed by

District Administrator or the Board. Individuals may also be referred to law enforcement

officials.

Retaliation and Reprisal

is prohibited against any person who reports or is thought to have reported a

files a complaint, or otherwise participates in an investigation or inquiry. Such

shall be considered a serious violation of Board policy, whether or not a complaint is

substantiated.

charges shall also be regarded as a serious offense and will result in

action or other appropriate sanctions.

Reference: Admin. R. Mont.

Board of Trustees

R. Mont. 10.55.801(1)(d) School Climate

© MTSBA 2017 18 50151 Page 2 of 22 3 building
4 or
5 Chair.6 7 The complainant
8
9 10 Responsibilities11 12 The District Administrator shall
13 to
14 15 Consequences16 17 Staff
18 and
19 violation
20 the
21
22 23
24 25 Retaliation
26 violation,
27 retaliation
28
False
29 disciplinary
30 31 32 33 Legal
10.55.701(3)(g)
34 Admin.
35 36 37

Alberton Joint School District #2

Adopted on: 9/2009

Reviewed on:

PERSONNEL Revised on: 02/20/2018, 2/11/20, 11/24/20

Hiring Process and Criteria

Vacant positions may be advertised in District only or through media sources. Unless stated in a negotiated

agreement with staff, a vacancy need not be advertised as determined by the Superintendent. The

administration will create and maintain standard operating procedures for the hiring process. These procedures

will be approved by the Board of Trustees. The District shall hire the person who best meets the criteria

consistent with budget and staffing requirements, and shall comply with Board policy on equal employment

opportunities and veteran’s preference. The Superintendent shall maintain current job descriptions for each

position in the District. All applicants must complete the District application in order to be considered for

employment, including a written authorization for a criminal background investigation. Applications shall be16 kept for 2 years after submission pursuant to law.

Every applicant must provide the District with written authorization for a criminal background investigation.

The Superintendent will keep any conviction record confidential as required by law and District policy. The20 district will create a determination sheet from the criminal history record. The determination sheet will be kept21 on file at the District Office. The Criminal History Record with no disqualifiers will be shredded on site

immediately after review. The Criminal History Record with disqualifiers will be retained on file at the23 District Office according to law. Every newly hired employee must complete an Immigration and24 Naturalization Service form, as required by federal law.

The District requires contracted certified staff to hold valid Montana teacher or specialist certificates endorsed

for the roles and responsibilities for which they are employed. Failure to meet this requirement shall be just

cause for termination of employment. No salary warrants may be issued to a staff member, unless a valid

certificate for the role to which the teacher has been assigned has been registered with the county

superintendent within sixty (60) calendar days after a term of service begins. Every teacher and administrator

under contract must bring their current, valid certificate to the personnel office at the time of initial

as well as at the time of each renewal of certification.

class

as necessary.

endorsement of certificates, and will

custodian of records also will retain a copy of each valid

a contracted certified employee in that employee’s personnel file.

the Superintendent’s designee

demeanor, collegiality,

to these

the

inquire of past employers about

limited to: title, role, reason for leaving, work ethic,

of students first, and suitability for the position in the

considered as part of the screening and hiring

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3
4 5120
5 6 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
17 18
19
22
25 26 Certification27
28
29
30
31
32
33 employment,
34 35 The custodian of records will register all certificates, noting
and
36 update permanent records
The
37 certificate of
38 39 Reference Checks40 The Board authorizes the Superintendent or
to
41 an applicant’s employment on topics including but not
42 punctuality,
putting
interests
43 District. Responses
inquiries should be documented and
44 process.45 46 Cross Reference: 5122 Fingerprints and Criminal Background Investigations47 48 Legal Reference:§ 20 4 202, MCA Teacher and specialist certification registration49 § 39 29 102, MCA Point preference or alternative preference in initial hiring50 for certain applicants substantially equivalent selection51 procedure52

the

in

years of age or older to be volunteers or

to be fingerprinted under the National Child

(NCPA/VCA)

provide written

Fingerprint Form at 5122F. Applicants shall

at 5120F. The Applicant Rights and Consent to

years or for the length of employment, which ever is

File.

Missoula and Mineral Counties.

identify the individual, position

will process the fingerprints and send them

the primary

is responsible for ensuring CJIS Policy

is also responsible of any

a regular basis.

CRISS

change in

© MTSBA 2017 18 Alberton School District1 2 PERSONNEL 5120P3 Page 1 of 24 5 Federal Background Check Fingerprint and Information Handling Procedure6 7 Who needs to be fingerprinted: All individuals 18
8 recommended for hire by the School District need
9 Protection Act and Volunteers for Children’s Act
.10 11 The School District will obtain a signed waiver from all applicants and
12 communication of Applicant Rights and Consent to
13 also be provided the Applicant Privacy statement
14 Fingerprint Form will be kept on file for 5
15 longer. The form will be filed
the employees Personnel
16 17 Basis to Collect and Submit Fingerprints for Purposes of Federal Background Check18 19 Fingerprints are obtained via local law enforcement agencies in
20 21 A spreadsheet of those fingerprinted is kept by the School District to
22 being hired for, date of fingerprint, date print received and date print billed.23 24 The School District staff that have received training by CRISS
25 to
DOJ.26 27 LASO28 29 Arra Rausch has been appointed as the Local Agency Security Officer and acts as
point of30 contact between the School District and CRISS. Arra Rausch
31 compliance by all authorized recipients within the School District LASO
32 Privacy and Security Agreements with those who do not use CHRI on
Any
33 appointment of the LASO or other authorized personnel will be reported to
immediately.34 35 36 Access of CHRI37 38 All background results are received by Arra Rausch through the State File Transfer Service. Results are39 printed and stored in a locked filing cabinet in the business office until a determination for employment is40 made. Only authorized personnel that have undergone Privacy and Security Information have access to41 printed criminal history record information. Authorized recipients of CHRI include42 43 Superintendent Jeffery Crews and the Business manager Arra Rausch44 45 Printed background checks are reviewed by the Business Manager (name) and a determination form is46 completed. If any adverse results are present on the background check, it is given to the Superintendent,47 and Principal for final determination of eligibility. (Entity Name) utilizes a determination form and the48 CHRI is then shredded.49 50 Determination Procedures51

staff that have been trained by CRISS and granted access to criminal history record information

receive the background results through their Montana State File Transfer account.

are reviewed for determination of eligibility to hire.

adverse reports are presented to the appropriate administrator for final approval.

noted on a determination form and kept in a locked file cabinet

Retention and Storage Procedure

criminal history record information

stored in a locked filing cabinet within the business office. Only

personnel, Superintendent, Principal, and the Business Manager as noted in this policy have access to

information.

being reviewed.

personnel are present during the determination process when the criminal record is

background checks are stored until a final determination for employment has been made, two weeks or less.

determination form is then completed and CHRI is then destroyed in accordance with the Destruction Procedure

in this document.

Dissemination

School District does not disseminate criminal history record information with any other agency. A

of our determination form

be provided to outside agencies upon request.

the end of the retention and storage period outlined in this document, all CHRI and related information is

on site by a company that come to our location. Authorized personnel witness the shredding of the CHRI.

Applicant procedures for challenging or correcting their record

applicants are given the opportunity to challenge or complete their record before a final determination is made.

of

report.

record

is then given

days to contact the state or

which the record was created to make

the allotted time, the applicant must then provide the School District with a copy of the corrected

by and notarized by the State Identification Bureau. The fee associated for a copy of the

by the State

allow

LASO)

report this to CRISS

include

be the responsibility of the applicant.

that are not directly involved in

of the authorized receiving department,

CRISS with an incident response form. The

nature of the incident,

well as our agencies plan to ensure that

internal reprimands that may have resulted from

does not get repeated.

© MTSBA 2017 18 1 Personnel
2 will
3 Results
4 Any
5 Determination is
6 7
8 9 All
is
10 authorized
11 this
Only authorized
12
13 14 Printed
15 A
16 outlined
17 18
Procedure19 20 The
21 copy
can
22 23 Destruction Procedure24 25 At
26 shredded
27 28
29 30 All
31 32 Applicants wishing to challenge their record are given a copy
the background
33 34 The applicant
10
agency in
35 corrections. After
36 background report provided
37 state
provided
Identification Bureau will
38 39 Policy and procedures for misuse of CHRI40 41 The School District does not
dissemination of CHRI to persons or agencies
42 the hiring and determination process. If CHRI is disseminated outside
43 (agency
will
immediately and provide
44 incident response form will
the
any
45 the incident, as
this incident
46 47 Training Procedure48 49 Local Agency Security Officer (LASO)50 Signed user agreement between district and CRISS51 Privacy and Security Training52 CRISS training on CHRI required to receive background reports53 54

Alberton School District

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2 District Contact Address Line #13 District Contact Position Address Line #24 City, State, Zip Code5 6 7 Determination of Eligibility for Hire Policy 5120F8 9 (DATE)10 11 RE: [NAME OF APPLICANT]12 13 In regards to the determination of eligibility for hire/licensure; based on the minimum criteria as14 specified in the ____ School District Applicant Background Check Procedure, the individual15 listed below:16 17 18 19 Name Date of Birth20 21 ¨ Meets eligibility criteria22 ¨ Does NOT meet eligibility criteria23 24 Please contact _____ School District with any questions regarding this determination or to be25 provided with a copy of the ____ School District Applicant Background Check Procedure.26 27 28 29 30 Determination Completed By:31 32 33 Signature Printed Name34 35 36 Title Date37 38 39

Dissemination Log Policy 5120F

For

Date

Instructions: A log entry must be made every time you share with another qualified entity any information you obtained from a criminal history records check through the Montana Department of Justice (MDOJ) or the FBI. This includes the sharing of “No Record” information. The Dissemination Log must be retained for four (4) years from the date of the entry, and it must be made available to MDOJ and FBI auditors.

Reminder: Criminal history record information received from MDOJ or the FBI under NCPA/VCA and/or Public Law 92 544, shall be used or shared only for the screening of current or prospective Montana employees, volunteers, contractors, and/or vendors of QUALIFIED ENTITIES, pursuant to these laws.

Person Making Dissemination

Name and Date of Birth on Disseminated Information

Receiving Entity As Verified by CHRI Auditor (Name, Phone Number, Person)

Disseminated by Telephone, Fax, Mail?

Date Qualified Entity Status Verified by ID

© MTSBA 2017 18
1
national criminal history fingerprint based background checks under Policy 5120P2 3 4
5

Privacy Act Statement Policy 5120F

This privacy act statement is located on the back of the FD 258 fingerprint card.

Authority: The FBI’s acquisition, preservation, and exchange of fingerprints and4 associated information is generally authorized under 28 U.S.C. 534. Depending on the

nature of your application, supplemental authorities include Federal statutes, State6 statutes pursuant to Pub. L. 92 544, Presidential Executive Orders, and federal7 regulations. Providing your fingerprints and associated information is voluntary;8 however, failure to do so may affect completion or approval of your application.

Principal Purpose: Certain determinations, such as employment, licensing, and security

clearances, may be predicated on fingerprint based background checks. Your

fingerprints and associated information/biometrics may be provided to the employing,

investigating, or otherwise responsible agency, and/or the FBI for the purpose of

comparing your fingerprints to other fingerprints in the FBI’s Next Generation

Identification (NGI) system or its successor systems (including civil, criminal, and latent

fingerprint repositories) or other available records of the employing, investigating, or

otherwise responsible agency. The FBI may retain your fingerprints and associated

information/biometrics in NGI after the completion of this application and, while

retained, your fingerprints may continue to be compared against other fingerprints

submitted to or retained by NGI.

Routine Uses: During the processing of this application and for as long thereafter as your

fingerprints and associated information/biometrics are retained in NGI, your information

may be disclosed pursuant to your consent, and may be disclosed without your consent as

permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974 and all applicable Routine Uses as may be

published at any time in the Federal Register, including the Routine Uses for the NGI

system and the FBI’s Blanket Routine Uses. Routine uses include, but are not limited to,

disclosures to: employing, governmental or authorized non governmental agencies

responsible for employment, contracting, licensing, security clearances, and other

suitability determinations; local, state, tribal, or federal law enforcement agencies;

criminal justice agencies; and agencies responsible for national security or public safety.

© MTSBA 2017 18
1 2
3
5
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20 21
22
23